handover(ran13.0 03)

301
Handover RAN13.0 Feature Parameter Description Issue 03 Date 2012-05-30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Upload: cuong-mjlan

Post on 02-Jan-2016

215 views

Category:

Documents


9 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

Handover RAN13.0

Feature Parameter Description

Issue 03

Date 2012-05-30

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Page 2: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2012. All rights reserved.

No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior

written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective

holders.

Notice

The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and

the customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be

within the purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements,

information, and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or

representations of any kind, either express or implied.

The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the

preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and

recommendations in this document do not constitute the warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address: Huawei Industrial Base

Bantian, Longgang

Shenzhen 518129

People's Republic of China

Website: http://www.huawei.com

Email: [email protected]

Page 3: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover Contents

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

i

Contents

1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................ 1-1

1.1 Scope ............................................................................................................................................ 1-1

1.2 Intended Audience......................................................................................................................... 1-1

1.3 Change History .............................................................................................................................. 1-1

2 Overview of Handover ............................................................................................................. 2-1

3 Intra-Frequency Handover...................................................................................................... 3-1

3.1 Overview ....................................................................................................................................... 3-1

3.2 Intra-Frequency Handover Procedure........................................................................................... 3-2

3.3 Intra-Frequency Handover Measurement ..................................................................................... 3-3

3.4 Intra-Frequency Handover Decision and Execution ..................................................................... 3-8

3.5 Rate Reduction After an SHO Failure ........................................................................................... 3-9

3.6 Signaling Procedures for Intra-Frequency Handover.................................................................. 3-11

3.6.1 Intra-NodeB Intra-Frequency Soft Handover Signaling Procedure .................................... 3-11

3.6.2 Intra-RNC Inter-NodeB Intra-Frequency Soft Handover Signaling Procedure ................... 3-13

3.6.3 Inter-RNC Intra-Frequency Soft Handover Signaling Procedure ....................................... 3-14

3.6.4 Intra-RNC Inter-NodeB Intra-Frequency Hard Handover Signaling Procedure ................. 3-16

3.6.5 Inter-RNC Intra-Frequency Hard Handover Signaling Procedure ...................................... 3-18

4 Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT Handover .......................................................................... 4-1

4.1 Overview ....................................................................................................................................... 4-1

4.2 Inter-frequency and Inter-RAT Handover Switches ...................................................................... 4-2

4.3 Signaling Procedures for Inter-Frequency Handover.................................................................... 4-2

4.3.1 Inter-Frequency Handover Within One RNC ........................................................................ 4-2

4.3.2 Inter-Frequency Handover Between RNCs .......................................................................... 4-4

4.4 Signaling Procedures for Inter-RAT Handover .............................................................................. 4-5

4.4.1 3G-to-2G Handover in the CS Domain ................................................................................. 4-5

4.4.2 3G-to-2G Handover in the PS Domain ................................................................................. 4-6

4.4.3 3G-to-2G Handover in Both CS Domain and PS Domain .................................................... 4-7

4.4.4 2G-to-3G Handover in the CS Domain ................................................................................. 4-9

4.4.5 2G-to-3G Handover in the PS Domain ............................................................................... 4-10

5 Coverage or QoS Handover ................................................................................................... 5-1

5.1 Coverage or QoS Handover Procedure ........................................................................................ 5-1

5.2 Coverage or QoS Handover Measurement .................................................................................. 5-2

5.2.1 Coverage or QoS Handover Measurement Report Modes .................................................. 5-2

5.2.2 Coverage or QoS Handover Measurement Quantity ........................................................... 5-2

5.2.3 Coverage or QoS Handover Measurement Events .............................................................. 5-3

5.2.4 BSIC Verification Requirements for 2G Cells ....................................................................... 5-7

5.3 Coverage or QoS Handover Decision and Execution ................................................................... 5-7

5.3.1 Inter-Frequency Coverage or QoS Handover Decision and Execution ............................... 5-7

Page 4: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover Contents

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

ii

5.3.2 3G-to-2G Coverage and QoS Handover Decision and Execution ....................................... 5-8

5.4 Rules for 3G-to-2G Coverage or QoS Handover .......................................................................... 5-9

5.5 3G-to-2G NACC .......................................................................................................................... 5-11

5.6 3G-to-2G PS Handover ............................................................................................................... 5-11

5.7 2G-to-3G Handover ..................................................................................................................... 5-11

6 Load Handover .......................................................................................................................... 6-1

6.1 Inter-Frequency LDR Handover .................................................................................................... 6-1

6.1.1 Inter-Frequency LDR Handover Procedure.......................................................................... 6-1

6.1.2 Inter-Frequency LDR Handover Measurement .................................................................... 6-1

6.1.3 Inter-Frequency LDR Handover Decision and Execution .................................................... 6-1

6.2 Inter-RAT LDR Handover .............................................................................................................. 6-3

6.2.1 Inter-RAT LDR Handover Procedure .................................................................................... 6-3

6.2.2 Inter-RAT LDR Handover Measurement .............................................................................. 6-3

6.2.3 Inter-RAT LDR Handover decision and Execution ............................................................... 6-4

6.3 Inter-RAT Service Handover ......................................................................................................... 6-4

6.3.1 Switches for Inter-RAT Service Handover ............................................................................ 6-4

6.3.2 Inter-RAT Service Handover Procedure ............................................................................... 6-5

6.4 Rules for Enabling Inter-RAT LDR or Service Handover .............................................................. 6-6

6.5 Interchanging Inter-RAT Load Information .................................................................................... 6-7

7 HSPA Handover ......................................................................................................................... 7-1

7.1 HSDPA Handover .......................................................................................................................... 7-1

7.1.1 HSDPA Intra-Frequency Handover ...................................................................................... 7-1

7.1.2 HSDPA Inter-Frequency Handover ...................................................................................... 7-2

7.1.3 HSDPA Inter-RAT Handover ................................................................................................. 7-4

7.2 HSUPA Handover .......................................................................................................................... 7-4

7.2.1 HSUPA Intra-Frequency Handover ...................................................................................... 7-4

7.2.2 HSUPA Inter-Frequency Handover ...................................................................................... 7-8

7.2.3 HSUPA Inter-RAT Handover ............................................................................................... 7-10

7.3 HSPA+ Handover ........................................................................................................................ 7-11

7.3.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................. 7-11

7.3.2 Preselection Phase ............................................................................................................. 7-11

7.3.3 Fallback Phase ................................................................................................................... 7-12

7.3.4 Retry Phase ........................................................................................................................ 7-12

7.4 Anti-Frequent Serving Cell Change............................................................................................. 7-12

7.5 HSPA Retry ................................................................................................................................. 7-12

8 HCS Handover ........................................................................................................................... 8-1

8.1 Overview ....................................................................................................................................... 8-1

8.2 HCS Handover Procedure ............................................................................................................ 8-2

8.3 UE Speed Estimation .................................................................................................................... 8-3

8.4 HCS Handover Measurement ....................................................................................................... 8-3

8.5 HCS Handover Execution ............................................................................................................. 8-4

Page 5: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover Contents

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

iii

8.6 Signaling Procedure of HCS Handover......................................................................................... 8-5

8.7 Interoperability Between HCS Handover and Other Handovers ................................................... 8-5

9 Blind Handover .......................................................................................................................... 9-1

10 Handover Protection ............................................................................................................ 10-1

10.1 Anti-Ping-Pong .......................................................................................................................... 10-1

10.2 Handover Retry ......................................................................................................................... 10-1

10.2.1 Inter-Frequency Handover Retry ...................................................................................... 10-1

10.2.2 Inter-RAT (3G to 2G) Handover Retry .............................................................................. 10-2

10.3 Inter-RAT Multimedia Fallback .................................................................................................. 10-3

10.4 Transferring Event Report to Periodical Report ........................................................................ 10-4

11 Neighboring Cell Combination .......................................................................................... 11-1

12 Compressed Mode ............................................................................................................... 12-1

13 Parameters ............................................................................................................................. 13-1

14 Counters.................................................................................................................................. 14-1

15 Glossary .................................................................................................................................. 15-1

16 Reference Documents ......................................................................................................... 16-1

Page 6: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 1 Introduction

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

1-1

1 Introduction

1.1 Scope

The document describes the handover functional area. It provides an overview of the main functions and goes into details regarding handover.

1.2 Intended Audience

This document is intended for:

Personnel who are familiar with WCDMA basics

Personnel who need to understand handover

Personnel who work with Huawei products

1.3 Change History

This section provides information on the changes in different document versions.

There are two types of changes, which are defined as follows:

Feature change: refers to the change in the handover feature.

Editorial change: refers to the change in wording or the addition of the information that was not described in the earlier version.

Document Issues

The document issues are as follows:

03 (2012-05-30)

02 (2011-10-30)

01 (2011-04-30)

Draft B (2011-03-30)

Draft A (2010-12-30)

03 (2012-05-30)

This is the document for the third commercial release of RAN13.0.

Compared with issue 02 (2011-10-30) of RAN13.0, this issue incorporates the changes described in the following table.

Change Type Change Description Parameter Change

Feature change None None

Editorial change Added the description of no support for inter-RNC blind handover. For details, see section 9 “Blind Handover.”

Changed the HCS handover procedure to be consistent with the product implementation process. For details, see section 8.2 “HCS Handover Procedure.”

None

Page 7: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 1 Introduction

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

1-2

02 (2011-10-30)

This is the document for the second commercial release of RAN13.0.

Compared with issue 01 (2011-04-30) of RAN13.0, this issue adds description about inter-RAT blind handover. For details, see 9 “Blind Handover.”

01 (2011-04-30)

This is the document for the first commercial release of RAN13.0.

Compared with issue Draft B (2011-03-30) of RAN13.0, this issue has no change.

Draft B (2011-03-30)

This is the draft of the document for RAN13.0.

Compared with Draft A (2010-12-30) of RAN13.0, this issue has no changes.

Draft A (2010-12-30)

This is the draft of the document.

Compared with issue 02 (2010-06-20) of RAN12.0, this issue optimizes the description.

Page 8: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 2 Overview of Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

2-1

2 Overview of Handover

Handover is a basic function of the cellular mobile network. The purpose of handover is to ensure that a UE in CELL_DCH state is served continuously when it moves.

Figure 2-1 shows the handovers supported by the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS), which include intra-frequency handover, inter-frequency handover, and inter-RAT handover.

Figure 2-1 Handovers supported by the UMTS

Page 9: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 3 Intra-Frequency Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-1

3 Intra-Frequency Handover

3.1 Overview

Intra-frequency handover is classified into:

Intra-frequency soft handover: Multiple radio links are connected to the UE at the same time during handover.

Intra-frequency hard handover: Only one radio link is connected to the UE during handover.

Intra-Frequency Soft Handover

Intra-frequency soft handover is more commonly used than intra-frequency hard handover. The types of intra-frequency soft handover are as follows:

Intra-NodeB soft handover (WRFD-020201 Intra NodeB Softer Handover, also known as softer handover)

Softer handovers take place only between cells served by the same resource group. The LST LOCELL command is used to display the resource group for a cell. For details about resource groups, see the CE Resource Management Feature Parameter Description.

Intra-RNC inter-NodeB soft handover (WRFD-020202 Intra RNC Soft Handover)

Inter-RNC soft handover (WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover)

Intra-frequency soft handover is characterized by the function that the UE can be connected to multiple Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (UTRAN) access points at the same time. Addition and release of radio links are controlled by the ACTIVE SET UPDATE procedure.

Table 3-1 Differences between soft handover and softer handover

Item Softer Handover Soft Handover

Scenario When the UE is in the overlapped coverage area of multiple neighboring cells of a NodeB with combined RLs

When the UE communicates with multiple cells by setting up multiple channels over the Uu interface

When the UE is in the overlapped coverage area of two neighboring cells of different NodeBs

When the UE communicates with multiple cells by setting up multiple channels over the Uu interface

Uplink signal Using maximum-ratio combination Using selective combination

Downlink signal

Using maximum-ratio combination Using maximum-ratio combination

Resource use Occupying less Iub bandwidth Occupying more Iub bandwidth

The HoSwitch: HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH parameter is used to determine whether to enable both soft handover and softer handover. By default, this switch is set to ON, indicating that both soft handover and softer handover are enabled. After the RNC receives the event 1A, 1B, 1C, or 1D report, it initiates the corresponding soft handover procedure for the UE. For example, the RNC can add or delete links.

The DivCtrlField parameter indicates whether maximum-ratio combination is enabled in the uplink during softer handover. When the NodeB decides not to perform maximum-ratio combination (softer combination), the RNC performs selective combination.

Page 10: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 3 Intra-Frequency Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-2

If a soft or softer handover over the Iur interface is triggered and the intra-frequency cells are configured in different uplink resource groups, CMP_IUR_SHO_DIVCTRL_SWITCH of the CmpSwitch parameter must be set to ON. Under this circumstance, the NodeB determines whether to combine the RLs on the NodeB based on the value of DivCtrlField.

NodeB requires that all cells in softer handover for a UE must be configured in one uplink resource group.

Intra-Frequency Hard Handover

Intra-frequency hard handover (WRFD-020301 Intra Frequency Hard Handover) refers to a handover where all the old radio links are released before the new radio links are established. Compared with soft handover, intra-frequency hard handover uses fewer resources.

The scenarios of intra-frequency hard handover are as follows:

No Iur interface is present between RNCs. In this scenario, intra-frequency hard handover instead of soft handover can be performed between two RNCs.

The intra-frequency soft handover fails and the intra-frequency hard handover is allowed.

When the intra-frequency soft handover fails because of a congestion problem of the target cell, the RNC tries an intra-frequency hard handover.

The HoSwitch: HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH parameter is used to determine whether to enable the intra-frequency hard handover. By default, this switch is set to ON.

Inter RNC Handover

When the target cell under the target RNC fulfills the criteria for the intra-frequency soft handover, intra- or inter-frequency hard handover, the conditions that the handover over Iur is triggered are as follows:

Whether the Iur interface is available depends on the setting of the following two parameters according to handover types:

Whether intra- or inter- frequency hard handover is allowed over the Iur interface depends on the setting of the HHOTRIG parameter.

Whether inter RNC soft Handover is allowed depends on the setting of the SHOTRIG parameter.

The SHOTRIG parameter consists of three sub-switches:

CS_SHO_SWTICH: If CS_SHO_SWTICH is checked, soft handover for CS services over the Iur interface is allowed.

HSPA_SHO_SWTICH: If HSPA_SHO_SWTICH is checked, soft handover for HSPA services over the Iur interface is allowed.

NON_HSPA_SHO_SWTICH: If NON_HSPA_SHO_SWTICH is checked, soft handover for non-HSPA PS services over the Iur interface is allowed.

If the RRC connection has been set up but the Radio Bearers (RBs) have not, whether a cross-Iur soft handover can be executed is determined by HoSwitch: HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR_INTRA_SWITCH parameter. Only if the switch is set to ON, can the cross-Iur soft handover be executed.

3.2 Intra-Frequency Handover Procedure

The intra-frequency handover procedure involves three phases: handover measurement, handover decision, and handover execution.

After the UE transits to the CELL_DCH state in connected mode during a call, the RNC sends a MEASUREMENT CONTROL message to instruct the UE to take measurements and report the measurement event results.

Page 11: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 3 Intra-Frequency Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-3

The MEASUREMENT CONTROL message carries the following information:

Event trigger threshold

Hysteresis value

Event trigger delay time

Neighboring cell list

Upon the reception of an event report from the UE, the RNC makes a handover decision and performs the corresponding handover, as shown in Figure 3-1.

Figure 3-1 Intra-frequency handover procedure

3.3 Intra-Frequency Handover Measurement

In the measurement phase, the UE takes measurements according to the MEASUREMENT CONTROL message received from the RNC. When the event triggering conditions are met, the UE sends measurement reports to the RNC according to the rules defined in the MEASUREMENT CONTROL message.

Intra-Frequency Handover Measurement Quantities

Intra-frequency handover uses Ec/No or RSCP of the CPICH as the measurement value. Intra-frequency handover measurement quantity can be configured through the parameter IntraFreqMeasQuantity.

Intra-Frequency Handover Measurement Events

In intra-frequency handover, the UE reports measurement results to the RNC through event reporting.

Table 3-2 Events reported by the UE

Event Description

1A A primary CPICH enters the reporting range. This indicates that the CPICH signal quality of a cell

is close to the CPICH signal quality of the best cell in the active set. A relatively high combined

gain can be achieved when the cell is added to the active set.

1B A primary CPICH leaves the reporting range. This indicates that the CPICH signal quality of a cell in the active set is lower than the CPICH signal quality of the best cell and the difference between them is higher than a specified threshold. The cell has to be deleted from the active set.

Page 12: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 3 Intra-Frequency Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-4

Event Description

1C A non-active primary CPICH becomes better than an active primary CPICH. This indicates that the CPICH signal quality of a cell exceeds the CPICH signal quality of the worst cell in the active set. The RNC replaces the worst cell in the active set with a cell in the monitored set. MaxCellInActiveSet specifies the maximum number of cells in the active set.

1D The best cell changes. This indicates that the CPICH signal quality of a non-best cell is higher than the CPICH signal quality of the best cell in the active set and the difference between them exceeds a specified threshold, and the non-best cell becomes the new best cell. The non-best cell can be a cell in the active set or in the monitored set.

Triggering of Event 1A

Event 1A is triggered under the following condition:

10 x Log (MNew) + CIONew W x 10 x Log (

AN

i

iM1

) + (1 - W) x 10 x Log (MBest) - (R1a - H1a/2)

MNew is the measurement value of the cell in the reporting range.

CIONew is equal to the sum of CIO and CIOOffset, which adjusts the cell boundary in the handover algorithms. This parameter is determined by network planning according to actual environment configuration. To facilitate handover in neighboring cell configuration, the parameter is set as a positive value; otherwise, the parameter is set as a negative value.

W represents weighted factor, which is determined by the parameter Weight. The total quality of the best cell and the active set is specified by W.

Mi is the measurement value of a cell in the active set.

NA is the number of cells not forbidden to affect the reporting range in the active set. The parameter CellsForbidden1A indicates whether adding the cell to the active set affects the relative threshold of event 1A.

MBest is the measurement value of the best cell in the active set.

R1a is the reporting range or the relative threshold of soft handover. The threshold parameters of the CS non-VP services, CS VP services, and PS services are as follows:

− IntraRelThdFor1ACSNVP

− IntraRelThdFor1ACSVP

− IntraRelThdFor1APS

For the PS and CS combined services, the threshold for CS services is used.

For the single signaling connection of the UE, the threshold for CS services is used.

H1a represents HystFor1A the hysteresis value of event 1A

Figure 3-2 shows the triggering of event 1A. In this procedure, the default parameter values (W=0, H1a =0) are used.

Page 13: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 3 Intra-Frequency Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-5

Figure 3-2 Triggering of event 1A when W = 0 and H1a = 0

A: signal quality curve of the best cell in the active set

B: signal quality curve of a cell in the monitored set

C: curve of Th1A

Reporting range for event 1A is equal to the value of IntraRelThdFor1ACSVP, IntraRelThdFor1ACSNVP, or IntraRelThdFor1APS.

In Figure 3-2, Th1A = (CPICH Ec/No of the best cell in the active set) - (reporting range for event 1A)

If the signal quality of a cell that is not in the active set is higher than Th1A for a period of time specified by TrigTime1A (that is, Time to trigger in Figure 3-2), the UE reports event 1A.

If W > 0 and H1a = 0, then Th1A = (general signal quality of all the cells in the active set) - (reporting range for event 1A).

Triggering of Event 1B

Event 1B is triggered under the following condition:

10 x Log (Mold) + CIOold W x 10 x Log (

BN

i

iM1

) + (1-W) x 10 x Log (MBest) - (R1b+H1b/2)

MOld is the measurement value of the cell that becomes worse.

CIOOld is equal to the sum of CIO and CIOOffset, which is the offset between the cell in the reporting range and the best cell in the active set.

W represents weighted factor, used to weight the quality of the active set. The total quality of the best cell and the active set is specified by the parameter Weight.

Mi is the measurement value of a cell in the active set.

NB is the number of cells not forbidden to affect the reporting range in the active set. The parameter CellsForbidden1B indicates whether adding the cell to the active set affects the relative threshold of event 1B.

MBest is the measurement value of the best cell in the active set.

R1b is the reporting range or the relative threshold of soft handover. The threshold parameters of the CS non-VP services, CS VP services, and PS services are as follows:

Page 14: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 3 Intra-Frequency Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-6

− IntraRelThdFor1BCSNVP

− IntraRelThdFor1BCSVP

− IntraRelThdFor1BPS

For the PS and CS combined services, the threshold for CS services is used.

If the UE currently has only signaling connections, the threshold for CS services is used.

H1b is the hysteresis value of event 1B, which is determined by the parameter Hystfor1B.

Configuration rule and restriction

The value of IntraRelThdFor1BCSNVP has to be larger than that of IntraRelThdFor1ACSNVP.

The value of IntraRelThdFor1BCSVP has to be larger than that of IntraRelThdFor1ACSVP.

The value of IntraRelThdFor1BPS has to be larger than that of IntraRelThdFor1APS.

Figure 3-3 shows the triggering of event 1B. In this procedure, the default parameter values (W=0, H1b =0) are used.

Figure 3-3 Triggering of event 1B when W = 0 and H1b = 0

A: signal quality curve of the best cell in the active set

B: signal quality curve of the best cell in the monitored set

C: curve of Th1B

Reporting range for event 1B is equal to the value of IntraRelThdFor1BCSVP, IntraRelThdFor1BCSNVP, or IntraRelThdFor1BPS.

In Figure 3-3,

Th1B = (CPICH Ec/No of the best cell in the active set) - (reporting range for event 1B)

If the signal quality of a cell in the active set is lower than Th1B for a period of time specified by TrigTime1B (Time to trigger in Figure 3-3), the UE reports event 1B.

If W > 0 and H1b = 0, then Th1B = (general signal quality of all the cells in the active set) - (reporting range for event 1B).

Page 15: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 3 Intra-Frequency Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-7

Triggering of Event 1C

Event 1C is triggered under the following condition:

10 x Log (MNew) + CIONew 10 x Log (MInAS) + CIOInAS + H1c/2

MNew is the measurement value of the cell in the reporting range.

CIONew is the cell individual offset value of the cell in the reporting range. It is equal to the sum of CIO and CIOOffset, which is the offset between the cell in the reporting range and the best cell in the active set.

MInAS is the measurement value of the worst cell in the active set.

H1c is the hysteresis value of event 1C, which is determined by the parameter Hystfor1C.

Figure 3-4 shows the triggering of event 1C. In this procedure, the default parameter values are used.

Figure 3-4 Triggering of event 1C

A: signal quality curve of the best cell in the active set

B: signal quality curve of a cell in the active set

C: signal quality curve of the worst cell in the active set

D: signal quality curve of a cell in the monitored set

E: curve of Th1C

Th1C = (CPICH Ec/No of the worst cell in the active set) + (hysteresis/2)

Where,

Hysteresis is equal to the value of Hystfor1C.

If the signal quality of a cell not in the active set is higher than Th1C for a period of time specified by TrigTime1C (Time to trigger in the figure), the UE reports event 1C, as shown in the figure.

The UE reports event 1C for qualified cells after the number of cells in the active set reaches the maximum value. The maximum number of cells in the active set can be set by the MaxCellInActiveSet parameter.

Page 16: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 3 Intra-Frequency Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-8

Triggering of Event 1D

Event 1D is triggered under the following condition:

10 x Log (MNotBest) + CIONotBest 10 x Log (MBest) + CIOBest + H1d/2

MNotBest is the measurement value of a cell that is not the best cell.

CIONotBest is equal to the sum of CIO and CIOOffset, which is the offset between the cell in the reporting range and the best cell in the active set.

MBest is the measurement value of the best cell in the active set.

CIOBest is the cell individual offset value of the best cell. This parameter is not used for event 1D.

H1d is the hysteresis value of event 1D, which is determined by the parameter Hystfor1D.

Figure 3-5 shows the triggering of event 1D. In this procedure, the default parameter values are used.

Figure 3-5 Triggering of event 1D

A: signal quality curve of the best cell in the active set

B: signal quality curve of a cell in the active set or the monitored set

C: curve of Th1D

Hysteresis is equal to the value of Hystfor1D.

If the signal quality of a cell not in the active set is higher than Th1D for a period of time specified by TrigTime1D (Time to trigger in the figure), the UE reports event 1D.

3.4 Intra-Frequency Handover Decision and Execution

The intra-frequency handover decision and execution procedure depends on the different measurement events that the RNC receives.

When receiving an event 1A, 1C, or 1D report, the RNC adds a target cell to the active set only when the CPICH Ec/No of the target cell is higher than the absolute threshold SHOQualmin.

Table 3-3 lists different types of intra-frequency handover decision and execution based on different events.

Page 17: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 3 Intra-Frequency Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-9

Table 3-3 Intra-frequency handover decision and execution

Event Decision and Execution

1A When receiving an event 1A report, the RNC decides whether to add a cell.

For event 1A, the UE can report more than one cell in the event list in one measurement report. These cells are in the list of the MEASUREMENT CONTROL message, and they are sequenced in descending order of measurement quantity.

For the cells in the list, the RNC adds the radio link to the active set only if the number of cells in the active set does not reach the maximum value. This operation is not required if the number of cells in the active set reaches a specified value.

1B When receiving an event 1B report, the RNC decides whether to delete a cell.

For event 1B, if there is more than one radio link in the active set, the RNC decides whether to delete a radio link. This operation is not required if there is only one radio link in the active set.

1C After receiving an event 1C report, the RNC decides whether to change the worst cell.

For event 1C, the UE reports a list that contains good cells and the cells to be replaced, and sequences the cells in descending order by measurement quantity. After receiving the list from the UE, the RNC replaces the bad cells in the active set with the good cells in the list.

1D As stipulated in related protocols, an event 1D report includes information about only one cell. This cell can be listed in an active set or a monitored set. The RNC learns that the quality of this cell is better than that of the serving cell and takes one of the following actions:

If the reported cell is in the active set, the RNC decides whether to change the best cell or reconfigure measurement control.

If the reported cell is in the monitored set, then:

If the number of cells in the active set does not reach the maximum value, the RNC adds the cell to the active set.

If the number of cells in the active set reaches the maximum value, the RNC replaces the worst cell in the active set with the reported cell.

The best cell is changed to the reported cell.

The RNC determines whether the intra-frequency hard handover scenarios are applicable. If any scenario is applicable, the RNC performs an intra-frequency hard handover.

3.5 Rate Reduction After an SHO Failure

If the radio link fails to be added for a soft handover, the rate reduction is triggered for R99 Non Real Time (NRT) services to increase the probability of a successful soft handover.

Estimation Procedure for Rate Reduction

If the RNC receives a 1A, 1C, or 1D measurement report, the RNC tries to add the corresponding cell to the active set. If the addition fails, the RNC performs the estimation procedure for rate reduction.

Page 18: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 3 Intra-Frequency Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-10

Figure 3-6 Estimation procedure for rate reduction

1. The RNC evaluates whether the measurement quantity of the cell failing to be admitted meets the condition of rate reduction.

− If the condition is met, the RNC performs a rate reduction process for the access service immediately, as described in the next section Procedure of Rate Reduction Execution.

− If the condition is not met, the RNC performs the next step (Step 2).

The condition of rate reduction is as follows: Mnew > Mbest_cell - RelThdForDwnGrd

− Mnew is the CPICH Ec/No measurement value of the cell failing to be admitted.

− Mbest_cell is the CPICH Ec/No measurement value of the best cell in the active set.

− RelThdForDwnGrd is a parameter.

2. The RNC evaluates whether the number of SHO failures in the cell exceeds the ShoFailNumForDwnGrd.

If the number of SHO failures in the cell is smaller than the ShoFailNumForDwnGrd:

− If the timer has not been started, the RNC starts it.

− If the timer has been started, the RNC increments the SHO failure counter by one.

The timer length is set through the parameter ShoFailPeriod.

The SHO failure counter of a cell is used to record the number of SHO failures in this cell. For each UE, the RNC records the number of SHO failures in three cells at most. For SHO failures in any other cells, the RNC does not record the number.

Before the SHO failure evaluation timer expires, no action is taken and the RNC waits for the next measurement report period.

When the SHO failure evaluation timer expires, the RNC sets the SHO failure counter of the corresponding cell to 0 and ends the evaluation.

If the number of SHO failures in the cell is larger than or equal to the parameter ShoFailNumForDwnGrd, the RNC performs a rate reduction process for the access service,

Page 19: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 3 Intra-Frequency Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-11

Procedure of Rate Reduction Execution

Figure 3-7 Procedure of rate reduction execution

1. The RNC performs a rate reduction process for the access service. The method of determining the access rate after the rate reduction is the same as that described in Rate Negotiation of Load Control Feature Parameter Description.

2. After the rate reduction succeeds, the RNC immediately attempts to add this cell to the active set without measurement:

If the cell succeeds in admitting the UE, the RNC adds the radio link and sets the SHO failure counter of the cell to 0 and ends the execution.

If the cell fails to admit the UE, the RNC starts the penalty timer (DcccShoPenaltyTime) to avoid an increase in the rate triggered by DCCC within the period. Also in this period, the RNC sets the SHO failure counter of the cell to 0 and ends the execution.

If the RNC fails to perform a soft handover again, it performs the estimation procedure and the execution procedure, as previously described.

3.6 Signaling Procedures for Intra-Frequency Handover

3.6.1 Intra-NodeB Intra-Frequency Soft Handover Signaling Procedure

This section describes the signaling procedure for intra-frequency soft handover within a NodeB.

Figure 3-8 shows the procedure for intra-frequency soft handover when the UE moves from one cell to another cell within the same NodeB.

Page 20: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 3 Intra-Frequency Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-12

Figure 3-8 Procedure for intra-NodeB intra-frequency soft handover

The connections involved in the intra-NodeB intra-frequency softer handover change are as follows:

Before the softer handover, only cell 1 is connected to the UE.

During the softer handover, both cell 1 and cell 2 are connected to the UE.

After the softer handover, only cell 2 is connected to the UE. Cell 1 is removed from the active set.

Figure 3-9 Signaling procedure for intra-NodeB intra-frequency soft handover

Page 21: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 3 Intra-Frequency Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-13

3.6.2 Intra-RNC Inter-NodeB Intra-Frequency Soft Handover Signaling Procedure

This section describes the signaling procedure for intra-RNC inter-NodeB intra-frequency soft handover.

Figure 3-10 shows the procedure for intra-RNC inter-NodeB intra-frequency soft handover.

Figure 3-10 Procedure for intra-RNC inter-NodeB intra-frequency soft handover

Before the soft handover, only NodeB 1 is connected to the UE.

During the soft handover, both NodeBs are connected to the UE.

After the soft handover, only NodeB 2 is connected to the UE. The active set of NodeB 1 is removed.

Page 22: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 3 Intra-Frequency Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-14

Figure 3-11 Signaling procedure for intra-RNC inter-NodeB intra-frequency soft handover

3.6.3 Inter-RNC Intra-Frequency Soft Handover Signaling Procedure

This section describes the signaling procedure for inter-RNC intra-frequency soft handover.

Figure 3-12 shows the procedure for inter-RNC intra-frequency soft handover.

Page 23: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 3 Intra-Frequency Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-15

Figure 3-12 Procedure for inter-RNC intra-frequency soft handover

Before the soft handover, the UE is connected to NodeB 1 and NodeB 2.

After the SRNC makes a soft handover decision, it sets up a connection between NodeB 3 under another RNC and the UE, and releases the connection between NodeB 1 and the UE.

Page 24: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 3 Intra-Frequency Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-16

Figure 3-13 Signaling procedure for inter-RNC intra-frequency soft handover

3.6.4 Intra-RNC Inter-NodeB Intra-Frequency Hard Handover Signaling Procedure

The signaling procedure of intra-NodeB intra-frequency hard handover is similar to that of Intra-RNC inter-NodeB intra-frequency hard handover. This section describes the signaling procedure for only the intra-RNC inter-NodeB intra-frequency hard handover.

Page 25: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 3 Intra-Frequency Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-17

Figure 3-14 Procedure for intra-RNC inter-NodeB intra-frequency hard handover

Figure 3-15 Signaling procedure for intra-RNC inter-NodeB intra-frequency hard handover

As shown in Figure 3-15, NodeB 1 is the source NodeB and NodeB 2 is the target NodeB.

Page 26: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 3 Intra-Frequency Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-18

3.6.5 Inter-RNC Intra-Frequency Hard Handover Signaling Procedure

Figure 3-16 shows the procedure for intra-frequency hard handover when a UE moves from one NodeB in an SRNC to another NodeB in a DRNC.

Figure 3-16 Procedure for inter-RNC intra-frequency hard handover

Page 27: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 3 Intra-Frequency Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-19

Figure 3-17 Signaling procedure for inter-RNC intra-frequency hard handover

As shown in Figure 3-17, NodeB 1 is the source NodeB and NodeB 2 is the target NodeB.

Page 28: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 4 Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

4-1

4 Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT Handover

4.1 Overview

Based on the handover triggering causes, the inter-frequency and Inter-RAT handover falls into five categories, as described in Table 4-1.

Inter-RAT handover refers to the handover performed between 3G network and 2G network.

This section mainly describes the 3G-to2G coverage handover and QoS handover. Except the cause of the triggering is different, the handover procedure is the same for the coverage handover and QoS handover.

Table 4-1 Types of inter-frequency and inter-RAT handover

Type Description

Coverage handover

Coverage handover involves the following features:

WRFD-020302 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

WRFD-020303 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

If a moving UE leaves the coverage of the current frequency, the RNC needs to trigger the coverage-based inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover to avoid call drops.

For details, see 5 Coverage or QoS Handover.

QoS handover

QoS handover involves the following features:

WRFD-020304 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

WRFD-020309 Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS

If the link quality becomes worse, the Link Stability Control Algorithm may trigger the QoS-based inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover to avoid call drops.

For details, see 5 Coverage or QoS Handover.

LDR handover

When the LDR function detects the basic congestion, the RNC chooses some UEs and performs the inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover according to user priorities and service priorities to balance the load between inter-frequency or inter-RAT cells.

For details, see 6 Load Handover.

Service handover

Service handover involves the feature WRFD-020305 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Based on layered services, the traffic of different classes is handed over to different systems. For example, when an Adaptive Multi Rate (AMR) speech service is requested, this service can be handed over to the 2G network.

For details, see 6 Load Handover.

HCS handover

HCS handover involves the feature WRFD-021200 HCS.

Inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover can be triggered by the UE speed estimation algorithm of the HCS. To reduce frequent handovers, the UE at a higher speed is handed over to a cell under a larger coverage, whereas the UE at a lower speed is handed over to a cell under a smaller coverage.

For details, see 8 HCS Handover.

Page 29: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 4 Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

4-2

4.2 Inter-frequency and Inter-RAT Handover Switches

Some switches are important for inter-frequency handover because they decide whether the handover can be performed successfully. These switches are the parameter values of handover algorithm switches in the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command, as described below.

HOSWITCH > HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH: The switch decides whether the RNC allows inter-frequency handover.

HOSWITCH > HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH: The switch decides whether the RNC allows inter-RAT handover of the PS domain from the UTRAN.

HOSWITCH > HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH: The switch decides whether the RNC allows inter-RAT handover of the CS domain from the UTRAN.

HHOTRIG: The switch decides whether intra- or inter- frequency hard handover is allowed over the Iur interface.

HOSWITCH > HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITCH: The switch decides when the RNC performs the active set signal quality measurement before the RB setup. If the UE is at the cell verge or the signal is weak signals after accessing the network, the RNC can trigger inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover when the UE sets up the RRC.

If the switch is set to ON, the RNC initiates the active set quality measurement after the RRC connection setup is completed (before the RB setup).

If the switch is set to OFF, the RNC initiates the active set quality measurement after the RB setup is completed.

The switch is set to OFF by default.

HOSWITCH > HO_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_UE_CAP_SWITCH: The switch decides whether the neighboring cell will be sent in the inter-frequency measurement control message when the frequency of the neighboring cell is not included in the measurement capability of the UE. The reported measurement capability of the UE is not the same as the actual measurement capability of the UE. Measurement capability at some frequencies may not be reported due to the limitation of the version of UE protocol.

If the switch is set to ON, the RNC sends the inter-frequency measurement control message with the neighboring cell, whose frequency is not included in the measurement capability of the UE.

If the switch is set to OFF, the RNC sends the inter-frequency measurement control message without the neighboring cell, whose frequency is not included in the measurement capability of the UE.

The switch is set to OFF by default.

4.3 Signaling Procedures for Inter-Frequency Handover

4.3.1 Inter-Frequency Handover Within One RNC

Figure 4-1 shows the inter-frequency handover for a UE that moves from NodeB 1 to NodeB 2 within one RNC. Before the handover, the UE sets up a connection to NodeB 1. After the handover, the UE sets up a connection to NodeB 2.

The signaling procedure of inter-frequency handover within one NodeB is similar to that between NodeBs within one RNC.

Page 30: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 4 Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

4-3

Figure 4-1 Inter-frequency handover between NodeBs within one RNC

Figure 4-2 Signaling procedure for inter-frequency handover between NodeBs within one RNC

Page 31: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 4 Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

4-4

As shown in Figure 4-2, NodeB 1 is the source NodeB, whereas NodeB 2 is the target NodeB. From step 1 through step 6, a new connection is set up. From step 7 through step 9, the original connection is released.

4.3.2 Inter-Frequency Handover Between RNCs

Figure 4-3 shows the signaling procedure for inter-frequency hard handover for a UE that moves from a NodeB to another NodeB between the RNCs. Before the handover, the UE sets up a connection to NodeB 1. After the handover, the UE sets up a connection to NodeB 2.

Figure 4-3 Inter-frequency hard handover between the RNCs

Page 32: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 4 Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

4-5

Figure 4-4 Signaling procedure for inter-frequency hard handover between the RNCs

NodeB 1 is the source NodeB, whereas NodeB 2 is the target NodeB. From step 1 through step 10, a new connection is set up. From step 11 through step 13, the original connection is released.

4.4 Signaling Procedures for Inter-RAT Handover

4.4.1 3G-to-2G Handover in the CS Domain

Figure 4-5 shows the signaling procedure for the 3G-to-2G handover in the CS domain. The 2G messages shown in Figure 4-5 are for your reference only.

Page 33: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 4 Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

4-6

Figure 4-5 3G-to-2G handover in the CS domain

4.4.2 3G-to-2G Handover in the PS Domain

When a UE in idle mode or connected mode, if the SGSN changes with the shift of the system that the UE moves from 3G network to 2G network, the inter-SGSN handover will be performed.

The handover procedures are different in the following two cases:

When the UE is in CELL_DCH state

The 3G-to-2G handover in the PS domain is triggered after the UTRAN sends a CELL CHANGE ORDER FROM UTRAN message.

When the UE is in CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH state

The 3G-to-2G handover in the PS domain is triggered through the cell reselection.

The following figure shows an example of handover for the UE in CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH state. When the UE is in idle mode, the cell reselection procedure does not include the elementary procedures marked "UE CONNECTED" in Figure 4-6.

Page 34: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 4 Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

4-7

Figure 4-6 Example of the 3G-to-2G handover in the PS domain

4.4.3 3G-to-2G Handover in Both CS Domain and PS Domain

This section describes the 3G-to-2G handover in both CS domain and PS domain in detail.

Inter-RAT Handover in Both CS Domain and PS Domain

For a UE in CELL_DCH state using both CS and PS domain services, the inter-RAT handover procedure is based on the measurement reports from the UE but is initiated from the UTRAN.

Page 35: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 4 Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

4-8

The UE performs the inter-RAT handover from UTRA RRC connected mode to GSM connected mode first. After the UE sends a HANDOVER COMPLETE message to the GSM/BSS, the UE initiates a temporary block procedure towards the GPRS to suspend the GPRS services. After the CS domain services are released on the GSM side, the inter-RAT handover in the PS domain is initiated and then completed.

If the inter-RAT handover from UTRA RRC Connected Mode to GSM Connected Mode succeeds, the handover is regarded as successful, no matter whether the UE initiates a temporary block procedure towards the GPRS.

In case of inter-RAT handover failure, the UE may go back to the UTRA RRC Connected Mode and re-establish the connection in the original state.

SGSN Service Suspend and Resume

When the CS connection is terminated, the BSS may send a RESUME message to the SGSN. However, resume is impossible since the radio access system has changed. Therefore, the SGSN acknowledges the resume through a RESUME NACK message.

The UE sends a ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST message to the SGSN to resume the GPRS service. The update mode depends on the network operation mode in use.

Figure 4-7 Intra-SGSN service suspended and resumed

Page 36: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 4 Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

4-9

Figure 4-8 Inter-SGSN service suspended and resumed

4.4.4 2G-to-3G Handover in the CS Domain

When a GSM cell has a neighboring UMTS cell, the measurement control information is contained in the system information. The dual-mode MS performs the inter-RAT measurement in idle timeslots and reports the measurement result. Then, the BSC decides whether to start the inter-RAT handover according to the measurement result. To allow 2G-to-3G handovers in the CS domain, the 2G-to-3G CS handover switch must be turned on for the RNC. That is, SYSHO_CSIN_PERMIT_SWITCH of the RsvdPara1 parameter in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command must be selected.

The GSM system uses time division multiple access technology, and the inter-RAT measurement is performed in idle timeslots. Therefore, the GSM does not need to support the compressed mode.

Page 37: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 4 Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

4-10

Figure 4-9 2G-to-3G handover in the CS domain

4.4.5 2G-to-3G Handover in the PS Domain

Figure 4-10 shows the 2G-to-3G handover in the PS domain.

Page 38: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 4 Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

4-11

Figure 4-10 2G-to-3G handover in PS domain

Page 39: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 5 Coverage or QoS Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5-1

5 Coverage or QoS Handover

If a moving UE leaves the coverage area of the current frequency or the link quality degrades, the RNC triggers the coverage-based or QoS-based inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover to avoid call drops. The QoS handover procedure is the same as the coverage handover procedure.

5.1 Coverage or QoS Handover Procedure

Figure 5-1 shows the procedure for the coverage or QoS handover.

Figure 5-1 Coverage or QoS handover procedure

In the triggering phase

If the CPICH of the current cell becomes worse, the UE reports the event 2D. Then the RNC initiates the coverage handover.

If the link quality of the current service deteriorates, the Link Stability Control Algorithm makes a QoS handover decision. Then the RNC initiate the QoS handover.

In the measurement phase

The RNC sends an inter-frequency measurement control message to the UE, requesting the NodeB and UE to start the compressed mode. The RNC also requests the UE to perform the inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover measurement.

Page 40: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 5 Coverage or QoS Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5-2

If the CPICH of the current cell becomes better, the UE reports the event 2F. Then the RNC stops the compressed mode and the coverage handover.

In this phase, the method of either periodical measurement report or event-triggered measurement report can be used.

In the decision phase

After the UE reports event 2B or 3A, the RNC performs the handover. Or the UE periodically generates measurement reports, and the RNC makes a handover decision after evaluation.

In the execution phase

The RNC executes the handover procedure.

5.2 Coverage or QoS Handover Measurement

In the measurement phase of inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover, the UE takes measurement according to the MEASUREMENT CONTROL message received from the RNC. When the measurement report conditions are met, the UE sends measurement reports to the RNC according to the rules defined in the MEASUREMENT CONTROL message.

For detailed information on the quality estimation, see section "Frequency Quality Estimate" in 3GPP TS 25.331.

5.2.1 Coverage or QoS Handover Measurement Report Modes

The coverage-based and QoS-based handover use event-triggered or periodical measurement report mode.

InterFreqReportMode: The measurement report mode of inter-frequency handover.

InterRatReportMode: The measurement report mode of inter-RAT handover.

PrdReportInterval: The periodical measurement report interval of inter-frequency handover.

InterRATPeriodReportInterval: The periodical measurement report interval of inter-RAT handover.

The advantage of periodical measurement report is that if the handover fails, the RNC reattempts the handover to the same cell after receiving the periodical measurement report from the UE. This increases the probability of the success of inter-frequency handover.

Based on the measurement control message received from the RNC, the UE periodically reports the measurement quality of the target cell. Then, based on the measurement report, the RNC makes the handover decision and performs handover.

5.2.2 Coverage or QoS Handover Measurement Quantity

Measurement quantities vary according to the type of inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover.

The used frequency belongs to a UMTS cell and the used frequency measurement quantities are set as follows:

In inter-frequency or inter-RAT coverage or QoS handover, event 2B/2D/2F or periodical measurement takes both CPICH Ec/No and RSCP as measurement quantities.

In coverage-based inter-RAT handover, the system delivers both CPICH Ec/N0 and CPICH RSCP for 2D/2F measurement. To deliberately limit the types of measurement quantity, you can set the corresponding threshold of the limited measurement quantity to the minimum value. For example, if event 2D of CS service Ec/No can be reported but the RSCP cannot, the parameter InterRATCSThd2DRSCP or InterFreqCSThd2DRSCP is set to the minimum value, that is, -115.

In inter-RAT coverage handover, the event 3A measurement quantity is set through the parameter MeasQuantityOf3A.

Page 41: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 5 Coverage or QoS Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5-3

In inter-RAT QoS handover, the event 3A measurement quantity is set through the parameter UsedFreqMeasQuantityForQos3A.

The unused frequencies belong to a GSM cell, and the unused frequency measurement quantity is referred to as to GSM RSSI.

5.2.3 Coverage or QoS Handover Measurement Events

When the measurement thresholds are reached, the UE reports the events to the RNC to trigger related handover procedures.

Table 5-1 describes the measurement events involved in inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover.

Table 5-1 Measurement events involved in inter-frequency handover

Event Description

2D The estimated quality of the currently used frequency is below a certain threshold.

2F The estimated quality of the currently used frequency is above a certain threshold.

2B The estimated quality of the currently used frequency is below a certain threshold and the estimated quality of a non-used frequency is above a certain threshold.

3A The estimated quality of the currently used UTRAN frequency is below a certain threshold and the estimated quality of the other system is above a certain threshold.

Triggering of Event 2D

After the conditions of event 2D are fulfilled and maintained until the TimeToTrig2D is reached, the UE sends the event 2D measurement report message.

Event 2D is triggered on the basis of the following formula:

QUsed ≤ TUsed2d - H2d/2

QUsed is the measured quality of the used frequency.

TUsed2d is the absolute quality threshold of the cell that uses the current frequency. Based on the service type and measurement quantity, this threshold can be configured through the following parameters:

Inter-frequency parameters

− InterFreqCSThd2DEcN0

− InterFreqR99PsThd2DEcN0

− InterFreqHThd2DEcN0

− InterFreqCSThd2DRSCP

− InterFreqR99PsThd2DRSCP

− InterFreqHThd2DRSCP

Inter-RAT parameters

− InterRATCSThd2DEcN0

Page 42: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 5 Coverage or QoS Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5-4

− InterRATR99PsThd2DEcN0

− InterRATHThd2DEcN0

− InterRATCSThd2DRSCP

− InterRATR99PsThd2DRSCP

− InterRATHThd2DRSCP

− For the PS and CS combined services, the threshold is set to the higher one of CS or PS services.

− If the UE has only signaling connections currently, the thresholds for CS services are used.

H2d is the event 2D hysteresis value set through the parameter HystFor2D.

Triggering of Event 2F

After the conditions of event 2F are fulfilled and maintained until the parameter TimeToTrig2F is reached, the UE reports the event 2F measurement report message.

Event 2F is triggered on the basis of the following formula:

QUsed ≥ TUsed2f + H2f/2

Where,

QUsed is the measured quality of the used frequency.

TUsed2f is the absolute quality threshold of the cell that uses the current frequency. Based on the service type and measurement quantity, this threshold can be configured through the following parameters:

Inter-frequency parameters

− InterFreqCSThd2FEcN0

− InterFreqCSThd2FRSCP

− InterFreqR99PsThd2FEcN0

− InterFreqR99PsThd2FRSCP

− InterFreqHThd2FEcN0

− InterFreqHThd2FRSCP

Inter-RAT parameters

− InterRATCSThd2FEcN0

− InterRATR99PsThd2FEcN0

− InterRATHThd2FEcN0

− InterRATCSThd2FRSCP

− InterRATR99PsThd2FRSCP

− InterRATHThd2FRSCP

− For the PS and CS combined services, the threshold is set to the higher one of CS or PS services.

− If the UE has only signaling connections currently, the thresholds for CS services are used.

H2f is the event 2F hysteresis value set through the parameter HystFor2F.

Triggering of Event 2B

After the conditions of event 2B are fulfilled and maintained until the parameter TimeToTrig2B is reached, the UE reports the event 2B measurement report message.

Event 2B is triggered on the basis of the following formula:

QNoused ≥ TNoused2b + H2b/2

Page 43: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 5 Coverage or QoS Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5-5

QUsed ≤ TUsed2b - H2b/2

Where,

QNoused is the measured quality of the cell that uses the other frequencies.

QUsed is the measured quality of the used frequency.

H2b is the event 2B hysteresis value set through the parameter HystFor2B.

TNoused2b is the absolute quality threshold of the cell that uses the other frequencies. Based on the service type and measurement quantity, this threshold can be configured through the following parameters:

− TargetFreqCsThdEcN0

− TargetFreqCsThdRscp

− TargetFreqR99PsThdEcN0

− TargetFreqR99PsThdRscp

− TargetFreqHThdEcN0

− TargetFreqHThdRscp

TUsed2b is the absolute quality threshold of the cell that uses the current frequency.

TUsed2b is set in the following way:

Based on the service type and measurement quantity, this threshold can be configured through the following parameters:

If event 2D with the CPICH RSCP value is received by the RNC:

− TUsed2b of event 2B with the CPICH RSCP value can be:

UsedFreqCSThdRSCP

UsedFreqR99PsThdRSCP

UsedFreqHThdRSCP

− TUsed2b of event 2B with the CPICH Ec/No value is configured as the maximum value 0 dB.

According to 3GPP specifications, TUsed2b of event 2B with the CPICH Ec/No value should be configured as the maximum value 0 dB. If the event 2F with the CPICH Ec/No value is received by the RNC and TUsed2b of event 2B with the CPICH Ec/No value is modified, TUsed2b is reset to 0 dB.

If event 2D with the CPICH Ec/No value is received by the RNC:

− TUsed2b of event 2B with the CPICH Ec/No value can be:

UsedFreqCSThdEcN0

UsedFreqR99PsThdEcN0

UsedFreqHThdEcN0

− TUsed2b of event 2B with the CPICH RSCP value is configured as the maximum value -25 dBm.

According to 3GPP specifications, TUsed2b of event 2B with the CPICH RSCP value should be configured as the maximum value -25 dBm. If event 2F with the CPICH RSCP value is received by the RNC and TUsed2b of event 2B with the CPICH RSCP value is modified, TUsed2b is reset to -25 dBm.

For the PS and CS combined services, the threshold is set to the higher one of CS or PS services.

If the UE has only signaling connections currently, the thresholds for CS services are used.

Triggering of Event 3A

When the conditions for event 3A are met and maintained in time-to-trigger specified by TrigTime3A the UE sends the measurement report of event 3A.

Page 44: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 5 Coverage or QoS Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5-6

Event 3A is triggered on the basis of the following formula:

QUsed ≤ TUsed - H3a/2 and MOtherRAT + CIOOtherRAT ≥ TOtherRAT + H3a/2

Where,

QUsed is the measurement value of the cell at the currently used frequency.

TUsed is the absolute quality threshold of the cell that uses the current frequency. Based on the service type and measurement quantity in the coverage-based handover, TUsed can be configured through the following parameters

− UsedFreqCSThdEcN0

− UsedFreqCSThdRSCP

− UsedFreqHThdEcN0

− UsedFreqHThdRSCP

− UsedFreqR99PsThdEcN0

− UsedFreqR99PsThdRSCP

In the Coverage-based handover, based on the measurement quantity (CPICH Ec/No or RSCP), TUsed is configured as follows:

− If the measurement quantity is CPICH Ec/No:

If 2D is triggered by RSCP, TUsed is configured as the maximum value 0 dB.

If 2D is triggered by Ec/No, TUsed is configured as the Ec/No threshold specified by the previous parameters.

− If the measurement quantity is CPICH RSCP:

If 2D is triggered by RSCP, TUsed is configured as the RSCP threshold specified by the previous parameters.

If 2D is triggered by Ec/No, TUsed is configured as the maximum value -25 dBm.

In the uplink QoS-based handover, based on the measurement quantity (CPICH Ec/No or RSCP), TUsed is configured as the maximum value according to 3GPP specifications, as described below:

− If the measurement quantity is CPICH Ec/No, TUsed is configured as the maximum value 0 dB.

− If the measurement quantity is CPICH RSCP, TUsed is configured as the maximum value -25 dBm.

In the downlink QoS-based handover:

− If the measurement quantity is CPICH Ec/No, TUsed is configured as the maximum value 0 dB.

− If the measurement quantity is CPICH RSCP, based on the service type, TUsed can be configured as one of the following sums:

− UsedFreqCSThdRSCP and DlRscpQosHyst

− UsedFreqR99PsThdRSCP and DlRscpQosHyst

− UsedFreqHThdRSCP and DlRscpQosHyst

MOtherRAT is the measurement value of the cell (in another RAT) in the reporting range.

CIOOtherRAT is the cell individual offset value of the cell (in another RAT) in the reporting range, which is equal to the sum of CIO and CIOOffset.

TOtherRAT is the absolute inter-RAT handover threshold. Based on different service types (CS, PS domain R99 services, or PS domain HSPA services), this threshold can be configured through the following parameters:

− TargetRatCsThd

− TargetRatR99PsThd

− TargetRatHThd

Page 45: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 5 Coverage or QoS Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5-7

H3a is 3A hysteresis, the hysteresis value of event 3A.

For the PS and CS combined services, the threshold for CS services is used.

5.2.4 BSIC Verification Requirements for 2G Cells

During inter-RAT measurement, it is recommended that the UE report the 2G cell to the RNC after the Base Transceiver Station Identity Code (BSIC) of the cell is verified. This greatly enhances the reliability of handover. The parameter BSICVerify is the control switch for the BSIC verification.

5.3 Coverage or QoS Handover Decision and Execution

5.3.1 Inter-Frequency Coverage or QoS Handover Decision and Execution

The coverage-based and QoS-based inter-frequency handovers are categorized into two types according to the following two measurement report modes: periodical measurement report mode and event-triggered measurement report mode. Each mode corresponds to a different decision and execution procedure.

HOCovPrio specifies the neighboring cell priority for coverage based inter-frequency handover.

Inter-Frequency Handover in Periodical Measurement Report Mode

After receiving the periodical measurement report of the inter-frequency cell, the RNC starts the following decision procedures:

1. Decide whether both the CPICH Ec/No value and CPICH RSCP value of the pilot signal of the target cell meet the requirement of inter-frequency handover.

The evaluation formula is listed below:

Mother_Freq + CIOother_Freq ≥ Tother_Freq + H/2

Where,

− Mother_Freq is the CPICH Ec/No or CPICH RSCP measurement value of the target cell reported by the UE. Both of the two measurement values of the inter-frequency cell must satisfy the formula.

− CIOother_Freq is the cell individual offset value of the target cell. It is equal to the sum of CIO and CIOOffset.

− Tother_Freq is the decision threshold of inter-frequency hard handover. Based on the service type and measurement quantity, this threshold can be configured through the following parameters:

TargetFreqCsThdEcN0

TargetFreqCsThdRscp

TargetFreqR99PsThdEcN0

TargetFreqR99PsThdRscp

TargetFreqHThdEcN0

TargetFreqHThdRscp

These thresholds are the same as the quality threshold of event 2B.

− H is the inter-frequency hard handover hysteresis value set through the parameter HystForPrdInterFreq.

2. Start the hard handover time-to-trigger timer, which is configured through the parameter TimeToTrigForPrdInterFreq.

3. If Mother_Freq + CIOother_Freq < Tother_Freq - H/2, stop the timer.

Page 46: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 5 Coverage or QoS Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5-8

4. Select the cells in sequence, that is, from high quality cells to low quality ones, to initiate inter-frequency handover in the cells where the hard handover time-to-trigger timer expires.

Each cell in the measurement report shall be evaluated as mentioned previously. When the hard handover time-to-trigger timers of more than one cell expire at the same time, the latest measurement report is used for selecting the best inter-frequency neighboring cell for handover. For example, the cell with the highest CPICH RSCP in the latest measurement report is selected, as shown in Figure 5-2.

Figure 5-2 Selecting the cell with the highest CPICH RSCP

Inter-Frequency Handover in Event-Triggered Measurement Report Mode

After receiving the event 2B measurement reports of CPICH RSCP and CPICH Ec/No of the inter-frequency cell, the RNC starts the following procedure:

1. Add all the pilot cells that trigger event 2B to a cell set and arrange the cells according to the measurement quality of CPICH_Ec/No in descending order.

2. Select the cells in turn from the cell set to perform inter-frequency handover.

5.3.2 3G-to-2G Coverage and QoS Handover Decision and Execution

The coverage-based and QoS-based 3G-to-2G handovers are categorized into two types according to the following two measurement report modes: periodical measurement report mode and event-triggered measurement report mode. Each mode corresponds to a different decision and execution procedure.

3G-to-2G Coverage and QoS Handover in Periodical Report Mode

After receiving the periodical measurement report of GSM cells, the RNC performs the following handover decision and execution procedure:

1. Decide whether the quality of 2G cells meets the conditions of inter-RAT handover.

The evaluation formula is listed below:

Mother_RAT + CIOother_RAT ≥ Tother_RAT + H/2

Where,

Page 47: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 5 Coverage or QoS Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5-9

− Mother_RAT is the measurement result of inter-RAT handover received by the RNC.

− CIOother_RAT is the cell individual offset value of the target cell. It is equal to the sum of CIO and CIOOffset.

− Tother_RAT is the decision threshold of inter-RAT hard handover.

Based on the service type and measurement quantity, this threshold can be configured through the following parameters:

TargetRatCsThd

TargetRatR99PsThd

TargetRatHThd

− H is the inter-RAT handover hysteresis value set through HystforInterRAT.

− For the PS and CS combined services, one or more handover thresholds for CS services are used.

2. Start the evaluation of the cells that meet the quality requirement and start the time-to-trigger timer. If the measurement report meets the following formula and time-to-trigger timer does not expire, stop the time-to-trigger timer.

Mother_RAT + CIOother_RAT < Tother_RAT - H/2

The length of the time-to-trigger timer is configured through the parameter TimeToTrigForVerify (with BSIC acknowledged) or the parameter TimeToTrigForNonVerify (with BSIC unacknowledged).

3. Select the cells in sequence, that is, from high quality cells to low quality ones, to initiate 3G-to-2G handover in the cells where the handover time-to-trigger timer expires.

3G-to-2G Coverage and QoS Handover in Event Report Mode

After receiving the event 3A measurement report of 2G cells, the RNC performs the following decision and execution procedures:

1. Put all the 2G cells that trigger event 3A into a cell set and arrange the cells according to the measurement quality in descending order.

2. Select the cells in sequence from the cell set to perform inter-RAT handover.

5.4 Rules for 3G-to-2G Coverage or QoS Handover

The rules for enabling the 3G-to-2G handover are based on the Service Handover Indicator and the capability requirement. The rules vary according to the types of inter-RAT handover.

Capability Requirement

Before deciding the 3G-to-2G handover, the RNC considers 2G cell capability, service capability and UE capability.

2G cell capability: 2G cell capability is configured through the parameter RatCellType. This parameter indicates whether the cell supports the GSM, GPRS, or EDGE.

Service required capability: The Required 2G Capability (Req2GCap) specifies the capability of 2G cells required by inter-RAT handover. This indicates whether the service is supported by the GSM, GPRS, or EDGE.

UE capability: Upon the reception of the UE capability information message, the RNC decides whether to start the inter-RAT measurement. The information indicates whether the UE supports the GSM, GPRS, or EDGE.

The following table describes the impacts of different types of capability on handover decision. If the capability of all neighboring 2G cells does not meet the requirement, the inter-RAT measurement will not be triggered.

Page 48: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 5 Coverage or QoS Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5-10

Table 5-2 Impacts of different types of capability on handover decision

2G Cell Capability

UE Capability Service Required Capability

EDGE GPRS GSM

EDGE EDGE Allowed Allowed Allowed

GPRS Allowed Allowed Allowed

GSM Not allowed Not allowed Allowed

Not supported by 2G Not allowed Not allowed Not allowed

GPRS EDGE Allowed Allowed Allowed

GPRS Allowed Allowed Allowed

GSM Not allowed Not allowed Allowed

Not supported by 2G Not allowed Not allowed Not allowed

GSM EDGE Not allowed Not allowed Allowed

GPRS Not allowed Not allowed Allowed

GSM Not allowed Not allowed Allowed

Not supported by 2G Not allowed Not allowed Not allowed

Service Handover Indicator

The RNC initiates the coverage- or QoS-based UMTS-to-GSM handover only when Service Handover Indicator is as follows:

HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM

HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_NOT_BE_PERFORM

The IE Service Handover Indicator indicates the CN policy for the service handover to the 2G network. This IE is indicated in the Radio Access Bearer (RAB) assignment signaling assigned by the CN, or provided by the RNC side.

The algorithm switch HoSwitch: HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITCH decides whether the service attribute of inter-RAT handover is based on the RNC or the CN.

If the switch is set to ON, the service attribute of inter-RAT handover is based on the parameter configured on the RNC side.

If the switch is set to OFF, the service attribute of inter-RAT handover is first based on the CN when the indicator is contained in the RAB assignment signaling assigned by the CN. If the CN does not allocate a service indicator, the service attribute of inter-RAT handover is based on the RNC side.

Through the SHIND parameter, the service handover indicators are set as follows:

HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM: means that the handover to the 2G network is performed when 2G signals are available.

HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_NOT_BE_PERFORM: means that the handover to the 2G network is performed when 3G signals are weak but 2G signals are strong.

Page 49: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 5 Coverage or QoS Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5-11

HO_TO_GSM_SHALL_NOT_BE_PERFORM: means that the handover to the 2G network is not performed even when 3G signals are weak but 2G signals are strong.

By default, the RNC does as follows:

For a UE with a single signaling RAB, the RNC supports the handover to the GSM, which is not recommended.

For the UE accessing combined services (with CS services), the RNC sets the service handover indicator of the UE to that of CS services, because CS services have the highest QoS priority.

For the UE accessing combined services (with only PS services), the RNC sets the service handover indicator of the UE to that of PS services with the highest QoS priority

If the service handover indicators are not configured by the CN, each indicator can be set to the service parameter index of a service on the RNC. Each service parameter index is the index of one typical service RAB, which involves a set of service type, source description, CN domain ID, and maximum rate (bit/s).

5.5 3G-to-2G NACC

This section describes the feature WRFD-02030801 NACC (Network Assisted Cell Change).

The Network Assisted Cell Change (NACC) function can efficiently reduce the delay of UMTS-to-GSM handover.

Some services have requirements for the delay. If the handover takes too long, TCP may start slowly or data transmission of the service stream may be interrupted due to the overflow of the UE buffer. The introduction of NACC enables the system information exchange between different BSSs, or between BSS and RAN. The inter-system delay, especially inter-system delay in PS domains, can be reduced. With NACC, the RNC sends the UE a cell change order, which contains the GSM EDGE Radio Access Network (GERAN) system information, when the 3G-to-2G handover in the PS domain is triggered.

To enable the NACC function, do as follows:

Run the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command to set HoSwitch: HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_SWITCH to ON.

Run the ADD UEXT2GCELL or MOD UEXT2GCELL command to set SuppRIMFlag to TRUE.

5.6 3G-to-2G PS Handover

This section describes the feature WRFD-02030802 PS Handover between UMTS and GPRS

PS handover is similar to the inter-RAT handover in the CS domain.

If the HoSwitch: HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH is turned on, the PS handover from the 3G network to the 2G network is performed in the relocation process. When the switch is not on, the PS handover from the 3G network to the 2G network is performed in the cell change order process.

To enable the PS HO function, do as follows:

Run the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command to set HoSwitch: HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH parameter to ON.

Run the ADD UEXT2GCELL or MOD UEXT2GCELL command to set SuppPSHOFlag to TRUE.

5.7 2G-to-3G Handover

The 2G-to-3G handover is initiated by the 2G network, where the dual-mode (GSM and WCDMA) mobile terminals are required. Both the GSM MSC and the GSM BSS must support the GSM-to-UMTS handover.

Page 50: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 6 Load Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

6-1

6 Load Handover

Load handover is used to balance the load among inter-frequency or inter-RAT cells. Load handover falls into the following categories:

Inter-frequency LDR handover

Inter-RAT LDR handover

Inter-RAT service handover

6.1 Inter-Frequency LDR Handover

6.1.1 Inter-Frequency LDR Handover Procedure

The inter-frequency LDR handover suits co-sited cells covering the same area.

In the triggering phase

The Load Reshuffling (LDR) module detects that the current cell is in basic congestion and then initiates an inter-frequency handover.

In the decision phase

For an inter-frequency LDR blind handover, the RNC decides to trigger an inter-frequency blind handover if the corresponding conditions are met.

For inter-frequency LDR measure-based handover, the RNC requests the UE to perform the inter-frequency measurement. Based on the measurement results, the RNC chooses a target cell to perform inter-frequency hard handover.

In the execution phase

The RNC performs the handover according to the decision result.

For details of LDR, see Load Control Feature Parameter Description.

6.1.2 Inter-Frequency LDR Handover Measurement

The Inter-frequency LDR handover uses the periodical report mode.

In Inter-frequency LDR blind handover, CPICH RSCP of the used frequency is measured.

In inter-frequency LDR measure-based handover, both CPICH_RSCP and CPICH_Ec/No of the target frequency are measured.

6.1.3 Inter-Frequency LDR Handover Decision and Execution

The LDR algorithm may trigger an inter-frequency handover. The following describes the procedure for handover decision and execution.

The inter-frequency LDR handover can be performed based on blind handover or measurement that can be decided by the parameter InterFreqLDHOMethodSelection.

Inter-Frequency LDR Blind Handover Decision

1. The LDR algorithm learns that a cell is in basic congestion and provides target cells and the UE with low priority for handover.

2. The RNC determines to trigger an inter-frequency blind handover.

If the UE is not in soft handover state, the RNC directly performs Inter-frequency LDR blind handover.

If the UE is in soft handover state, the RNC operates based on the following conditions:

Page 51: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 6 Load Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

6-2

If the HoSwitch: HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH is set to ON,

The RNC determines whether the cell that triggers LDR is the best cell.

− If this cell is the best cell, the RNC initiates an intra-frequency measurement for Inter-frequency LDR blind handover. The intra-frequency measurement is used to estimate quality of the inter-frequency cell of the same coverage.

− If this cell is not the best cell, the RNC does not initiate an inter-frequency LDR blind handover.

If the HoSwitch: HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH is set to OFF, the RNC does not initiate an inter-frequency LDR blind handover.

Inter-Frequency LDR Blind Handover Execution

The inter-frequency cells with the same coverage area have the same CPICH RSCP values. By measuring the CPICH RSCP of the cell, the quality of the cells with the same coverage area can be determined, which increases the probability of successful blind handover.

1. The RNC initializes the timer of intra-frequency measurement for blind handover. The timer is specified by internal algorithm and does not need to be configured.

2. The RNC initiates a periodical intra-frequency measurement.

The measurement report mode is set to periodical report.

− The reporting period is BlindHOIntrafreqMRInterval.

− The number of measurement reports is BlindHOIntrafreqMRAmount.

− The intra-frequency handover measurement quantity is CPICH RSCP.

− The list of measured cells contains only the cells that trigger LDR.

3. After receiving from the UE the intra-frequency measurement reports for conditional blind handover, the RNC checks whether the following condition is met:

CPICH RSCP of the cell in the measurement report >= BlindHOQualityCondition

− If the condition is met, the RNC increments the counter of the number of intra-frequency measurement reports for blind handover by 1.

− If the condition is not met, the RNC does not perform a blind handover to the cell that triggers LDR and stops intra-frequency measurement for blind handover.

4. When the counter reaches the value of BlindHOIntrafreqMRAmount, the RNC initiates a blind handover to the target cell.

If the counter does not reach this value, the RNC waits for the next intra-frequency measurement report from the UE.

5. If the timer of intra-frequency measurement for blind handover expires, the RNC does not perform a blind handover to the target cell and stops intra-frequency handover measurement for blind handover.

If the inter-frequency handover based on coverage or QoS is triggered, the RNC stops the intra-frequency measurement for conditional blind handover.

Inter-Frequency LDR Measure-based Handover Decision and Execution

1. The LDR algorithm learns that a cell is in basic congestion and provides target cells and the UE with low priority for handover.

2. The RNC selects the target cell based on the measurement results. The report period is specified by the parameter PrdReportInterval.

The target cell must meet the following conditions:

− The CPICH RSCP value of the target cell is larger than TargetFreqThdRscp.

− The CPICH Ec/No value of the target cell is larger than TargetFreqThdEcN0

Page 52: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 6 Load Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

6-3

− The target cell is not in the basic congestion state.

The RNC performs an inter-frequency hard handover to the target cell directly.

6.2 Inter-RAT LDR Handover

6.2.1 Inter-RAT LDR Handover Procedure

When the load of the 3G network is heavy and all the RABs of the UE are supported by the 2G network, the Inter-RAT (3G-to-2G) LDR handover (WRFD-020306 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load) is triggered.

Figure 6-1 Inter-RAT LDR handover procedure

In the triggering phase

When the load of the 3G cell that the UE accesses is higher than the related threshold, the Load Reshuffling (LDR) algorithm makes a handover decision. For detailed information of the LDR, see Load Reshuffling in the Load Control Feature Parameter Description.

In the measurement phase

The RNC enables the compressed mode and starts the inter-RAT handover measurement.

In the decision phase

After the UE reports event 3C, the RNC makes a handover decision.

In the execution phase

The RNC initiates a handover procedure.

6.2.2 Inter-RAT LDR Handover Measurement

For Inter-RAT LDR handover, the measurement report is triggered only by event.

In inter-RAT LDR handover, event 3C takes only GSM RSSI as measurement quantity.

When the estimated quality of other system is higher than a certain threshold, the UE reports event 3C to the RNC.

Page 53: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 6 Load Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

6-4

When the conditions for event 3C are met and the delay requirement specified by the TrigTime3C parameter can be satisfied, the UE sends the measurement report of event 3C.

Event 3C is triggered on the basis of the following formula:

MOtherRAT + CIOOtherRAT ≥ TOtherRAT + H3c/2

Where,

MOtherRAT is the measurement value of the cell (in another RAT) in the reporting range.

CIOOtherRAT is the cell individual offset value of the cell (in another RAT) in the reporting range, which is equal to the sum of CIO and CIOOffset.

TOtherRAT is the absolute inter-RAT handover threshold. Based on different service types (CS, PS domain R99 services, or PS domain HSPA services), this threshold can be configured through the following parameters:

− InterRATNCovHOCSThd

− InterRATNCovHOPSThd

H3c is HYSTFOR3C, the hysteresis value of event 3C.

For the PS and CS combined services, the threshold (s) for CS services is (are) used.

6.2.3 Inter-RAT LDR Handover decision and Execution

After receiving the event 3C measurement report of 2G cells, the RNC performs the following handover decision and execution procedure:

1. Put all the 2G cells that trigger event 3C into a cell set and arrange the cells according to the measurement quality in descending order.

2. Select the cells in sequence from the cell set.

To avoid the impact of the UE (in long-term measurement of compressed mode) on the radio network, the parameter InterRATHOAttempts is set to restrict the maximum attempts of the 3G-to-2G LDR-based or service-based handover. The parameter indicates the handover attempts made to the same cell or different cells. If the number of attempts exceeds the parameter value, the RNC does not initiate the handover.

6.3 Inter-RAT Service Handover

Inter-RAT service handover supports 3G-to-2G handover based on service attributes. When 3G and 2G networks coexist, this feature enables the 3G traffic to be directed to the 2G network.

This feature can balance the load between the two systems by transferring some kind of appropriate services to GSM/GPRS.

6.3.1 Switches for Inter-RAT Service Handover

To perform the service-based 3G-to-2G handover, the RNC must turn on the related switches for services in the CS and PS domains.

When a single CS service is initially set up by the UE, the RNC allows the 3G-to-2G service-based handover if CSServiceHOSwitch is set to ON.

When a single PS service is initially set up by the UE, the RNC allows the service-based 3G-to-2G handover if PSServiceHOSwitch is set to ON.

For the combined services, no service-based handover is triggered.

Page 54: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 6 Load Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

6-5

6.3.2 Inter-RAT Service Handover Procedure

Figure 6-2 Service-based 3G-to-2G handover procedure

Except for the triggering phase, the procedure of Inter-RAT service Handover is the same as that of the Inter-RAT LDR handover. For details, see section 6.2.3 "Inter-RAT LDR Handover decision and Execution."

When a service is established, the RNC requests the handover to the GSM based on the service type and service handover indicator assigned by the CN.

Figure 6-3 shows an example of rules for the indicator of the 3G-to-2G handover based on load and service.

Page 55: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 6 Load Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

6-6

Figure 6-3 Example of rules for indicator of 3G-to-2G handover based on load and service

6.4 Rules for Enabling Inter-RAT LDR or Service Handover

The RNC initiates the 3G-to-2G load handover only when Service Handover Indicator (SHIND) is as follows:

HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM

HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_NOT_BE_PERFORM

The RNC initiates the service-based 3G-to-2G handover only when the Service Handover Indicator is HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM.

Before deciding the 3G-to-2G handover, the RNC considers 2G cell capability (RatCellType), service required capability (Req2GCap) and UE capability.

The following table describes the impacts of different types of capability on handover decision.

Table 6-1 Impacts of different types of capability on handover decision

Cell Capability

UE Capability Service Capability (Required by 2G)

EDGE GPRS GSM

EDGE EDGE Allowed Allowed Allowed

GPRS Not allowed Allowed Allowed

GSM Not allowed Not allowed Allowed

Not supported by 2G Not allowed Not allowed Not allowed

GPRS EDGE Not allowed Allowed Allowed

Page 56: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 6 Load Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

6-7

Cell Capability

UE Capability Service Capability (Required by 2G)

EDGE GPRS GSM

GPRS Not allowed Allowed Allowed

GSM Not allowed Not allowed Allowed

Not supported by 2G Not allowed Not allowed Not allowed

GSM EDGE Not allowed Not allowed Allowed

GPRS Not allowed Not allowed Allowed

GSM Not allowed Not allowed Allowed

Not supported by 2G Not allowed Not allowed Not allowed

If the capability of all neighboring 2G cells does not meet the requirement, the inter-RAT measurement will not be triggered.

6.5 Interchanging Inter-RAT Load Information

In Inter-RAT LDR handover or service handover, load information is interchanged between 2G and 3G networks to facilitate inter-RAT handover (WRFD-020310 3G/2G Common Load Management).

The load status between the source cell and the target cell can be acquired by interchanging load information between a 3G cell and a 2G cell during the LDR handover and service handover. Whether to further conduct the handover can be determined to avoid the 2G cell overload and possible handovers to congested cells.

Interchanging Load information in 3G to 2G Handover

The procedure for load information interchanging between the 3G source cell and 2G target cell is described as follows:

1. When the RNC sends a RELOCATION REQUIRED message to the 3G CN,

If the switch SndLdInfo2GsmInd is set to ON, the RELOCATION REQUIRED message includes the Old BSS To New BSS Information IE that includes the load information of the 3G source cell.

If the switch SndLdInfo2GsmInd is set to OFF, then the RELOCATION REQUIRED message does not include the Old BSS To New BSS Information IE.

2. When the RNC receives the RELOCATION COMMAND message from the 2G CN,

If the switch NcovHoOn2GldInd is set to ON, the RNC obtains the load information of the 2G target cell by reading the Inter-System Information Transparent Container IE, which is included in the RELOCATION COMMAND message.

− If the 2G load is lower than CSHOOut2GloadThd (for CS service), or if the 2G load is lower than PSHOOut2GloadThd (for PS service), the RNC continues the inter-RAT handover procedure; otherwise, the RNC returns the Relocation Cancel message to the CN to cancel this inter-RAT handover and makes another handover attempt to the next candidate cell generated in the cell list based on inter-RAT measurement.

− If the Inter-System Information Transparent Container IE, is not included in the RELOCATION COMMAND message, the load information of the 2G target cell is not considered and this inter-RAT handover is continued.

Page 57: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 6 Load Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

6-8

If the switch NcovHoOn2GldInd is set to OFF, the RNC continues the inter-RAT handover procedure without considering the thresholds.

Interchange Load Information in 2G-to-3G Handover

In 2G-to-3G handover based on load or service, the RNC can make an admission decision considering the load information of the 3G target cell. This can avoid the worsening of the 3G system performance caused by 2G-to-3G handover based on the load or service if the 3G system load is high.

The procedure is described as follows:

1. When the RNC sends a RELOCATION REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE message to the 3G CN,

− If the switch SndLdInfo2GsmInd is set to ON, the RELOCATION REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE message includes the New BSS To Old BSS Information IE, which includes the load information of the 3G target cell.

− If the switch SndLdInfo2GsmInd is set to OFF, the RELOCATION REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE message does not include the New BSS To Old BSS Information IE.

2. Depending on the network requirement, the 2G network decides whether to use the load information sent to the 3G network for judgment.

3. When the RNC receives the RELOCATION REQUEST message from the 3G CN,

− If the 3G cell is not in the basic congestion state, the RNC continues the inter-RAT handover procedure.

− If the 3G cell is in the basic congestion state, the RNC returns RELOCATION FAILURE message to the CN to cancel the inter-RAT handover.

For the concept of "basic congestion", see the Load Control Feature Parameter Description.

Page 58: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 7 HSPA Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-1

7 HSPA Handover

7.1 HSDPA Handover

7.1.1 HSDPA Intra-Frequency Handover

This section describes the decision and execution of intra-frequency handover, and the handover between a cell that supports the F-DPCH and a cell that does not support the F-DPCH after the introduction of HSDPA.

Handling of Event 1A

After receiving an event 1A report, the RNC proceeds as follows:

If the number of cells in the active set does not reach the maximum value, the RNC adds the cell to the active set.

If the number of cells in the active set reaches the maximum value, the RNC does not add the radio link to the active set.

Handling of Event 1B

After receiving an event 1B report, the RNC determines whether to delete a cell.

If the cell to be deleted is not an HSDPA serving cell, the cell is directly removed.

If the cell to be deleted is an HSDPA serving cell, then:

− If the new best cell supports HSDPA, the new best cell is reconfigured to be an HSDPA serving cell. If the reconfiguration fails, the service is reconfigured onto DPCH.

− If the new best cell does not support HSDPA, the service is reconfigured onto DPCH to ensure the continuity of the service.

Handling of Event 1C

After receiving an event 1C report, the RNC decides whether to change the worst cell.

If the cell to be replaced is not an HSDPA serving cell, the cell is directly removed.

If the cell to be replaced is an HSDPA serving cell, then:

− If the best cell supports HSDPA, the best cell is reconfigured to be an HSDPA serving cell. If the reconfiguration fails, the service is reconfigured onto DPCH.

− If the best cell does not support HSDPA, the service is reconfigured onto DPCH to ensure the continuity of the service.

Handling of Event 1D

After receiving an event 1D report, the RNC proceeds as follows:

If the downlink service is carried on the HSDPA, then:

− If the new best cell in the active set supports HSDPA and the HSPA hysteresis timer (HspaTimerLen) expires, the new best cell is reconfigured to be an HSDPA serving cell.

− If the new best cell in the active set does not support HSDPA, the downlink service is directed to the DCH through the reconfiguration.

Figure 7-1 shows an example of how to handle event 1D in this situation. Assume that the UE moves from HSDPA cell 1 to HSDPA cell 2, that the two cells are intra-frequency neighboring cells, and that all the cells in the active set support HSDPA. The RNC updates the HSDPA serving cell according to the reported event and keeps the HSDPA serving cell consistent with the best cell.

Page 59: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 7 HSPA Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-2

Figure 7-1 Intra-frequency handover between HSDPA cells when the best cell changes

If the downlink service is carried on the DCH, then:

The UE is handover to the target cell, and the service is carried on DCH. After handover, the RNC may retry to configure the service on HS-DSCH. For details, see 7.5 HSPA Retry.

In the execution procedure mentioned above, CMP_UU_SERV_CELL_CHG_WITH_ASU_SWITCH of the CmpSwitch parameter is used to determine whether the update of the active set and the change of the serving cell are synchronized. This switch is applicable to only R6 UEs.

If the switch is ON, the UE supports the synchronization of the update of the active set and the change of the serving cell.

If the switch is OFF, the UE reconfigures the change of the serving cell by allocating physical channels after updating the active set.

During the update of the HSDPA serving cell, set the NBMMachsResetAlgoSelSwitch parameter to determine whether to reset the UE MAC-hs.

7.1.2 HSDPA Inter-Frequency Handover

Inter-frequency handover can be triggered on the basis of coverage, load, and hierarchical cell structure (HCS).

The following describes the three possible scenarios in which an inter-frequency handover occurs.

Scenario 1: Inter-Frequency Handover from an HSDPA Cell to an R99 Cell

As shown in Figure 7-2, when the UE moves from cell 1 (an HSDPA cell) to cell 2 (an R99 cell), the inter-frequency handover conditions are met and event 2B is triggered. The RNC makes a handover decision for HSDPA services according to the neighboring cell measurement report, and reconfigures the service onto the DPCH of cell 2.

Page 60: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 7 HSPA Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-3

Figure 7-2 Inter-frequency handover from an HSDPA cell to an R99 cell

Scenario 2: Inter-Frequency Handover from an R99 Cell to an HSDPA Cell

As shown in Figure 7-3, when the UE moves from cell 2 (an R99 cell) to cell 1 (an HSDPA cell), the inter-frequency handover conditions are met and event 2B is triggered. The RNC hands over the UE to the DPCH first, and then to the HS-PDSCH if the service can be carried on the HS-PDSCH.

Figure 7-3 Inter-frequency handover from an R99 cell to an HSDPA cell

Scenario 3: Inter-Frequency Handover Between HSDPA Cells

As shown in Figure 7-4, when the UE moves from cell 1 (an HSDPA cell) to cell 2 (an HSDPA cell) and the inter-frequency handover conditions are met, the UE is handed over from cell 1 to cell 2. The target cell becomes the new serving HS-PDSCH cell.

If the serving or target cell is in load congestion when the UE performs a serving cell update for inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover, the service is reconfigured from the HS-PDSCH to the DPCH.

The hard handovers of an HSDPA cell are the same as those of an R99 cell.

Page 61: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 7 HSPA Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-4

Figure 7-4 Inter-frequency handover between HSDPA cells

7.1.3 HSDPA Inter-RAT Handover

When the UE is handed over to a cell that supports the F-DPCH from another system and a UL or DL event 4A is reported, the RNC decides whether to change the bearer mode of TRB and SRB.

If the TPC command is carried on the F-DPCH between the UE and the UTRAN, the SRB and the TRB are carried on the HS-DSCH. If a cell that does not support the F-DPCH is added to the active set, all the F-DPCHs are deleted. In addition, new DPCHs between the UE and all the cells in the active set are set up to carry the SRB and TPC commands.

7.2 HSUPA Handover

This section involves the feature "WRFD-01061204 HSUPA Mobility Management".

7.2.1 HSUPA Intra-Frequency Handover

This section describes the decision and execution procedure of intra-frequency handover, and the handover between E-DCHs of 10 ms TTI and 2 ms TTI after the introduction of HSUPA.

Handling of Event 1A

After receiving the measurement report, the RNC proceeds as follows:

If the target cell supports HSUPA and the uplink service is carried on the E-DCH, then:

If the current number of cells in the E-DCH active set is smaller than the value of MaxEdchCellInActiveSet, the target cell is added to both the DCH and E-DCH active sets.

Otherwise, the target cell is added to only the DCH active set.

After deciding that a cell can be added to the E-DCH active set,

If the admission in the downlink fails, the cell is added to neither the E-DCH active set nor the DCH active set. It waits for the next event 1A report for retry.

Otherwise, if the admission in the downlink succeeds, the RNC perform the HSUPA admission in the uplink.

Page 62: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 7 HSPA Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-5

− If HSUPA admission in the uplink succeeds, the cell is added to the E-DCH active set and the DCH active set.

− If HSUPA admission in the uplink fails, the cell is added only to the DCH active set. If the DCH admission in the uplink still fails, the cell is added to neither the E-DCH active set nor the DCH active set. It waits for the next event 1A report for retry.

Handling of Event 1B

If the number of radio links in the DCH active set is larger than one, then:

If the cell to be removed is not an HSUPA serving cell, the cell is directly removed.

If the cell to be removed is an HSUPA serving cell, then:

− If the new best cell supports HSUPA, the new best cell is reconfigured to be an E-DCH serving cell.

− If the new best cell does not support HSUPA, the uplink service is redirected to the DCH through the RB reconfiguration.

If the current service is CS Voice over HSPA and the cell to be removed is an E-DCH serving cell, then:

− If the new best cell supports both HSDPA and HSUPA, the cell is reconfigured to be an HS-DSCH serving cell or an E-DCH serving cell.

− If the new best cell supports HSDPA but not HSUPA, the current service is changed from CS Voice over HSPA to CS Voice over DCH. If there remain other HSDPA services, the serving cell should be updated and the new best cell should be the HS-PDSCH serving cell.

− If the new best cell supports neither HSUPA nor HSDPA, the current service is reconfigured to be CS Voice over DCH.

Whether the cells under the adjacent RNC support CS Voice over HSPA is determined by the RNC-level parameter CSVoiceoverHSPASuppInd.

After the best cell of a UE changes, if the size of the DCH or E-DCH active set of the new best cell is different from those of the old best cell, the RNC removes or reconfigures radio links to adapt to the size and configuration of the new best cell.

Handling of Event 1C

When event 1C is triggered, the UE reports the event-triggered list that contains good cells and the cells to be replaced, and sequences the cells from the highest to the lowest quality according to measurement quantity.

After receiving the measurement report, the RNC proceeds as follows:

If the new cell supports HSUPA, then:

− If the current number of cells in the E-DCH active set is smaller than the value of MaxEdchCellInActiveSet, the new cell is added to the E-DCH active set.

− If the current number of cells in the E-DCH active set is equal to the value of MaxEdchCellInActiveSet and the cell to be replaced is also included in the E-DCH active set, the new cell joins the E-DCH active set through replacement.

− If the current number of cells in the E-DCH active set is equal to the value of MaxEdchCellInActiveSet and the cell to be replaced is not included in the E-DCH active set, the new cell is added only to the DCH active set.

If the current service is CS Voice over HSPA and the cell to be removed is an E-DCH serving cell, then:

− If the new best cell supports both HSDPA and HSUPA, the cell is reconfigured to be an HS-DSCH serving cell or an E-DCH serving cell.

Page 63: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 7 HSPA Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-6

− If the new best cell supports HSDPA but not HSUPA, the current service is changed from CS Voice over HSPA to CS Voice over DCH through the reconfiguration. If there remain other HSDPA services, the serving cell should be updated and the new best cell should be the HS-PDSCH serving cell.

− If the new best cell supports neither HSUPA nor HSDPA, the current service is reconfigured to be CS Voice over DCH. If the cell to be removed is an E-DCH serving cell, the HS-DSCH serving cell must be removed at the same time. Therefore, a new E-DCH serving cell or HS-DSCH serving cell must be determined. The method is the same as that of removing the serving cell, as described in the previous section of Handling of Event 1B.

If the new cell does not support HSUPA, the cell is added to only the DCH active set.

Handling of Event 1D

If the criteria for intra-frequency hard handover are fulfilled, the RNC performs intra-frequency hard handover after receiving the event 1D report. If the criteria for intra-frequency hard handover are not fulfilled, the RNC performs intra-frequency soft handover based on the measurement report.

If the uplink service is carried on the E-DCH, then:

If the new best cell in the active set supports HSUPA and the HSPA hysteresis timer (HspaTimerLen) expires, the E-DCH serving cell becomes the best cell. The HSPA hysteresis timer is restarted after the cell change.

If the new best cell in the active set does not support HSUPA,

− The uplink service is directed to the DCH through the reconfiguration. If the reconfiguration fails, the service is still carried on the E-DCH. The UE is connected to the new best cell only on the DCH.

If the uplink service is carried on the DCH, then:

The uplink service is still carried on the DCH. After handover, the RNC may retry to configure the service on E-DCH. For details, see 7.5 HSPA Retry.

If the current service is CS Voice over HSPA, then:

If the new best cell supports both HSUPA and HSDPA, the cell is reconfigured to be an HSPA serving cell.

Otherwise, the service is changed from CS Voice over HSPA to CS Voice over DCH through the reconfiguration.

Triggering of Event 1J

Event 1J is triggered under the following condition:

10 x Log (MNew) + CIONew 10 x Log (MInAS) + CIOInAS + H1j/2

MNew is the measurement result of the cell not in the E-DCH active set but in the DCH active set.

CIONew and CIOInAS refer to the offset of each cell.

MInAS is the measurement result of the cell in the E-DCH active set with the lowest measurement result.

H1J is the hysteresis parameter for event 1J and is determined by Hystfor1J.

If the measurement result is CPICH-Ec/No, MNew and MInAS are expressed as ratios.

If the measurement result is CPICH-RSCP, MNew and MInAS are expressed in mW.

Page 64: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 7 HSPA Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-7

Figure 7-5 Triggering of event 1J

A: signal quality curve of a cell in the E-DCH active set

B: signal quality curve of the worst cell in the E-DCH active set

C: signal quality curve of a cell not in the E-DCH active set but included in DCH active set

D: signal quality curve of a cell not in the E-DCH active set but included in DCH active set

In Figure 7-5, the hysteresis and the cell individual offsets for all cells equal 0.

The first measurement report is sent when primary CPICH D becomes better than primary CPICH B. The "cell measurement event result" of the measurement report contains the information of primary CPICH D and CPICH B.

On the assumption that the E-DCH active set has been updated after the first measurement report (E-DCH active set is now primary CPICH A and primary CPICH D), the second report is sent when primary CPICH C becomes better than primary CPICH A. The "cell measurement event result" of the second measurement report shows that primary CPICH C is better than primary CPICH A in quality.

The following parameters need to be set on the RNC LMT:

Hystfor1J: hysteresis of event 1J

TrigTime1J: time to trigger event 1J

PeriodMRReportNumfor1J: number of periodic reports for event 1J

ReportIntervalfor1J: report interval for event 1J after change to the periodic report

HoSwitch: HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWITCH: measurement control switch for event 1J. When the switch is ON, the UE version is R6 and event 1J is included in the intra-frequency measurement control message.

After receiving the intra-frequency measurement report from the UE, the RNC decides whether to go to the execution phase, depending on the information in the report.

Handling of Event 1J

Event 1J provides the solution to the issue of how to add an HSUPA cell in a DCH active set to an E-DCH active set. This event is triggered when a non-active E-DCH but active DCH primary CPICH becomes better than an active E-DCH primary CPICH.

Page 65: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 7 HSPA Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-8

When event 1J is triggered, the UE reports the event-triggered list that contains good cells and the cells to be replaced, and sequences the cells from the highest to the lowest quality according to measurement quantity.

After receiving the measurement report, the RNC proceeds as follows:

If the current number of cells in the E-DCH active set is smaller than the value of MaxEdchCellInActiveSet, the cell where event 1J is triggered is reconfigured to E-DCH.

If the current number of cells in the E-DCH active set is equal to the value of MaxEdchCellInActiveSet, the RNC searches the measurement report for the non-serving Cell_EDCH with the lowest measured quality in the E-DCH active set. Then, the uplink of the cell where event 1J is triggered is reconfigured from DCH to E-DCH, and the uplink of CELL-EDCH is reconfigured from E-DCH to DCH.

Handover Between E-DCHs of 10 ms TTI and 2 ms TTI

For HSUPA, 2 ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are applicable but not all the cells support 2 ms TTI. When both 2ms-TTI-capable and 2ms-TTI-incapable cells exist in a network, a UE may undergo handovers between E-DCHs of 10 ms TTI and 2 ms TTI (WRFD-01061404 HSUPA 2ms/10ms TTI Handover).

Only when all the cells in the E-DCH active set support 2 ms TTI can the services be configured to the E-DCH with 2 ms TTI. If any cell in the E-DCH active set does not support 2 ms TTI, the services are configured on the E-DCH with 10 ms TTI.

The detailed principles are as follows:

When the uplink service is carried on the E-DCH with 2 ms TTI, if a cell that supports only 10 ms TTI is to be added to the E-DCH active set, the source cell undergoes a radio bearer reconfiguration to 10 ms TTI. A soft handover to the target cell is performed.

Upon each handover, if a radio link needs to be added, removed, or replaced, the RNC judges whether all the cells in the E-DCH active set and the UE support 2 ms TTI.

If they all support 2 ms TTI and the uplink service is currently carried on the E-DCH with 10 ms TTI, the RNC reconfigures the service to the E-DCH with 2 ms TTI.

− If the reconfiguration fails, a timer is started for periodic retries to the E-DCH with 2 ms TTI.

− If the handover is performed before the timer expires, the timer is stopped.

− After the handover, the RNC decides whether to start the timer, based on the handover result.

7.2.2 HSUPA Inter-Frequency Handover

Inter-frequency handover can be triggered on the basis of coverage, load, and hierarchical cell structure (HCS). The introduction of HSUPA does not affect the triggering conditions and decisions of these types of inter-frequency handover.

During the execution phase, whether to reconfigure the services from E-DCH to DCH depends on the HSUPA capability of the target cell. After the handover, a decision must be made about whether to reconfigure the services from DCH to E-DCH.

Table 7-1 describes the three possible scenarios for inter-frequency handover.

Table 7-1 Scenarios for inter-frequency handover

Scenario Description

Scenario 1 Inter-frequency handover from an HSUPA cell to another HSUPA cell

The UE moves from one HSUPA cell to another HSUPA cell.

Event 2B is triggered.

Page 66: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 7 HSPA Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-9

Scenario Description

Scenario 2 Inter-frequency handover from an HSUPA cell to a non-HSUPA cell

The UE moves from an HSUPA cell to a non-HSUPA cell.

Event 2B is triggered.

Scenario 3 Inter-frequency handover from a non-HSUPA cell to an HSUPA cell

The UE moves from a non-HSUPA cell to an HSUPA cell.

Event 2B is triggered.

If the current service is CS Voice over HSPA and the target cell supports both HSDPA and HSUPA, the target cell is reconfigured as an HSPA serving cell. Otherwise, the service of CS Voice over HSPA must first be reconfigured as CS Voice over DCH.

Whether the target RNC supports CS Voice over HSPA is determined by the parameter CSVoiceOverHspaSuppInd.

Scenario 1: Inter-Frequency Handover from an HSUPA Cell to Another HSUPA Cell

Assume that the UE moves from HSUPA cell 1 to HSUPA cell 2 and that the two cells are inter-frequency neighboring cells, as shown in Figure 7-6.

Figure 7-6 Inter-frequency handover from an HSUPA cell to another HSUPA cell

During this procedure, event 2B is triggered. The HSUPA admission request is made for the target cell by the RNC.

If the request is accepted, the handover is performed through the physical channel reconfiguration message.

If the request is rejected, the RB reconfiguration is implemented, and the services on the E-DCH are reconfigured for the DCH.

Scenario 2: Inter-Frequency Handover from an HSUPA Cell to a Non-HSUPA Cell

Assume that the UE moves from HSUPA cell 1 to non-HSUPA cell 2 and that the two cells are inter-frequency neighboring cells, as shown in Figure 7-7.

Page 67: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 7 HSPA Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-10

Figure 7-7 Inter-frequency handover from an HSUPA cell to a non-HSUPA cell

During this procedure, event 2B is triggered, and the target cell does not support HSUPA. The DCH admission request is made for the target cell. If the request is accepted, the RB reconfiguration is implemented, and the services on the E-DCH are reconfigured for the DCH.

Scenario 3: Inter-Frequency Handover from a Non-HSUPA Cell to an HSUPA Cell

Assume that the UE moves from non-HSUPA cell 1 to HSUPA cell 2 and that the two cells are inter-frequency neighboring cells, as shown in Figure 7-8.

Figure 7-8 Inter-frequency handover from a non-HSUPA cell to an HSUPA cell

During this procedure, event 2B is triggered. The inter-frequency handover on DCH is performed, and the HSUPA admission request is made for the target cell by the RNC.

If the request is accepted, the RB reconfiguration is implemented, and the services on the DCH are reconfigured for the E-DCH.

7.2.3 HSUPA Inter-RAT Handover

If the current service is CS voice service and the UE is handed over from a 2G cell to a 3G cell,

Page 68: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 7 HSPA Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-11

If the UE supports CS Voice Over HSPA and the target 3G RAN supports CS Voice Over HSPA, the service is configured as CS Voice over HSPA when the UE is handed over to the 3G system.

Otherwise, the service is configured as CS Voice Over DCH when the UE is handed over to the 3G system.

7.3 HSPA+ Handover

7.3.1 Overview

The basic mechanisms of handover remain unchanged after the introduction of HSPA+. New functions are added to handle the scenario where the source cell and target cell support different HSPA+ technologies or where admission control prevents the UE from using the preferred technologies.

Whether a neighboring cell supports HSPA+ technologies can be set through the parameter CellCapContainerFdd.

Figure 7-9 shows the procedure of HSPA+ technology configuration.

Figure 7-9 Procedure of HSPA+ technology configuration

The procedure of HSPA+ technology configuration is as follows:

1. In the preselection phase (during handover decision)

The RNC preselects HSPA+ technologies based on the technologies provided for the UE in the source cell and the capability of the target cell.

2. In the fallback phase (during handover execution)

The RNC attempts to apply the preselected technologies to the UE in the target cell. If the RNC fails to do so, it attempts to apply DCH to the UE.

3. In the retry phase (after handover)

After the handover, the RNC attempts to apply the preselected technologies that failed to be applied to the UE in the target cell.

7.3.2 Preselection Phase

HSPA+ technologies are preselected in the preselection phase (during handover decision).

For DC-MIMO, DC-HSDPA, MIMO+64QAM, MIMO, 64QAM, downlink enhanced L2, and HS-SCCH Less Operation, the preselection schemes are as follows:

If the target cell supports the same technologies as the source cell and the bearer scheme allows the target cell to continue using them, the RNC preselects these technologies for the target cell.

Otherwise, the RNC preselects the technologies supported by the target cell and used by the UE in the source cell.

Page 69: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 7 HSPA Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-12

For uplink 16QAM, uplink enhanced L2 and DTX/DRX, the preselection schemes are as follows:

During an intra-frequency soft handover, the RNC preselects HSPA+ technologies if both of the following conditions are met:

− All the cells in the active set support the technologies.

− The target cell supports the technologies.

Otherwise, the RNC does not preselect them.

During an intra- or inter-frequency hard handover, the RNC preselects the technologies supported by the target cell and used by the UE in the source cell. For example, if the UE uses MIMO and downlink enhanced L2 in the source cell and the target cell supports only downlink enhanced L2, the RNC preselects only downlink enhanced L2 for the UE.

7.3.3 Fallback Phase

HSPA+ technologies with lower ranking are selected in the fallback phase (during handover execution).

In this phase, the RNC performs admission control based on the preselected technologies.

If the admission is unsuccessful, the RNC selects DCH to carry services.

7.3.4 Retry Phase

In the retry phase, if both the UE and the network meet the requirements for configuring higher-ranked technologies, the RNC attempts to apply them, which may not be pre-selected in the preselection phase or fails to be applied in the fallback phase. For example, the RNC attempts to use DC-HSDPA instead of SC-HSDPA.

The retry procedure is as follows:

1. The RNC starts the handover protection timer (ChannelRetryHoTimerLen).

2. After the timer expires, the RNC attempts to apply higher-ranked technologies.

3. If the retry fails, the RNC starts the retry timer (ChannelRetryTimerLen) for periodic retry attempts.

The HSPA+ technologies that can be retried are specified by the parameter RetryCapability.

7.4 Anti-Frequent Serving Cell Change

HSPA serving cell change is usually triggered by event 1D. To avoid frequent serving cell change that may affect the system performance, a protection timer HspaTimerLen is introduced. This timer shall be started when the serving HS-DSCH cell changes or the E-DCH serving cell changes. In addition, no more 1D-triggered serving cell change shall be performed until the timer expires. However, this timer shall not restrict HSPA serving cell change to another cell in the active set if current serving cell is to be removed from the active set. The value 0 means this timer shall not be started and serving cell change be initiated immediately.

7.5 HSPA Retry

If a UE has a HSDPA/HSUPA suitable service, the RNC tries to reconfigure the service onto the HS-DSCH/E-DCH as soon as possible.

After handover or radio bearer setup, the HSPA suitable service may be set up on the DCH or FACH in a cell. If the cell is capable of HSPA or the cell has an HSPA-capable neighboring cell, the RNC retries to configure the service on the HS-DSCH/E-DCH in this cell or in its neighboring cell.

To avoid frequent handovers at the boundary between an HSPA cell and an R99 cell, a protection timer (ChannelRetryHoTimerLen) is used. After a handover, the timer starts. After this timer expires, the RNC

Page 70: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 7 HSPA Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-13

retries to configure the service of the UE onto the HS-DSCH or E-DCH if either of the following two conditions is met:

The target cell supports HSDPA or HSUPA.

The target cell does not support HSDPA or HSUPA but has a DRD neighboring cell.

If the admission fails during the reconfiguration, the timer (ChannelRetryTimerLen) is started. Periodic retries to HS-DSCH or E-DCH are performed.

Page 71: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 8 HCS Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

8-1

8 HCS Handover

8.1 Overview

HCS handover (WRFD-021200 HCS) is one type of inter-frequency handover and inter-RAT handover. HCS handover is based on UE speed estimation, and is also called speed-based handover.

In a 3G network, hot spots in radio communication may appear with the increase of subscribers and traffic. This requires more cells to increase the network capacity. More cells and smaller cell radius lead to more frequent handovers of UEs. For a UE in fast movement, frequent handovers reduce call quality, increase uplink interference, and increase signaling load. Here, Hierarchical Cell Structure (HCS) is a mechanism that arranges different cells at different layers. HCS handover instructs UEs to stay at different layers based on speed estimation, increasing the network capacity.

Figure 8-1 shows an HCS example with three layers.

Figure 8-1 HCS with three layers

The features of different cells are as follows:

Macro cell

− Large coverage

− Continuous coverage

− Low requirement for capacity

− Fast-moving environment

Micro cell

− Densely populated areas

− High requirement for capacity

− Slow-moving environment

Pico cell

− Indoor coverage

− Outdoor blind spot coverage

− Slow-moving environment

The pico cell has the highest priority and the macro cell has the lowest priority.

Based on speed estimation, the RNC instructs a fast-moving UE to select a cell with a lower priority to decrease the frequency of handovers, and instructs a slow-moving UE to select a cell with a higher priority to increase the network capacity. The cell with a lower priority has larger coverage, and the cell with a higher priority has smaller coverage.

RNC supports the HCS with eight layers. The priority level of a cell is set by the HCSPrio parameter.

Page 72: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 8 HCS Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

8-2

To allow HCS handover, the RNC must enable the function through the HoSwitch: HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH parameter.

8.2 HCS Handover Procedure

HCS handover is based UE speed estimation. Figure 8-2 shows HCS handover procedure.

Figure 8-2 HCS handover procedure

In the triggering phase

The RNC receives the handover request from the HCS speed estimation function. The HCS handover is of two types: handover from the macro cell to the micro cell and handover from the micro cell to the macro cell. For different types of handover, the RNC acts differently.

In the measurement and decision phases

Page 73: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 8 HCS Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

8-3

− If the handover is performed from a macro cell to a micro cell, the RNC sends an inter-frequency measurement control message. After the UE reports event 2C for inter-frequency handover or 3C for inter-RAT handover, the RNC performs the handover decision.

− If the handover is performed from a micro cell to a macro cell, the RNC checks whether inter-frequency or inter-RAT blind handover neighboring cells are configured for the UE. If no, the RNC performs the measurement procedure. If yes, the RNC performs a non-emergency blind handover to the target cell.

In the execution phase

The RNC initiates a handover procedure.

− If the handover is performed from a macro cell to a micro cell, the RNC starts the inter-frequency (or inter-RAT) measurement procedure and performs the handover procedure to the cell with the best quality after receiving event 2C or 3C from the UE.

− If the handover is performed from a micro cell to a macro cell, inter-frequency or inter-RAT blind handover neighboring cells are configured, and the target cell allows blind handover (configured through the parameter BlindHOFlag), the RNC performs a non-emergency blind handover to the target cell. If the blind handover fails, the procedure ends.

8.3 UE Speed Estimation

This section describes high-speed estimation, low-speed estimation, and anti-ping-pong event 1D recording.

Based on the number of changes of the best cell within a specified period, the speed estimation algorithm estimates the moving speed of the UE. Then, the RNC decides the UE speed.

The procedure for high-speed estimation is as follows:

If HoSwitch: HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH is set to ON and the cell is layered with a not lowest priority, the RNC initiates a high-speed estimation for the UE after receiving an event 1D report.

If the number of changes of the best cell for the UE is higher than the NFastSpdEst within the TFastSpdEst, the RNC decides that the UE is in fast movement.

The procedure for low-speed estimation is as follows:

If the HoSwitch: HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH is set to ON and the cell is layered with a not highest priority, the RNC starts the timer TCycleSlow after the RRC connection is set up.

When the timer TCycleSlow expires, the RNC initiates a low-speed estimation for the UE.

If the number of changes of the best cell for the UE is lower than the NSlowSpdEst within the TSlowSpdEst, the RNC decides that the UE is in slow movement.

If frequent changes of the best cell occur, several events 1D for the same cell may be recorded. This may lead to inaccurate UE speed estimation. Therefore, a mechanism is used for anti-ping-pong event 1D recording.

During the recent period specified by TRelateLength, if multiple event 1Ds are reported for a certain cell, only the first one is recorded.

8.4 HCS Handover Measurement

In the case of handover from high layer to the low layer (from micro cell to macro cell), the UE does not perform measurement. The RNC decides the blind handover for the UE.

For the handover from low layer to the high layer (from macro cell to micro cell), the HCS handover uses the measurement and the UE uses event-triggered report mode.

In inter-frequency HCS handover, event 2C takes only CPICH Ec/No as measurement quantity.

Page 74: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 8 HCS Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

8-4

In inter-RAT HCS handover, event 3C takes only GSM RSSI as measurement quantity.

Triggering of Event 2C

When the estimated quality of a non-used frequency is above a certain threshold, the UE report event 2C to the RNC.

After the conditions of event 2C are fulfilled and maintained until the parameter TrigTime2C is reached, the UE reports the event 2C measurement report message.

Event 2C is triggered on the basis of the following formula:

QNoused ≥ TNoused2c + H2c/2

Where,

QNoused is the measured quality of the cell that uses the other frequencies.

TNoused2c is the absolute quality threshold of the cell that uses the other frequencies, namely, InterFreqNCovHOThdEcN0.

H2c is the event 2C hysteresis value Hystfor2C.

8.5 HCS Handover Execution

HCS handover execution based on UE speed estimation falls into two categories: inter-layer handover in fast movement and inter-layer handover in slow movement.

The inter-layer handover algorithm initiates the corresponding handover based on speed estimation:

If the UE is in fast movement, the RNC instructs the UE to select a cell with a lower priority.

If the UE is in slow movement, the RNC instructs the UE to select a cell with a higher priority.

If the UE is in normal movement, no inter-layer handover occurs.

When the RNC instructs the UE to select a cell with a lower or higher priority, the neighboring cells whose frequency band is not supported by the UE are not taken into account. If there are neighboring cells with several candidate frequencies, the RNC selects one of the frequencies randomly.

Inter-Layer Handover in Fast Movement

When deciding that the UE is in fast movement, the RNC instructs the UE to select a cell with a lower priority (handover from micro cell to macro cell).

If the UE is located in the overlap between the cell with a higher priority and the cell with a lower priority, a blind handover is initiated.

1. The RNC selects the neighboring cells with a lower HCS priority level to generate a cell list. The neighboring cells whose frequency band is not supported by the UE are not taken into account. If there are neighboring cells with several candidate frequencies, the RNC selects one of the frequencies randomly.

2. The RNC searches for neighboring cells for blind handover according to BlindHOFlag from the cell list generated in step 1.

3. The RNC determines whether the target cell supports the current service. If the target cell does not support the current service, the RNC does not perform the blind handover.

The target cell can be a UMTS cell or a GSM cell. The priority of an intra-RAT inter-frequency blind handover is higher than that of an inter-RAT blind handover.

If the neighboring cell for blind handover is not configured, a measurement is initiated for cells with a lower priority.

The target cell is decided on the basis of the measurement report from the UE.

Page 75: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 8 HCS Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

8-5

Inter-Layer Handover in Slow Movement

When deciding that the UE is in slow movement, the RNC instructs the UE to select a cell with a higher priority (handover from macro cell to micro cell).

The inter-layer handover algorithm initiates a measurement for cells with a higher priority and then decides the target cell based on the measurement report from the UE.

8.6 Signaling Procedure of HCS Handover

The signaling procedure for HCS handover is the same as that for inter-frequency handover and inter-RAT handover.

8.7 Interoperability Between HCS Handover and Other Handovers

This section describes the following aspects:

Interoperability between HCS handover and intra-frequency handover

Interoperability between HCS handover and inter-frequency handover

Interoperability between HCS handover and inter-RAT handover

Interoperability Between HCS Handover and Intra-Frequency Handover

If an intra-frequency handover is requested when an HCS handover measurement is initiated and an intra-frequency cell measurement is ongoing, the HCS handover measurement is not interrupted.

After the intra-frequency handover is finished,

If the best cell remains unchanged, the HCS measurement continues.

If the best cell changes, the high-speed estimation for the UE is triggered.

Interoperability Between HCS Handover and Inter-Frequency Handover

An inter-frequency handover is triggered by one of the following factors:

Reporting of event 2D

QoS problem caused by the quality imbalance between uplink and downlink

Imbalance of load between inter-frequency cells

UE speed decision in HCS

Reporting of event 2D indicates that the inter-frequency handover based on coverage is triggered, which is of high priority to be processed.

If the HCS handover algorithm is performing inter-frequency measurement when event 2D is reported, the measurement control is modified according to the algorithm of inter-frequency handover based on coverage.

If the RNC is performing inter-frequency measurement after event 2D is reported, HCS handover will not be executed.

If the measurement due to other causes stops, then HCS handover measurement is restarted. Other causes may be reception of event 2F, expiration of measurement control, or others.

When a speed-based inter-frequency handover is triggered, the RNC determines first whether the timer specified by IFAntiPingpangTimerLength expires.

If the timer does not expire, the RNC cancels the handover.

Page 76: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 8 HCS Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

8-6

If the timer expires, the RNC performs the handover.

Interoperability Between HCS Handover and Inter-RAT Handover

It is recommended that the inter-RAT handover to 2G not be used in HCS handover.

Set the UseOfHcs parameter to NOT_USED to disable HCS priority setting for neighboring GSM cells.

Page 77: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 9 Blind Handover

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-1

9 Blind Handover

Overview

There are two types of blind handover: emergent blind handover and non-emergent blind handover.

Emergent blind handover is triggered by 1F event that indicates the used frequency becomes worse. The UE must perform emergent handover to avoid call drops.

Non-emergent blind handover may be triggered by LDR, DRD, or HCS speed estimation.

For details about LDR and DRD, see Load Control Feature Parameter Description.

For details about HCS speed estimation, see chapter 8 "HCS Handover."

The parameter BlindHoFlag is configured for neighboring cells and determines whether a blind handover to this cell is allowed.

The parameter BlindHOPrio indicates the blind handover priority of the cell. The value 0 represents the highest priority.

Currently, Huawei does not support inter-RNC blind handovers.

Triggering of Event 1F

After the conditions of event 1F are fulfilled and maintained until the parameter TrigTime1F is reached, the UE reports the event 1F measurement report message.

Event 1F is triggered on the basis of the following formula:

10LogMOld ≤ T1f - H1f/2

Where,

MOld is the measurement value of the cell that becomes worse.

T1f is an absolute threshold. It is set through the parameter IntraAblThdFor1FRSCP or IntraAblThdFor1FecNo.

H1f is the event 1F hysteresis value set through the parameter Hystfor1F.

Blind Handover Based on Event 1F

When there is only one cell in the active set, the RNC performs inter-frequency blind handover after receiving event 1F.

1. The RNC gets the actual best cell from event 1F. If the quality of the best cell meets the blind handover condition, that is the quality of the best cell is larger than or equal to BlindHORSCP1FThreshold, the RNC gets neighboring cells for blind handover of the best cell, and filtrates the cells that belong to the frequency bands that UEs do not support. If the quality of the best cell is lower than BlindHORSCP1FThreshold, the UE is at the edge of the network coverage and the blind handover is not allowed.

2. If there are multiple neighboring cells for blind handover, the RNC chooses the cell whose signal quality is larger than BlindHOQualityCondition and the cell must support all the current services of UE. When there are multiple such cells, the RNC choose the neighboring cell for blind handover randomly.

If any inter-frequency cell does not meet the above conditions, then the RNC chooses the inter-RAT cells with the highest priority of blind handover. The blind handover priority of the cell is specified by the parameter BlindHOPrio.

Page 78: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 10 Handover Protection

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

10-1

10 Handover Protection

10.1 Anti-Ping-Pong

Inter-Frequency Anti-Ping-Pong

After an inter-frequency handover based on coverage or an inter-frequency blind handover based on event 1F occurs, the RNC starts the anti-ping-pong algorithm to prevent frequent switching between inter-frequency handovers triggered by different causes.

The inter-frequency anti-ping-pong algorithm is as follows:

1. When a coverage-based inter-frequency handover or an inter-frequency blind handover based on event 1F occurs, the RNC starts the timer specified by IFAntiPingpangTimerLength for the UE.

2. When a non-coverage-based inter-frequency handover is triggered, the RNC determines whether the timer specified by IFAntiPingpangTimerLength expires.

− If the timer does not expire, the RNC cancels the handover.

− If the timer expires, the RNC performs the handover.

Inter-RAT (2G-to-3G) Anti-Ping-Pong

For the 2G-to-3G handover, the measurement control message is delivered through a system information broadcast of 2G when the 2G cell has a neighboring 3G cell. The dual-mode MS performs the inter-RAT measurement in idle timeslots and reports the measurement result. Based on the reported measurement values, the BSC decides whether to perform the handover to the 3G network.

To avoid the ping-pong handover between 2G and 3G, the 2G-to-3G handover penalty algorithm is used.

When the UE is handed over from 2G to 3G and if any CS domain service exists, the system increases the hysteresis of event 3A through the parameter InterRATPingPongHyst to prevent the UE from the ping-pong handover between 2G and 3G in the period specified by the parameter InterRATPingPongTimer. During the penalty time, the previous periodical report will be changed to the event 3A report. The value 0 indicates that the system does not take measures to avoid ping-pong handover between 2G and 3G networks.

10.2 Handover Retry

10.2.1 Inter-Frequency Handover Retry

If an inter-frequency handover based on event-triggered measurement report mode fails, the RNC initiates the inter-frequency handover attempt according to inter-frequency retry algorithm.

After the inter-frequency handover fails, the retry timer for the cell is started.

After the retry timer expires, the UE makes a handover attempt to the cell again until the number of retry times exceeds the maximum number of retry times. If the handover succeeds or two new event 2B reports are received, the periodical retry is stopped.

For the inter-frequency handover based on coverage or QoS, the following two parameters determine the retry period and the maximum number of retry times:

Retry timer: PeriodFor2B

Maximum number of retry times: AmntOfRpt2B

For the inter-frequency handover based on speed, the following two parameters determine the retry period and the maximum number of retry times:

Page 79: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 10 Handover Protection

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

10-2

Retry timer: PeriodFor2C

Maximum number of retry times: AmntOfRpt2C

10.2.2 Inter-RAT (3G to 2G) Handover Retry

For an inter-RAT handover failure, if the cause of the failure is not a configuration failure and the retry timer expires, the UE makes attempts to hand over to the cell again until the number of retry times exceeds the maximum number of retry times.

The retry timer and maximum number of retry times for coverage-based and QoS-based inter-RAT handover are:

Retry timer: PeriodFor3A

Maximum number of retry times: AmntOfRpt3A

The retry timer and maximum number of retry times for LDR-based and service-based inter-RAT handover are:

Retry timer: PeriodFor3C

Maximum number of retry times: AmntOfRpt3C

The inter-RAT handover retry algorithm works in the following two signaling procedures:

Signaling Procedure for Iu Relocation

1. The RELOCATION REQUIRED message is initiated on the Iu interface.

2. If the RNC receives the RELOCATION PREPARATION FAILURE message, the inter-RAT handover fails.

If the cause of the failure is one of the following configuration failures, the RNC does not make a handover retry to the cell.

− Relocation Failure in Target CN/RNC or Target System, or

− Relocation not supported in Target RNC or Target System, or

− Relocation Target not allowed

Otherwise, the related retry timer for the cell is started. After the retry timer expires, the UE makes a handover attempt to the cell again until the number of retry times exceeds the maximum number of retry times.

3. If the RNC receives the RELOCATION COMMAND message, the handover on the Uu interface continues.

4. If the handover succeeds or the new event 3A or 3C report is received, the periodical retry is stopped.

Signaling Procedure for Service-based Handover on the Uu Interface

For CS services or CS and PS combined services, the HANDOVER FROM UTRAN signaling procedure on the Uu interface is performed only when the handover based on CS services is made.

For a PS service or combined PS services, the CELL CHANGE ORDER FROM UTRAN or HANDOVER FROM UTRAN signaling procedure on the Uu interface is performed.

If the HANDOVER FROM UTRAN FAILURE or CELL CHANGE ORDER FROM UTRAN FAILURE message is received, the handover on the Uu interface fails.

If the "Inter-RAT handover failure cause" in HANDOVER FROM UTRAN FAILURE message is "Configuration unacceptable", or if the "Inter-RAT change failure cause" in CELL CHANGE ORDER FROM UTRAN FAILURE message is "Configuration unacceptable", the RNC does not make a handover retry to the cell.

Page 80: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 10 Handover Protection

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

10-3

Otherwise, the related retry timer for the cell is started. After the retry timer expires, the UE makes a handover attempt to the cell again until the number of retry times exceeds the maximum number of retry times.

If the handover succeeds or the new event 3A or 3C report is received, the periodical retry is stopped.

10.3 Inter-RAT Multimedia Fallback

This section involves the feature "WRFD-020307 Video Telephony Fallback to Speech (AMR) for Inter-RAT HO."

Before the RNC performs handover for the UE that is enjoying the video phone (VP) service, the RNC initiates multimedia fallback to change the VP service to the Adaptive Multi Rate (AMR) speech service, that is, to perform the 3G-to-2G handover based on the CS AMR speech service.

Overview of Fallback Service

Compared with the traditional speech service of the GSM, the VP service of the UMTS can transmit not only speech services between the calling party and the called party, but also the images and videos captured by both parties. Since the actual implementation is limited by terminals and networks, the VP service sometimes carries only speech and may fail to transmit images or videos. In this scenario, the Service Change and Unrestricted Digital Information Fallback (SCUDIF) provide the fallback mechanism that changes a video call to a common speech call.

As specified in 3GPP TS 23.172, the fallback service of the VP is categorized into the following two types:

The process of changing multimedia services back to speech services during call setup. The RNC does not take part in the process. Therefore, the detailed description of fallback process is not given.

The process of changing multimedia services back to speech services during the call.

Triggering of Fallback Service

Currently, the network-initiated multimedia fallback is performed only for the 3G-to-2G handover. Service changes triggered by the UEs are not supported.

Fallback is initiated when both of the following occasions are met:

The RNC decides to send an inter-RAT handover request after receiving periodical measurement reports of event 1A, 3A, or 3C.

The service is combined with a VP, and the "Alternative RAB Parameters" in the RAB ASSIGNMENT message is a valid AMR speech format.

Procedure of Service Change

Figure 10-1 shows the service change procedure for the 3G-to-2G handover. The network initiates the service change, that is, the RNC initiates the change from the VP service to the speech service during the call.

Page 81: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 10 Handover Protection

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

10-4

Figure 10-1 Service change procedure for the 3G-to-2G handover in the CS domain

1. The CN sends the SRNC a RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message to set up the VP service.

2. During 3G-to-2G handover, the SRNC sends a RANAP RAB MODIFY REQUEST message to change the VP service to the AMR speech service. In the 3GPP R6 protocol, the information element (IE) Alternative RAB Configuration Request is also added to the RAB MODIFY REQUEST message, which enables the RNC to request the CN to change the VP service to the AMR speech service.

3. The MSC initiates the Bearer Capability (BC) negotiation with the UE.

4. After the negotiation, the RNC is requested to perform service change.

When the multimedia fallback ends, the RNC decides whether to perform the 3G-to-2G handover according to the current measurements reported by the UE.

At the beginning of the service setup, the RNC saves the RAB parameters.

The CN initiates the RAB reconfiguration to request both parties to perform the multimedia fallback. The single VP service falls back to the single AMR speech service. The multi-RAB service combined with VP falls back to the multi-RAB service combined with AMR. If the multimedia fallback succeeds, that is, the video phone in the service falls back to speech successfully, the inter-RAT handover is initiated. Otherwise, the inter-RAT handover fails.

10.4 Transferring Event Report to Periodical Report

After a UE reports event 1A, 1C or, 1J to the RNC, the RNC may miss the measurement reports. If the reported cell does not join active set in a specified period of time, the UE starts to report the event periodically to avoid missing of measurement reports.

This parameter specifies the reporting period of event 1A. That is, event 1A is reported at each reporting interval.

ReportIntervalfor1A

ReportIntervalfor1C

ReportIntervalfor1J

Page 82: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 10 Handover Protection

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

10-5

The following parameters specify the number of reporting times of events for periodical reporting. When the actual reporting times exceed the set value, the periodical reporting ends.

PeriodMRReportNumfor1A

PeriodMRReportNumfor1C

PeriodMRReportNumfor1J

Page 83: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 11 Neighboring Cell Combination

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

11-1

11 Neighboring Cell Combination

Overview

After the active set is updated, the RNC updates the neighboring cell list by using the neighboring cell combination algorithm according to the status of the active set. This list includes the new intra-frequency, inter-frequency, and inter-RAT neighboring cells. The combination methods of intra-frequency handover, inter-frequency handover, and inter-RAT handover are the same.

If the radio link of the drift RNC (DRNC) is added to the active set, the source RNC (SRNC) buffers the intra-frequency, inter-frequency, and inter-RAT neighboring cell lists of the DRNC until the radio link of the DRNC is released.

The neighboring cell combination result is contained in the MEASUREMENT CONTROL message and sent to the UE, which instructs the UE to perform intra-frequency, inter-frequency, and inter-RAT measurement and handover procedures.

The maximum number of neighboring cells of a cell that can be configured is as follows:

The maximum number of intra-frequency neighboring cells is 32, which includes the cell itself.

The maximum number of inter-frequency neighboring cells of single carrier is 32.

The maximum number of inter-frequency neighboring cells of multi-carrier is 64.

The maximum number of inter-RAT neighboring cells of multi-carrier is 32

Neighboring Cell Combination Switch

HOSWITCH: HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH is the neighboring cell combination switch.

If the switch is set to ON, measurement objects are chosen from the neighboring cells of all the cells in the active set.

If the switch is set to OFF, measurement objects are chosen from the neighboring cells of the best cell.

HOSWITCH: HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH is set to ON by default.

Procedure of the Neighboring Cell Combination

After obtaining the intra-frequency, inter-frequency, and inter-RAT neighboring cells of each cell in the active set, the RNC calculates the combined neighboring cell set, which is referred as Sall, by using the following method.

These neighboring cells and active cells are added to Sall in the following order until the number reaches the maximum number of neighboring cells:

Step 1 The best cell in the active is added to Sall.

The best cell is reported on event 1D.

Step 2 Other cells in the active set are added to Sall in descending order by CPICH Ec/No.

Step 3 The neighboring cells of the best cell in the active set are added to Sall.

NprioFlag (the flag of the priority) and Nprio (the priority of the neighboring cell), which are set for each neighboring cell, are used to change the order of adding the neighboring cells to Sall.

When NprioFlag is switched to FALSE, NPrio is cleared.

When NprioFlag is switched to TRUE, NPrio is set simultaneously.

Page 84: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 11 Neighboring Cell Combination

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

11-2

Step 4 The neighboring cells of other cells in the active set are added to Sall in descending order by CPICH Ec/No values of these cells in the active set. The number to be repeatedly added of each neighboring cell is recorded.

The neighboring cells of the same cell in the active set are added according to Nprio.

If the number of the cells in Sall is more than maximum number of neighboring cells, delete the neighboring cells whose repeated number in Sall is less. The best cell and its neighboring cells will not be deleted.

----End

Page 85: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 12 Compressed Mode

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

12-1

12 Compressed Mode

Overview

Compressed mode control is a mechanism whereby certain idle periods are created in radio frames during which the UE can perform measurements on other frequencies. The UE must use the compressed mode if the UE needs to measure the pilot signal strength of an inter-frequency cell or inter-RAT cell and has a single-frequency receiver only.

Figure 12-1 Compressed mode

Compressed Mode Switches

The parameter DlSFLimitCMInd decides whether to start the DL compressed mode according to the parameter LimitCMDlSFThd.

If DlSFLimitCMInd = True,

− When the downlink spreading factor is smaller than or equal to the parameter LimitCMDlSFThd, the compressed mode is disabled.

− When the downlink spreading factor is greater than the parameter LimitCMDlSFThd, the compressed mode is enabled.

If DlSFLimitCMInd = False, the compressed mode is not limited by the downlink spreading factor.

The uplink 384 kbit/s uses SF4. The method of SF/2 is not allowed for the services of SF4.

CMCF_UL_PRECFG_TOLERANCE_SWITCH under CmcfSwitch determines whether to set up the uplink RB of SF4 during the preparation for SF/2 compressed mode.

If CMCF_UL_PRECFG_TOLERANCE_SWITCH is set to ON, the RB of SF4 can be set up during the preparation for SF/2 compressed mode. The inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover measurement, however, cannot be triggered, because SF4 cannot be compressed to SF2.

If CMCF_UL_PRECFG_TOLERANCE_SWITCH is set to OFF, the RB of SF4 cannot be set up during the preparation for SF/2 compressed mode. The system can trigger the SF/2 compressed mode measurement.

CMCF_WITHOUT_UE_CAP_REPORT_SWITCH under CmcfSwitch determines whether to use the frequencies beyond the range of UE reports on the compressed mode measurement.

To initiate the high layer scheduling, set the following two switches:

If the algorithm switch CMCF_DL_HLS_SWITCH in the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command is set to ON, the DL high-layer scheduling for the compressed mode is allowed.

Page 86: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 12 Compressed Mode

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

12-2

If the algorithm switch CMCF_UL_HLS_SWITCH in the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command is set to ON, the UL high-layer scheduling for the compressed mode is allowed.

Compression Methods

There are two methods to implement the compressed mode as follows:

Table 12-1 Methods for implementing the compressed mode

Method Description

SF/2 The SF is reduced by half to improve the rate on the channel. It takes less time to transmit the same volume of data. In this way transmit gaps are created. The SF must be larger than 4.

The SF/2 mode consumes more system resources and therefore this mode is recommended only for low-rate users.

High layer scheduling

High layer limits the allowed TFC (Transport Format Combination) to create gaps without data to be transmitted.

The high-layer scheduling mode requires variable multiplexing positions of transport channels and is applicable to a relatively narrow range. In addition, this approach affects the transmission rate of users. Therefore, this mode is recommended only when the SF/2 approach is unavailable or there are high-rate users.

The RNC automatically determines the type of compressed mode on the basis of the spreading factor used in the uplink or the downlink.

When the downlink spreading factor is greater than or equal to the parameter DlSFTurnPoint, the SF/2 approach is preferred. Otherwise, the high layer scheduling is used.

When the uplink spreading factor is greater than or equal to the parameter UlSFTurnPoint, the SF/2 approach is preferred. Otherwise, the high layer scheduling is used.

Compression Types

The compression types are as follows:

Inter-frequency measurement

Inter-RAT measurement

Coexistence of inter-frequency and inter-RAT

The parameter InterFreqRATSwitch determines the compression types allowed by the RNC

If the parameter is set to INTERFREQ, the RNC allows the UE to perform only inter-frequency measurement

If the parameter is set to INTERRAT, the RNC allows the UE to perform only Inter-RAT measurement.

If the parameter is set to SIMINTERFREQRAT, the RNC allows the UE to perform both inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurement.

During the concurrent inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurement, the parameter CoexistMeasThdChoice decides the event 2D threshold:

When the parameter is set to COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ, the inter-frequency measurement threshold for event 2D is used.

When the parameter is set to COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT, the inter-RAT measurement threshold for event 2D is used.

Page 87: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 12 Compressed Mode

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

12-3

Measurement Timer Length

When the UE takes a long time to perform the inter-frequency measurement in compressed mode, the radio network will be affected. To avoid the influence, the RNC stops the inter-frequency measurement and disables the compressed mode if no inter-frequency handover occurs upon expiry of the inter-frequency measurement timer.

The timer is specified by InterFreqMeasTime in inter-frequency handover based on coverage, load or HCS.

The timer is specified by InterRATMeasTime in inter-RAT handover based on coverage, load, or service.

The timer is specified by DLQosMcTimerLen or ULQosMcTimerLen in inter-RAT handover based on downlink or uplink QoS respectively.

Compatibility Switch for Dual-frequency Receiver

If the UE has a dual-frequency receiver, it can perform inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement without starting the compressed mode if all of the following conditions are met:

The CMP_UU_ADJACENT_FREQ_CM_SWITCH is on.

The value of the IE "Adjacent frequency measurements without compressed mode" reported by the UE is TRUE.

For a UE that supports DC-HSDPA:

− If the UE has a DC-HSDPA service, all the cells involved in inter-frequency measurement are at the same frequency as the secondary carrier.

− If the UE does not have a DC-HSDPA service, all the cells involved in inter-frequency measurement are at the same frequency, with a 5 MHz spacing from the current cell, but within the same band as the current cell.

If a UE that supports DC-HSDPA does not meet the preceding conditions, it needs to perform inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement in compressed mode. In this case, the same sequence and type of compressed mode are required by the primary and secondary carriers.

Each physical frame can provide three to seven timeslots for the inter-frequency or inter-RAT cell measurement.

Compatibility Switches for HSPA

There are some UEs that do not support the CM when an HSPA+ or HSDPA or HSUPA service is active. For compatibility reasons with these UE, compatibility switch parameters have been introduced.

The parameter HsdpaCMPermissionInd is used to enable or disable CM for HSDPA users.

If this parameter value is TRUE, CM is permitted on HSDPA and HSDPA can be activated with CM activated. If this parameter value is FALSE, H2D is needed before CM activated when HSDPA exists and HSDPA cannot exist when CM is activated.

The parameter HsupaCMPermissionInd decides whether the compressed mode (CM) can be used on HSUPA.

If the parameter is set to Permit, the UE in E-DCH state performs measurement.

If the parameter is set to Limited, the reconfiguration from E-DCH to DCH is required before CM is activated because HSUPA does not support CM.

If the parameter is set to BasedOnUECap, the RNC determines whether to perform E2D procedure before CM activated based on the UE capability.

Page 88: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 12 Compressed Mode

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

12-4

The parameter EHSPACMPermissionInd indicates whether the compressed mode (CM) can coexist with the HSPA+ service.

When the EHSPACMPermissionInd value is FALSE the switch is deactivated and the RNC, before request to the UE to start the CM, starts an RB RECONFIGURATION procedure to degrade the HSPA+ service to DCH, and then requests the UE to start the COMPRESSED MODE.

− After the hard handover is completed the RNC starts an RB RECONFIGURATION procedure to promote the DCH service to HSPA+

− When this switch is disabled, all the HSPA+ UEs (CM and not CM capable) are degraded to DCH before the CM procedure.

When the EHSPACMPermissionInd value is TRUE the switch is activated and the RNC does not triggers the RB RECONFIGURATION procedure before to request the CM. Not affected UEs are capable to start the measurements during the HSPA+ service and can perform the Hard handover without service degrades. On the contrary, UEs that do not support the CM during HSPA+ are not capable to complete the Hard handover procedure successfully.

Page 89: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-1

13 Parameters

Table 13-1 Parameter description

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

AmntOfRpt2B BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

Meaning:Maximum number of inter-frequency handover re-attempts after event 2B is reported when the measurement control message is valid.

If this parameter is set to a greater value, the number of inter-frequency handover re-attempts increases and the possibility of successfully handing over the UE to the target cell whose load becomes normal increases. When the number of inter-frequency handover re-attempts reaches the threshold, the RNC sends another inter-frequency measurement control message to allow the UE to be handed over to other cells of this frequency.

If the measurement control is released, the inter-frequency handover re-attempt is stopped.

GUI Value Range:0~63

Actual Value Range:0~62, 63: Infinity

Unit:None

Default Value:4

AmntOfRpt2C BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERFREQHONCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERFREQHONCOV(Optional)

WRFD-021200

HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure)

Meaning:Maximum number of handover attempts for event 2C.

This parameter specifies the maximum number of handover re-attempts for event 2C when the measurement control message is valid. If this parameter is set to a greater value, inter-frequency handover re-attempts increase and the possibility of successfully handing over the UE to the target cell whose load becomes normal increases. When the number of re-attempts reaches the preset value, the RNC does not attempt to

Page 90: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-2

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

perform the handover. Alternatively, when the measurement control is cancelled, the handover re-attempt is stopped immediately.

GUI Value Range:0~63

Actual Value Range:0~62, 63: Infinity

Unit:None

Default Value:1

AmntOfRpt3A BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020303

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Maximum number of handover attempts after inter-RAT handover triggered by event 3A fails.

This parameter specifies the maximum number of handover re-attempts for event 3A when the measurement control is valid. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the number of inter-RAT handover re-attempts increases and the possibility of successfully handing over the UE to the target cell whose load becomes normal increases. After reaching the value specified by this parameter, the RNC makes no further handover attempt to the target cell. If the compressed mode is disabled, the handover re-attempt will be aborted.

GUI Value Range:0~63

Actual Value Range:0~62, 63: Infinity

Unit:None

Default Value:4

AmntOfRpt3C BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERRATHONCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERRATHONCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

Meaning:Maximum number of handover re-attempts for event 3C.

This parameter specifies the maximum number of handover attempts for event 3C when the measurement control message is valid. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the number of inter-RAT handover re-attempts

Page 91: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-3

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

increases and the possibility of successfully handing over the UE to the target cell whose load becomes normal increases. After reaching the value specified by this parameter, the RNC makes no further handover attempt to the target cell. If the compressed mode is disabled, the handover re-attempt will be aborted.

GUI Value Range:0~63

Actual Value Range:0~62, 63: Infinity

Unit:None

Default Value:1

BlindHoFlag BSC6900

ADD UINTERFREQNCELL(Optional)

MOD UINTERFREQNCELL(Optional)

WRFD-020103

WRFD-021200

Inter Frequency Load Balance

HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure)

Meaning:Whether to perform blind handover.

The value FALSE indicates that the cell is not considered as a candidate cell for blind handover. Therefore, blind over to this cell cannot be triggered.

GUI Value Range:FALSE, TRUE

Actual Value Range:FALSE, TRUE

Unit:None

Default Value:False

BlindHOIntrafreqMRAmount

BSC6900

SET UINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

WRFD-020103

WRFD-020104

Inter Frequency Load Balance

Intra Frequency Load Balance

Meaning:Used in the algorithm of the load reshuffling (LDR) intra-frequency blind handover. This parameter specifies the number of the required measurement reports that fulfill the handover criterion before the blind handover decision is triggered. The RNC initiates blind handover only when the UE continuously reports adequate intra-frequency measurement reports that fulfill the quality criterion for blind handover. If the UE reports an unqualified measurement report, the measurement process is stopped. In this case, the RNC does not initiate blind handover.

Page 92: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-4

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

GUI Value Range:D1, D2, D4, D8

Actual Value Range:1, 2, 4, 8

Unit:None

Default Value:D2

BlindHOIntrafreqMRInterval

BSC6900

SET UINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

WRFD-020103

WRFD-020104

Inter Frequency Load Balance

Intra Frequency Load Balance

Meaning:This parameter specifies the interval between intra-frequency measurement reports for Load Reshuffling (LDR) blind handover.

GUI Value Range:D250, D500

Actual Value Range:250, 500

Unit:ms

Default Value:D250

BlindHOPrio BSC6900

ADD U2GNCELL(Mandatory)

MOD U2GNCELL(Mandatory)

WRFD-020310

3G/2G Common Load Management

Meaning:Priority of the neighboring cell for blind handover.

The value 0 represents the highest priority. Priorities 0 to 15 are assigned to concentric neighboring cells, which can ensure successful blind handover. Priorities 16 to 30 are assigned to the neighboring cells, which cannot ensure successful blind handover.

GUI Value Range:0~30

Actual Value Range:0~30

Unit:None

Default Value:None

BlindHOQualityCondition

BSC6900

ADD UINTERFREQNCELL(Optional)

MOD UINTERFREQNCELL(Optional)

WRFD-020103

WRFD-021200

Inter Frequency Load Balance

HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure)

Meaning:Measurement signal level threshold for blind handovers involved in inter-frequency load balancing. When the measurement signal level of a cell is higher than this threshold, the cell can be selected as a target cell for a blind handover. Otherwise, the cell cannot be selected as the target cell.

If this parameter is not set to -115, a conditional blind handover can be triggered in an inter-frequency neighboring cell with the same

Page 93: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-5

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

coverage. If this parameter is set to -115, a direct blind handover can be triggered in an inter-frequency neighboring cell with the larger coverage.

GUI Value Range:-115~-25

Actual Value Range:-115~-25

Unit:dBm

Default Value:-92

BlindHORSCP1FThreshold

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

WRFD-020302

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Threshold of the quality of the cell reporting event 1F for triggering blind handover. The blind handover is triggered only when the signal quality in the cell, which reports event 1F, exceeds this parameter. Otherwise, the report is discarded.

This parameter is used to raise the success rate of blind handovers. If all the signals in the cell reporting event 1F are of poor quality, the user may be located at the edge of coverage area. Under this situation, triggering blind handover rashly may cause call drops.

GUI Value Range:-115~-25

Actual Value Range:-115~-25

Unit:dBm

Default Value:-115

BSICVerify BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

WRFD-020402

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

Measure

Meaning:Switch for verifying the Base Station Identity Code (BSIC).

This parameter is used to control cells where inter-RAT measurement reports are triggered. When the parameter is set to "REQUIRED", the measurement reporting is triggered after the BSIC of the measured cell is decoded correctly. When the parameter is set to "NOT_REQUIRE", the measurement reporting is triggered regardless of whether the BSIC of the measured cell is decoded

Page 94: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-6

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

ment Based Direct Retry

correctly. This parameter is valid for both periodical reporting mode and event-triggered reporting mode. However, to ensure handover reliability, it is recommended that the system reports only the cells whose BSIC is decoded correctly, that is, the recommended value of the parameter is "REQUIRED". If the parameter is set to "NOT_REQUIRED", handovers are likely to be triggered, but the handover reliability is lower than that in the situation the parameter is set to "REQUIRED".

GUI Value Range:REQUIRED(Verify mode), NOT_REQUIRE(Non-verify mode)

Actual Value Range:REQUIRED, NOT_REQUIRE

Unit:None

Default Value:REQUIRED

CellCapContainerFdd

BSC6900

ADD UEXT3GCELL(Mandatory)

MOD UEXT3GCELL(Optional)

WRFD-020203

WRFD-021400

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Direct Signaling Connection Re-establishment (DSCR)

Meaning:1)DELAY_ACTIVATION_SUPPORT (delay activation support indicator):when the indicator is TRUE, it means that the cell support delay activation. Delayed Activation IE indicates that the activation of the DL power shall be delayed until an indicated CFN or until a separate activation indication is received.

2)HSDSCH_SUPPORT(HSDSCH support indicator):when the indicator is TRUE, it means that the cell support HSDSCH and enable downlink traffic to be established in HSDSCH.

3)FDPCH_SUPPORT(F-DPCH support indicator):when the indicator is TRUE, it means that the cell support F-DPCH and enable downlink signal to be established in F-DPCH, but the cell can not support F-DPCH if it does not support HSDSCH.

4)EDCH_SUPPORT(E-DCH

Page 95: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-7

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

support indicator):when the indicator is TRUE, it means that the cell support E-DCH and enable uplink signal and traffic to be established in E-DCH.

5)EDCH_2MS_TTI_SUPPORT(E-DCH 2ms TTI support indicator):when the indicator is TRUE, it means that the cell support E-DCH 2ms TTI.

6)EDCH_2SF2_AND_2SF4_SUPPORT(E-DCH max SF support 2SF2+2SF4 indicator):when the indicator is TRUE, it means that the cell has E-DCH SF capability of 2SF2+2SF4.

7)EDCH_2SF2_SUPPORT(E-DCH max SF support 2SF indicator):when the indicator is TRUE, it means that the cell has E-DCH SF capability of 2SF2.

8)EDCH_2SF4_SUPPORT(E-DCH max SF support 2SF4 indicator):when the indicator is TRUE, it means that the cell has E-DCH SF capability of 2SF4.

9)EDCH_SF4_SUPPORT(E-DCH max SF support SF4 indicator):when the indicator is TRUE, it means that the cell has E-DCH SF capability of SF4.

10)EDCH_SF8_SUPPORT(E-DCH max SF support SF8 indicator):when the indicator is TRUE, it means that the cell has E-DCH SF capability of SF8.

11)EDCH_HARQ_IR_COMBIN_SUPPORT(E-DCH support HARQ IR Combining indicator):when the indicator is TRUE, it means that the cell use IR combine Mode when MAC-e PDUs are received more than one time in E-DCH.

12)EDCH_HARQ_CHASE_COMBIN_SUPPORT(E-DCH support HARQ CHASE Combining indicator): when the indicator is

Page 96: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-8

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

TRUE, it means that the cell use CHASE combine Mode when MAC-e PDUs are received more than one time in E-DCH.

13) CPC_DTX_DRX_SUPPORT (CPC DTX-DRX support indicator): when the indicator is TRUE, it indicates that the cell supports CPC DTX_DRX.

14) CPC_HS_SCCH_LESS_OPER_SUPPORT (CPC HS-SCCH less operation support indicator): when the indicator is TRUE, it indicates that the cell supports CPC HS-SCCH less operation.

15) HSPAPLUS_MIMO_SUPPORT (MIMO support indicator): when the indicator is TRUE, it indicates that the cell supports MIMO.

16) FLEX_MACD_PDU_SIZE_SUPPORT (flexible MAC-d PDU Size support indicator): when the indicator is TRUE, it indicates that the cell supports flexible MAC-d PDU Size.

17) FDPCH_SLOT_FORMAT_SUPPORT (F-DPCH slot format support indicator): when the indicator is TRUE, it indicates that the cell supports F-DPCH slot format, which depends on FDPCH. If F-DPCH slot format is set to support in the cell, it should support FDPCH too.when the indicator is TRUE, the indicator FDPCH_SUPPORT shoud be set true.

18) HSPAPLUS_DL_64QAM_SUPPORT (downlink 64QAM support indicator): when the indicator is TRUE, it indicates that the cell supports downlink 64QAM.

GUI Value Range:DELAY_ACTIVATION_SUPPORT(delay activation support

Page 97: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-9

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

indication), HSDSCH_SUPPORT(HSDSCH support indication), FDPCH_SUPPORT(F-DPCH support indication), EDCH_SUPPORT(E-DCH support indication), EDCH_2MS_TTI_SUPPORT(E-DCH 2ms TTI support indicator), EDCH_2SF2_AND_2SF4_SUPPORT(E-DCH max SF support 2SF2+2SF4 indicator), EDCH_2SF2_SUPPORT(E-DCH max SF support 2SF2 indicator), EDCH_2SF4_SUPPORT(E-DCH max SF support 2SF4 indicator), EDCH_SF4_SUPPORT(E-DCH max SF support SF4 indicator), EDCH_SF8_SUPPORT(E-DCH max SF support SF8 indicator), EDCH_HARQ_IR_COMBIN_SUPPORT(E-DCH support HARQ IR Combining indicator), EDCH_HARQ_CHASE_COMBIN_SUPPORT(E-DCH support HARQ CHASE Combining indicator), CPC_DTX_DRX_SUPPORT(CPC DTX-DRX support indicator), CPC_HS_SCCH_LESS_OPER_SUPPORT(CPC HS-SCCH less operation support indicator), HSPAPLUS_MIMO_SUPPORT(MIMO support indicator), FLEX_MACD_PDU_SIZE_SUPPORT(flexible MAC-d PDU Size support indicator), FDPCH_SLOT_FORMAT_SUPPORT(F-DPCH slot format support indicator), HSPAPLUS_DL_64QAM_SUPPORT(downlink 64QAM support indicator)

Actual Value Range:DELAY_ACTIVATION_SUPPORT, HSDSCH_SUPPORT, FDPCH_SUPPORT, EDCH_SUPPORT, EDCH_2MS_TTI_SUPPORT, EDCH_2SF2_AND_2SF4_SUPPORT, EDCH_2SF2_SUPPORT, EDCH_2SF4_SUPPORT, EDCH_SF4_SUPPORT,

Page 98: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-10

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

EDCH_SF8_SUPPORT, EDCH_HARQ_IR_COMBIN_SUPPORT, EDCH_HARQ_CHASE_COMBIN_SUPPORT, CPC_DTX_DRX_SUPPORT, CPC_HS_SCCH_LESS_OPER_SUPPORT, HSPAPLUS_MIMO_SUPPORT, FLEX_MACD_PDU_SIZE_SUPPORT, FDPCH_SLOT_FORMAT_SUPPORT, HSPAPLUS_DL_64QAM_SUPPORT

Unit:None

Default Value:None

CellsForbidden1A

BSC6900

ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL(Optional)

MOD UINTRAFREQNCELL(Optional)

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Meaning:Determines whether event 1A threshold is affected when the cell is added to the active set. If this parameter is set to "NOT_AFFECT", the relative threshold of event 1A is not affected when the cell is added to the active set. That is, the cell signals are not involved when the UE evaluates whether event 1A should be triggered. If this parameter is set to "AFFECT", the relative threshold of event 1A is affected when the cell is added to the active set. That is, the cell signals are involved when the UE evaluates whether event 1A should be triggered.

GUI Value Range:AFFECT, NOT_AFFECT

Actual Value Range:AFFECT, NOT_AFFECT

Unit:None

Default Value:AFFECT

CellsForbidden1B

BSC6900

ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL(Optional)

MOD UINTRAFREQNCELL

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Inter RNC Soft

Meaning:Flag of whether adding a cell into the active set will affect the relative threshold of the event 1B.

This parameter is a flag of whether adding the cell into the active set

Page 99: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-11

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

(Optional) Handover will affect the relative threshold of the event 1B NOT_AFFECT: Adding the cell into the active set does not affect the relative threshold of the event 1B. The cell signal will affect the UE evaluate whether event 1B should occur. AFFECT: Adding the cell into the active set affects the relative threshold of the event 1B. The cell signal will not affect the UE evaluate whether event 1B should occur.

GUI Value Range:AFFECT, NOT_AFFECT

Actual Value Range:AFFECT, NOT_AFFECT

Unit:None

Default Value:AFFECT

ChannelRetryHoTimerLen

BSC6900

SET UCOIFTIMER(Optional)

WRFD-01061403

WRFD-01061404

WRFD-010636

WRFD-010652

WRFD-010683

WRFD-010684

WRFD-010685

WRFD-010686

WRFD-010687

WRFD-021101

WRFD-021200

HSUPA 2ms TTI

HSUPA 2ms/10ms TTI Handover

SRB over HSUPA

SRB over HSDPA

Downlink 64 QAM

2 x 2 MIMO

Downlink Enhanced L2

CPC - DTX / DRX

CPC - HS-SCCH less operation

Meaning:This parameter specifies the value of the channel retry handover timer.

When handover is performed and some higher HSPA or HSPA plus technique is supported, UTRAN will trigger the reconfiguration for the higher techniques.

Pingpang will happen when the reconfiguration is triggered immediately when handover succeeds, because handover procedure is frequently.

In order to avoid the pingpang, this timer will start after handover procedure is performed, and the reconfiguration will not be triggered until the timer expires.

GUI Value Range:0~999

Actual Value Range:0~999

Unit:s

Default Value:2

Page 100: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-12

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

Dynamic Channel Configuration Control (DCCC)

HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure)

ChannelRetryTimerLen

BSC6900

SET UCOIFTIMER(Optional)

WRFD-01061008

WRFD-01061112

WRFD-01061206

WRFD-01061403

WRFD-010630

WRFD-010632

WRFD-010636

WRFD-010652

WRFD-010683

WRFD-010684

WRFD-010685

WRFD-010686

WRFD-010687

WRFD-021101

Interactive and Background Traffic Class on HSDPA

HSDPA DRD

Interactive and Background Traffic Class on HSUPA

HSUPA 2ms TTI

Streaming Traffic Class on HSDPA

Streaming Traffic Class on HSUPA

SRB over HSUPA

SRB over HSDPA

Downlink 64 QAM

2 x 2 MIMO

Downlink Enhanced

Meaning:This parameter specifies the value of the channel retry timer. The timer will start when traffic is set up or reconfigured and some higher technique is not configured by some reason except for the capability of UE or cell. Channel retry will be performed after this timer expires.

GUI Value Range:0~180

Actual Value Range:0~180

Unit:s

Default Value:5

Page 101: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-13

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

L2

CPC - DTX / DRX

CPC - HS-SCCH less operation

Dynamic Channel Configuration Control (DCCC)

CIO BSC6900

ADD UEXT2GCELL(Optional)

MOD UEXT2GCELL(Optional)

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020309

WRFD-020305

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Meaning:It is set according to the topographic feature.

This parameter is used for the inter-RAT handover decision in combination with the neighboring cell oriented CIO. The larger the sum, the higher the handover priority of the GSM cell. The smaller the sum, the lower the handover priority of the GSM cell. The parameter is generally set to 0.

As for the impact on network performance:

The larger the value of the parameter is, the easier it is to be handed over to the GSM network. The smaller the value of the parameter is, the harder it is to be handed over to the GSM network.

GUI Value Range:-50~50

Actual Value Range:-50~50

Unit:dB

Default Value:0

CIO BSC6900

ADD UCELLSETUP(Optional)

MOD UCELLSETUP(Optio

WRFD-020201

WRFD-020202

WRFD-0

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Intra Node B Softer

Meaning:This parameter works with the offset of neighboring cell-oriented Cell Individual Offset (CIO). It is used for intra- or inter-frequency handover decisions. For details, refer to 3GPP TS

Page 102: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-14

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

nal) 20203

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020309

WRFD-020305

Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

25.331.

GUI Value Range:-20~20

Actual Value Range:-10~10

Unit:0.5dB

Default Value:0

CIOOffset BSC6900

ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL(Optional)

MOD UINTRAFREQNCELL(Optional)

WRFD-020201

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter

Meaning:Neighboring cell oriented CIO.

This parameter specifies the neighboring cell oriented Cell Individual Offset (CIO). The sum of the value of this parameter, the value of the cell oriented CIO, and the actual measurement quantity is used for the event evaluation of the UE or used for the handover decision procedure on the RNC side. In a handover algorithm, this parameter is used for moving the border of a cell. In the case of an event-based intra-frequency measurement or inter-RAT measurement, the UE determines whether to trigger an event

Page 103: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-15

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

according to the sum of the value of this parameter, the value of the cell oriented CIO, and the actual measurement quantity. The UE does not consider the value of this parameter when evaluating an inter-frequency measurement event.

In the case of a periodical inter-frequency measurement or inter-RAT measurement, the RNC determines whether to initiate a handover according to the sum of the value of this parameter, the value of the cell.

GUI Value Range:-20~20

Actual Value Range:-10~10

Unit:0.5dB

Default Value:0

CIOOffset BSC6900

ADD U2GNCELL(Optional)

MOD U2GNCELL(Optional)

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020309

WRFD-020305

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Meaning:Cell individual offset for the GSM cell.

This parameter is used for decision making for the inter-RAT handover. A larger value of the parameter indicates the higher the handover priority of the GSM cell. A smaller the value of the parameter indicates the lower the handover priority of the GSM cell.

GUI Value Range:-50~50

Actual Value Range:-50~50

Unit:dB

Default Value:0

CIOOffset BSC6900

ADD UINTERFREQNCELL(Optional)

MOD UINTERFREQNCELL(Optional)

WRFD-020201

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

WRFD-0

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Inter RNC Soft

Meaning:Neighboring cell oriented CIO.

This parameter specifies the neighboring cell oriented Cell Individual Offset (CIO). The sum of the value of this parameter, the value of the cell oriented CIO, and the actual measurement quantity is used for the event evaluation of the

Page 104: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-16

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

20302

WRFD-020304

Handover

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

UE or used for the handover decision procedure on the RNC side. In a handover algorithm, this parameter is used for moving the border of a cell. In the case of an event-based intra-frequency measurement or inter-RAT measurement, the UE determines whether to trigger an event according to the sum of the value of this parameter, the value of the cell oriented CIO, and the actual measurement quantity. The UE does not consider the value of this parameter when evaluating an inter-frequency measurement event.

In the case of a periodical inter-frequency measurement or inter-RAT measurement, the RNC determines whether to initiate a handover according to the sum of the value of this parameter, the value of the cell.

GUI Value Range:-20~20

Actual Value Range:-10~10

Unit:0.5dB

Default Value:0

CmcfSwitch BSC6900

SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH(Optional)

WRFD-01061006

WRFD-01061204

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020304

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

WRFD-0

HSDPA Mobility Management

HSUPA Mobility Management

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on

Meaning:CMCF algorithm switch group.

1) CMCF_DL_HLS_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the compressed mode supports DL higher-layer scheduling.

2) CMCF_UL_HLS_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the compressed mode supports UL higher-layer scheduling.

3) CMCF_UL_PRECFG_TOLERANCE_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the compressed mode of the UE in the compressed mode pre-configuration state can be different from that required by

Page 105: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-17

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

20308

WRFD-02030802

WRFD-020309

WRFD-020310

Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

Inter-RAT Handover Phase 2

PS Handover Between UMTS and GPRS

Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS

3G/2G Common Load Management

current traffic.

4) CMCF_WITHOUT_UE_CAP_REPORT_SWITCH: When the RNC starts inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement, the RNC checks the information of whether the compressed mode is required for measurement on the frequency band of the cells in measurement list. The information should be reported by the UE in RRC connect setup complete message. When the switch is on and no such information has been reported, the RNC starts the compressed mode and then delivers the measurement.

GUI Value Range:CMCF_DL_HLS_SWITCH, CMCF_UL_HLS_SWITCH, CMCF_UL_PRECFG_TOLERANCE_SWITCH, CMCF_WITHOUT_UE_CAP_REPORT_SWITCH

Actual Value Range:CMCF_DL_HLS_SWITCH, CMCF_UL_HLS_SWITCH, CMCF_UL_PRECFG_TOLERANCE_SWITCH, CMCF_WITHOUT_UE_CAP_REPORT_SWITCH

Unit:None

Default Value:None

CmpSwitch BSC6900

SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH(Optional)

WRFD-01061006

WRFD-01061204

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

WRFD-021200

HSDPA Mobility Management

HSUPA Mobility Management

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Meaning:Compatibility switch group.

1) CMP_IU_IMS_PROC_AS_NORMAL_PS_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the IMS signaling assigned by the CN undergoes compatibility processing as an ordinary PS service. When the switch is not on, no special processing is performed.

2) CMP_IU_QOS_ASYMMETRY_IND

Page 106: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-18

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

WRFD-010696

Inter RNC Soft Handover

HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure)

DC-HSDPA

_COMPAT_SWITCH: When the Iu QoS Negotiation function is active and the switch is on, IE RAB Asymmetry Indicator is Symmetric bidirectional, The uplink and downlink RNC negotiation rate is asymmetric, RNC select the bigger rete as Iu QoS negotiation rate. When the switch is OFF, RNC select the less rate as Iu QoS negotiation rate.

3) CMP_IU_SYSHOIN_CMP_IUUP_FIXTO1_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the IUUP version can be rolled back to R99 when complete configurations are applied during inter-RAT handover.

4) CMP_IUR_H2D_FOR_LOWR5_NRNCCELL_SWITCH: When the switch is on, H2D is performed before a neighboring RNC cell whose version is earlier than R5 is added to the active set; E2D is performed before a neighboring RNC cell whose version is earlier than R6 is added to the active set. If the DRNC is of a version earlier than R5, DL services cannot be mapped on the HS-DSCH. If the DRNC is of a version earlier than R6, DL services cannot be mapped on the HS-EDCH.

5) CMP_IUR_SHO_DIVCTRL_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the diversity combination over the Iur interface is configured on the basis of that of the local RNC. When the switch is not on, the diversity combination over the Iur interface is configured on the basis of services. The flag of diversity combination over the Iur interface can be set to MUST (for BE services) or MAY (for other services).

6) CMP_UU_ADJACENT_FREQ_CM_SWITCH: when the switch is on,

Page 107: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-19

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

the RNC initiates the inter-frequency measurement without activating the compressed mode if the following two conditions are met: the UE supports the non-compressed inter-frequency measurement, the inter-frequency neighboring cells work in a same frequency which is within 5 MHz higher or lower than the current frequency; when the switch is off, the RNC activates the compressed mode before initiating the inter-frequency measurement.

7) CMP_UU_AMR_DRD_HHO_COMPAT_SWITCH: When the switch is on, When SRB is set up on DCH, and RNC decides to setup the AMR through DRD procedure, RNC will execute blind handover to the target cell, and then setup the AMR RBs on the target cell.

8) CMP_UU_AMR_SID_MUST_CFG_SWITCH: For narrowband AMR services, when the switch is on, the SID frame is always configured; when the switch is not on, the SID frame is configured on the basis of CN assignment.

9) CMP_UU_FDPCH_COMPAT_SWITCH: When the switch is OFF, if the information element that indicates the F-DPCH capability of UE exists in the message "RRC_CONNECT_REQ" or "RRC_CONNECT_SETUP_CMP", the F-DPCH capability depends on that indicator. In other case, it means UE does not support F-DPCH. When the switch is ON, if the information element that indicates the F-DPCH capability of UE exists in the message "RRC_CONNECT_REQ" or "RRC_CONNECT_SETUP_CMP", the F-DPCH capability depends on that indicator. If that information

Page 108: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-20

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

element does not exist, UE supports F-DPCH when all the conditions meets: a) the version of UE is Release 6. b) UE supports HS-PDSCH.

10) CMP_UU_IGNORE_UE_RLC_CAP_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the RAB assignment request and the subsequent RB setup procedure proceed if the RLC AM capabilities of the UE fail to meet the minimum RLC TX/RX window buffer requirement of the RAB to be setup. When the switch is not on, the RAB assignment request is rejected.

11) CMP_UU_INTRA_FREQ_MC_BESTCELL_CIO_SWITCH: When this switch is on, the cell individual offset (CIO) of the best cell is always set to 0 in the INTRA-FREQUENCY MEASUREMENT CONTROL messages. Otherwise, the CIO information of the best cell is not carried in the INTRA-FREQUENCY MEASUREMENT CONTROL messages.

12) CMP_UU_IOS_CELL_SYNC_INFO_REPORT_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the cell synchronization information traced by the IOS need to be reported during the RRC measurement period.

13) CMP_UU_SERV_CELL_CHG_WITH_ASU_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the active set update is in the same procedure as the change of the serving cell. When the switch is not on, the serving cell is changed after the UE updates the active set and delivers reconfiguration of physical channels. This switch is applicable only to R6 or aboveUEs.

14) CMP_UU_SERV_CELL_CHG_WIT

Page 109: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-21

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

H_RB_MOD_SWITCH: When the switch is on, channel transition is in the same procedure as the change of the serving cell. When the switch is not on, the serving cell is changed after the UE performs channel transition and delivers reconfiguration of physical channels.

15) CMP_UU_VOIP_UP_PROC_AS_NORMAL_PS_SWITCH: By default, the switch is on. In this case, the Alternative E-bit is not configured for L2.

16) CMP_F2F_RLC_ONESIDE_REBUILD_SWITCH: When the switch is set to ON, only uplink RLC or downlink RLC can be re-established during the state transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_FACH (F2F for short).

17) CMP_D2F_RLC_ONESIDE_REBUILD_SWITCH: When the switch is set to ON, only uplink RLC or downlink RLC can be re-established during the state transition from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH (D2F for short).

18) CMP_RAB_5_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH: When the switch is set to ON, the service with RAB ID 5 can be configured with the Robust Header Compression (ROHC) function. When the switch is set to OFF, the service with RAB ID 5 cannot be configured with the ROHC function.

19) CMP_RAB_6_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH: When the switch is set to ON, the service with RAB ID 6 can be configured with the ROHC function. When the switch is set to OFF, the service with RAB ID 6 cannot be configured with the ROHC function.

Page 110: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-22

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

20) CMP_RAB_7_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH: When the switch is set to ON, the service with RAB ID 7 can be configured with the ROHC function. When the switch is set to OFF, the service with RAB ID 7 cannot be configured with the ROHC function.

21) CMP_RAB_8_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH: When the switch is set to ON, the service with RAB ID 8 can be configured with the ROHC function. When the switch is set to OFF, the service with RAB ID 8 cannot be configured with the ROHC function.

22) CMP_RAB_9_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH: When the switch is set to ON, the service with RAB ID 9 can be configured with the ROHC function. When the switch is set to OFF, the service with RAB ID 9 cannot be configured with the ROHC function.

23) CMP_HSUPA_MACD_FLOW_MUL_SWITCH: When the switch is set to ON, MAC-d flow can be multiplexed without any restrictions. When the switch is set to OFF, only MAC-d flows whose scheduling priority is lower than that of the current MAC-d flow can be multiplexed.

24) CMP_SMLC_RSLT_MODE_TYPE_SWITCH: If the Client Type of a positioning request is Value Added Service or Lawful Intercept Client, the positioning result is reported by using the Ellipsoid Arc type. For other client types, the positioning result is reported by using the Ellipsoid point with uncertainty circle type.

GUI Value Range:CMP_IU_IMS_PROC_AS_NORMAL_PS_SWITCH, CMP_IU_QOS_ASYMMETRY_IND

Page 111: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-23

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

_COMPAT_SWITCH, CMP_IU_SYSHOIN_CMP_IUUP_FIXTO1_SWITCH, CMP_IUR_H2D_FOR_LOWR5_NRNCCELL_SWITCH, CMP_IUR_SHO_DIVCTRL_SWITCH, CMP_UU_ADJACENT_FREQ_CM_SWITCH, CMP_UU_AMR_DRD_HHO_COMPAT_SWITCH, CMP_UU_AMR_SID_MUST_CFG_SWITCH, CMP_UU_FDPCH_COMPAT_SWITCH, CMP_UU_IGNORE_UE_RLC_CAP_SWITCH, CMP_UU_INTRA_FREQ_MC_BESTCELL_CIO_SWITCH, CMP_UU_IOS_CELL_SYNC_INFO_REPORT_SWITCH, CMP_UU_SERV_CELL_CHG_WITH_ASU_SWITCH, CMP_UU_SERV_CELL_CHG_WITH_RB_MOD_SWITCH, CMP_UU_VOIP_UP_PROC_AS_NORMAL_PS_SWITCH, CMP_F2F_RLC_ONESIDE_REBUILD_SWITCH, CMP_D2F_RLC_ONESIDE_REBUILD_SWITCH, CMP_RAB_5_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH, CMP_RAB_6_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH, CMP_RAB_7_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH, CMP_RAB_8_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH, CMP_RAB_9_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH, CMP_HSUPA_MACD_FLOW_MUL_SWITCH, CMP_SMLC_RSLT_MODE_TYPE_SWITCH

Actual Value Range:CMP_IU_IMS_PROC_AS_NORMAL_PS_SWITCH, CMP_IU_QOS_ASYMMETRY_IND_COMPAT_SWITCH, CMP_IU_SYSHOIN_CMP_IUUP_FIXTO1_SWITCH,

Page 112: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-24

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

CMP_IUR_H2D_FOR_LOWR5_NRNCCELL_SWITCH, CMP_IUR_SHO_DIVCTRL_SWITCH, CMP_UU_ADJACENT_FREQ_CM_SWITCH, CMP_UU_AMR_DRD_HHO_COMPAT_SWITCH, CMP_UU_AMR_SID_MUST_CFG_SWITCH, CMP_UU_FDPCH_COMPAT_SWITCH, CMP_UU_IGNORE_UE_RLC_CAP_SWITCH, CMP_UU_INTRA_FREQ_MC_BESTCELL_CIO_SWITCH, CMP_UU_IOS_CELL_SYNC_INFO_REPORT_SWITCH, CMP_UU_SERV_CELL_CHG_WITH_ASU_SWITCH, CMP_UU_SERV_CELL_CHG_WITH_RB_MOD_SWITCH, CMP_UU_VOIP_UP_PROC_AS_NORMAL_PS_SWITCH, CMP_F2F_RLC_ONESIDE_REBUILD_SWITCH, CMP_D2F_RLC_ONESIDE_REBUILD_SWITCH, CMP_RAB_5_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH, CMP_RAB_6_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH, CMP_RAB_7_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH, CMP_RAB_8_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH, CMP_RAB_9_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH, CMP_HSUPA_MACD_FLOW_MUL_SWITCH, CMP_SMLC_RSLT_MODE_TYPE_SWITCH

Unit:None

Default Value:None

CoexistMeasThdChoice

BSC6900

ADD UCELLHOCOMM(Optional)

MOD UCELLHOCOMM(Op

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020303

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on

Meaning:This parameter specifies the event 2D/2F measurement threshold of which measurement type (inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurements) will be used, when inter-frequency and inter-RAT

Page 113: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-25

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

tional) Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

measurements coexist.

When COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ is selected, event 2D/2F measurement thresholds oriented towards inter-frequency configuration are selected.

When COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT is selected, event 2D/2F measurement thresholds oriented towards inter-RAT configuration are selected.

The factors such as the event 2D/2F measurement thresholds for inter-frequency measurement and inter-RAT measurement, inter-frequency and inter-RAT handover decision thresholds, and current handover policy should be considered during setting. For example, if the event 2D threshold for inter-RAT measurement is higher than that for inter-frequency measurement, and inter-frequency neighboring cells are preferred when inter-RAT and inter-frequency neighboring cells coexist, then COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ should be selected.

GUI Value Range:COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ(Choosing the inter-frequency oriented parameters), COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT(Choosing the inter-RAT oriented parameters)

Actual Value Range:COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ, COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT

Unit:None

Default Value:COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ

Page 114: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-26

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

CSHOOut2GloadThd

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERRATHONCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERRATHONCOV(Optional)

MRFD-211404

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

WRFD-070004

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

MBSC Handover based on Load Enhancement

Load Based 3G-2G Handover Enhancement Based on Iur-g

Meaning:This parameter specifies the threshold for 2G load of relocation target, in an inter-RAT handover in CS domain. When the GSM load policy is used, that is, when "NcovHoOn2GldInd" in "SET UINTERRATHONCOV" is set to ON, a non-coverage-based handover to a 2G cell is stopped in a non-coverage-based 3G-to-2G handover procedure if the uplink or downlink normalized load carried in the relocation response message from the 2G system exceeds the value of this parameter.

GUI Value Range:0~100

Actual Value Range:0~1

Unit:%

Default Value:80

CSServiceHOSwitch

BSC6900

ADD UCELLHOCOMM(Optional)

MOD UCELLHOCOMM(Optional)

WRFD-020305

WRFD-070007

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

GSM and UMTS Traffic Steering Based on Iur-g

Meaning:Whether the cell allows inter-RAT handover for CS services.

When the switch is set to ON, the inter-RAT handover for CS services is enabled. When the switch is set to OFF, the inter-RAT handover for CS services is disabled.

Based on the Service Handover Indicator of a service and the related parameter configurations on the network side, related measurements and inter-RAT handover are triggered immediately once a service is set up. This switch is set to ON only when service handover is required. Generally, the switch is set to OFF.

Note that the service handover is triggered only when the Service Handover Indicator is set to HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM and the inter-RAT handover switch for the corresponding service is set to ON. Both conditions are

Page 115: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-27

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

mandatory. For hybrid services, the service handover is not triggered.

GUI Value Range:OFF, ON

Actual Value Range:OFF, ON

Unit:None

Default Value:OFF

CSVoiceOverHspaSuppInd

BSC6900

ADD UNRNC(Optional)

MOD UNRNC(Optional)

WRFD-01061019

HSDPA Dynamic Power Allocation

Meaning:Indicates whether degrade HSPA to DCH procedure is performed before the relocation procedure when the CS services are carried on the HSPA. If this parameter is set to OFF, the HSPA needs to be degraded to the DCH before the relocation procedure. If this parameter is set to ON, the HSPA need not be degraded to the DCH before the relocation procedure.

GUI Value Range:OFF, ON

Actual Value Range:OFF, ON

Unit:None

Default Value:OFF

DcccShoPenaltyTime

BSC6900

SET UINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

WRFD-020202

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Meaning:Length of penalty timer for SHO failure after rate reduction in the active set. When the rate reduction in the active set is performed and the re-attempt for adding the cell to the active set is initiated, the RNC starts the penalty timer for SHO failure if the target cell fails to join the active again. Before the timer expires, the rate increase in the active set is prohibited, but rate reduction is not prohibited. Such penalty strategy is applied in the following scenario: If a cell, for some reason, has high signal strength but heavy load, and cannot be added to the active set throughout by then. This cell may enter the SHO rate reduction evaluation process repeatedly, which results in rate reduction in the active set. If the cell fails to be

Page 116: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-28

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

added to the active set, the rate in the active set may increase during the evaluation process because of the DCCC algorithm. To avoid such rate fluctuation, the RNC uses a strategy of rate increase penalty after the SHO failure again.

GUI Value Range:0~255

Actual Value Range:0~255

Unit:s

Default Value:30

DivCtrlField BSC6900

SET UHOCOMM(Optional)

WRFD-020201

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Meaning:There are two combination methods for uplink combination of soft handover: one is maximum ratio combination at the NodeB Rake receiver, which gives the highest combination gain; the other is selective combination at the RNC, which gives a relatively smaller combination gain. The default value of the indication switch is MAY, which means the NodeB decides whether to implement maximum ratio combination according to its own physical conditions; when MUST is selected, the NodeB is forced to carry out maximum ratio combination which is usually used in tests; when MUST_NOT is selected, the NodeB is forbidden to carry out maximum ratio combination.

Consider the working status (test/normal operation) and the propagation environment when deciding whether to implement softer combination and to adopt which kind of softer combination.

GUI Value Range:MAY(NodeB chooses whether combine at NodeB), MUST(Must combine at NodeB), MUST_NOT(Must combine at RNC)

Actual Value Range:MAY, MUST, MUST_NOT

Page 117: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-29

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

Unit:None

Default Value:MAY

DLQosMcTimerLen

BSC6900

MOD UCELLQOSHO(Optional)

ADD UCELLQOSHO(Optional)

WRFD-020304

WRFD-020309

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS

Meaning:Timer length for downlink QoS measurement.

This parameter controls the time lengths for the inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurement based on QoS.

After inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement starts, if no inter-frequency handover is performed when this timer expires, the measurement is stopped, and the compressed mode is deactivated, if any. If this parameter is set to 0, this indicates that the timer will not be started.

For the inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement based on coverage, the compressed mode can be stopped through reporting event 2F. For measurement that is not based on coverage, event 2F is not reported, and the timer must be set but should not be set to 0.

As for the impact on network performance:

It reduces the influence of long time compressed mode to the serving cell.

The compressed mode may be stopped ahead of time, which can cause the result that the UE fails to initiate inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover, and thus can lead to call drops.

GUI Value Range:0~512

Actual Value Range:0~512

Unit:s

Default Value:20

DlRscpQosHyst

BSC6900

MOD UCELLQOSHO(Optio

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequenc

Meaning:Frequency hysteresis of downlink RSCP QoS.

Page 118: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-30

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

nal)

ADD UCELLQOSHO(Optional)

WRFD-020309

y Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS

This parameter controls the used frequency thresholds for the inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurement based on QoS.

In event mode, if the inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurement events occurred for the downlink QoS reason, the used frequency threshold of the RSCP measurement quantity is equal to the used frequency threshold that is configured on the OMU server in coverage measurement plus this parameter.

As for the impact on network performance:

The larger the value of the parameter is, the more easily event 2B, inter-frequency handover based on QoS, and event 3A, inter-RAT handover based on QoS, can be triggered, and thus the more timely the handover to the target cell can be performed.

GUI Value Range:-15~15

Actual Value Range:-15~15

Unit:dB

Default Value:5

DlSFLimitCMInd

BSC6900

SET UCMCF(Optional)

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020303

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Whether the CM is limited by the downlink spreading factor (SF). Starting the compressed mode is resource consuming for the fast-moving UEs, so this parameter is set to control whether the downlink SF of the current DCH channel should be considered. When this parameter is set to FALSE, the enabling of CM does not consider the SF of the downlink DCH channel; when this parameter is set to TRUE, the enabling of CM considers the SF of the downlink DCH channel.

GUI Value Range:FALSE(Not Limited), TRUE(Limited)

Page 119: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-31

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

Actual Value Range:FALSE, TRUE

Unit:None

Default Value:False

DlSFTurnPoint BSC6900

ADD UCELLCMCF(Optional)

MOD UCELLCMCF(Optional)

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020302

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Downlink compressed mode (CM) implementation mode selection threshold.

When the downlink spreading factor is greater than or equal to the value of this parameter, the SF/2 mode is preferred. Otherwise, the high-layer scheduling mode is preferred.

The SF/2 mode consumes more system resources and therefore this mode is recommended only for low-rate users. The high-layer scheduling mode requires variable multiplexing positions of transport channels and is applicable to a relatively narrow range. In addition, this approach affects the transmission rate of users. Therefore, this mode is recommended only when the SF/2 approach is unavailable or there are high-rate users.

GUI Value Range:D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D256

Actual Value Range:8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256

Unit:None

Default Value:D64

EHSPACMPermissionInd

BSC6900

SET UCMCF(Optional)

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020302

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Whether the compressed mode (CM) can coexist with the HSPA+ service.

If this parameter is set to TRUE: 1. the RNC can enable the CM for HSPA+ services. 2. The HSPA+ services can be enabled when the CM is enabled. If this parameter is set to FALSE: 1. the CM for HSPA+ services can be enabled only after the uplink and downlink H2D (HS-DSCH to DCH) channel switch. 2. The HSPA+ services cannot be

Page 120: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-32

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

enabled when the CM is enabled.

This switch is used for the compatibility of the HSPA+ terminals that do not support CM when HSPA+ is enabled.

GUI Value Range:FALSE(Forbidden), TRUE(Permit)

Actual Value Range:FALSE, TRUE

Unit:None

Default Value:False

HCSPrio BSC6900

ADD UCELLHCS(Optional)

MOD UCELLHCS(Optional)

WRFD-021200

WRFD-010801

WRFD-010802

HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure)

Intra RNC Cell Update

Inter RNC Cell Update

Meaning:HCS priority of the cell belongs to. The parameter depends on HCS rules. For details, refer to 3GPP TS 25.304.

GUI Value Range:0~7

Actual Value Range:0~7

Unit:None

Default Value:0

HHOTRIG BSC6900

ADD UNRNC(Mandatory)

MOD UNRNC(Optional)

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

WRFD-020301

WRFD-040202

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

Intra Frequency Hard Handover

RNC Node Redundancy

Meaning:Indicating whether to trigger hard handover cross the Iur interface between the RNC and the neighboring RNC.

GUI Value Range:OFF, ON

Actual Value Range:OFF, ON

Unit:None

Default Value:None

Page 121: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-33

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

HOCovPrio BSC6900

ADD UINTERFREQNCELL(Optional)

MOD UINTERFREQNCELL(Optional)

WRFD-020302

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Priority for neighboring cell supporting coverage-based inter-frequency handover.

The value "0" indicates that the coverage-based inter-freqency handover is not supported. The value "1" indicates that the cell is assigned with the highest priority for the handover. The value "3" indicates that the cell is assigned with the lowest priority for the handover. If a higher priority is assigned to a cell, the probability for selecting the cell as the measurement object and the target cell for the handover increases. For example, the cell with priority 1 has more chance to select as the measurement object and the target cell for the handover than the cell with priority 2. If multiple inter-frequency neighboring cells use the same UARFCN, the highest priority of these inter-frequency neighboring cells is used as the priority of the UARFCN.

GUI Value Range:0~3

Actual Value Range:0~3

Unit:None

Default Value:2

HoSwitch BSC6900

SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH(Optional)

WRFD-01061006

WRFD-01061204

WRFD-020103

WRFD-020201

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

WRFD-0

HSDPA Mobility Management

HSUPA Mobility Management

Inter Frequency Load Balance

Intra Node B Softer

Meaning:HandOver switch group.

1) HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the RNC evaluates the UE's moving speed in the HCS and initiates fast intra-layer or slow inter-layer handover.

2) HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the LDR inter-frequency handover is allowed during soft handover.

3) HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH:

Page 122: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-34

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

20301

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020304

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

WRFD-020307

WRFD-020308

WRFD-02030801

WRFD-02030802

WRFD-020309

WRFD-021200

WRFD-020129

WRFD-070005

WRFD-070006

WRFD-070007

Handover

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Intra Frequency Hard Handover

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

Video Telephony Fallback to Speech (AMR) for Inter-RAT HO

Inter-RAT Handover Phase 2

When the switch is on, the UE requires that the redirection strategy be used for frequency layer convergence.

4) HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the associated receiving and mobility algorithms of the overlay network are used. When the switch is not on, the associated algorithms are not used. Overlay network is an UTRAN network covering present network, it supports HSPA, MBMS and other new features. To satisfy new requirements of operator and restrictions of present network, overlay network realizes operation distribution and load sharing between new network and present network, also gives special handling for mobility management of network verge.

5) HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the RNC is allowed to initiate inter-frequency measure control or the load-based inter-frequency hard handover upon the handover decision on inter-frequency load.

6) HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the RNC is allowed to initiate inter-frequency measure control and the CS inter-RAT hard handover from the 3G network to the 2G network.

7) HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the NACC function is supported during the PS inter-RAT handover from the 3G network to the 2G network in the cell change order process. When the switch is not on, the NACC function is not supported. When PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH is ON, this switch is useless.

Page 123: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-35

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

NACC(Network Assisted Cell Change)

PS Handover Between UMTS and GPRS

Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS

HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure)

Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE

NACC Procedure Optimization Based on Iur-g between GSM and UMTS

GSM and UMTS Load Balancing Based on Iur-g

GSM and UMTS Traffic Steering Based on Iur-g

When the NACC function is supported, the UE skips the reading procedure as the SI/PSI of the target cell is provided after the UE accesses the 2G cell. Thus, the delay of inter-cell handover is reduced.

8) HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the PS inter-RAT handover from the 3G network to the 2G network is performed in the relocation process. When the switch is not on, the PS inter-RAT handover from the 3G network to the 2G network is performed in the cell change order process.

9) HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the RNC is allowed to initiate inter-frequency measure control and the PS inter-RAT hard handover from the 3G network to the 2G network.

10) HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the attributes of inter-RAT handover of the services are based on the configuration of RNC parameters. When the switch is not on, the attributes are set on the basis of the CN. If no information is provided by the CN, the attributes are then based on the RNC parameters.

11) HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the cells in the detected set from which the RNC receives their valid event reports can be added to the active set. The cells allowed to be added to the active set must be the neighboring cells of the cells in the active set.

12) HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_RPR

Page 124: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-36

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

T_SWITCH: When the switch is on, statistics on the intra-frequency measurement reports of the detected set are taken.

13) HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the RNC is allowed to initiate the intra-frequency hard handover.

14) HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the event 1J is included in the delivery of intra-frequency measurement control if the UE version is R6.

15) HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the cells on the RNC can active the soft handover. When the RNC receives reports on the events 1A, 1B, 1C, or 1D, associated addition, removal, and replacement of handover cell of the soft handover are initiated.

16) HO_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_UE_CAP_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the neighboring cell whose frequency band is beyond the UE's capabilities can also be delivered in the inter-frequency measurement list.

17) HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the neighboring cell combined algorithm is used during the delivery of the objects to be measured. When the switch is not on, the optimal cell algorithm is used.

18) HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR_INTRA_SWITCH: When the switch is on, intra-frequency handover is allowed over the Iur interface if the UE has only signaling.

19) HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITCH: When the switch is on, quality

Page 125: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-37

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

measurement on the active set is delivered after signaling setup but before service setup. If the UE is at the cell verge or receives weak signals after accessing the network, the RNC can trigger inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover when the UE sets up the RRC.

20) HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the RNC controls the UEs in the connected state based on the configurations on the CN. The UEs can only access and move in authorized cells.

21) HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH: This bit field is added under "Handover Algorithm Switch". HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH is the switch for the handover and redirection from UMTS to LTE. The meaning of the bit field is as follows:

When this bit field is selected, this switch is set to ON. In this case, the RNC is allowed to send an LTE MEASUREMENT CONTROL message to the UE and to initiate an inter-RAT PS handover and redirection from UMTS to LTE. When this bit field is not selected, this switch is set to OFF. In this case, the RNC is not allowed to send an LTE MEASUREMENT CONTROL message to the UE or to initiate an inter-RAT PS handover and redirection from UMTS to LTE. This switch is valid in redirection scenarios only because the current version does not support the PS handover from UMTS to LTE.

22) HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH: This bit field is added under "Redirection Algorithm Switch". HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH is the switch for the service-based redirection from UMTS to LTE. The meaning of the

Page 126: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-38

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

bit field is as follows:

When this bit field is selected, this switch is set to ON. In this case, the RNC is allowed to send an LTE MEASUREMENT CONTROL message to the UE based on service and to initiate an inter-RAT PS service-based redirection from UMTS to LTE. When this bit field is not selected, this switch is set to OFF. In this case, the RNC is not allowed to send an LTE MEASUREMENT CONTROL message to the UE based on service or to initiate an inter-RAT PS service-based redirection from UMTS to LTE.

23) HO_H2G_SRVCC_SWITCH :This bit is a Single Radio Voice Call Continuity (SRVCC) switch for the VoIP service that is handed over to GERAN. SRVCC ensures the continuity of voice services that are handed over between the CS domain and the IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS).

The meaning of the bit is as follows:

When it is set to "ON", it indicates that the VoIP service can be handed over to GERAN through SRVCC procedure.

When it is set to "OFF", it indicates that the VoIP service cannot be handed over to GERAN through SRVCC procedure.

GUI Value Range:HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH, HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH, HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH, HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH, HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH, HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH, HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELL

Page 127: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-39

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

CHG_NACC_SWITCH, HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH, HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH, HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITCH, HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET_SWITCH, HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH, HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH, HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWITCH, HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH, HO_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_UE_CAP_SWITCH, HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH, HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR_INTRA_SWITCH, HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITCH, HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH, HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH, HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH, HO_H2G_SRVCC_SWITCH

Actual Value Range:HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH, HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH, HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH, HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH, HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH, HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH, HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_SWITCH, HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH, HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH, HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITCH, HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET_SWITCH, HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH, HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_S

Page 128: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-40

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

WITCH, HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWITCH, HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH, HO_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_UE_CAP_SWITCH, HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH, HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR_INTRA_SWITCH, HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITCH, HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH, HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH, HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH, HO_H2G_SRVCC_SWITCH

Unit:None

Default Value:None

HsdpaCMPermissionInd

BSC6900

SET UCMCF(Optional)

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020302

WRFD-01061006

WRFD-01061204

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

HSDPA Mobility Management

HSUPA Mobility Management

Meaning:Whether the compressed mode (CM) can coexist with the HSDPA service. If this parameter is set to TRUE: 1. the RNC can enable the CM for HSDPA services. 2. The HSDPA services can be enabled when the CM is enabled. If this parameter is set to FALSE: 1. the CM for HSDPA services can be enabled only after the H2D (HS-DSCH to DCH) channel switch. 2. The HSDPA services cannot be enabled when the CM is enabled.

This switch is used for the compatibility of the HSDPA terminals that do not support CM when HSDPA is enabled.

GUI Value Range:FALSE(Forbidden), TRUE(Permit)

Actual Value Range:FALSE, TRUE

Unit:None

Default Value:True

HspaTimerLen BSC6900

SET UHOCOMM(Optional)

WRFD-01061006

WRFD-0

HSDPA Mobility Managem

Meaning:HSPA serving cell change is usually triggered by event 1D. To avoid frequent serving cell change which may affect the system

Page 129: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-41

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

1061204 ent

HSUPA Mobility Management

performance, a protection timer TimerHSPA is needed. This timer shall be started upon HSPA serving cell changed, i.e. the serving HSDSCH cell changed or the EDCH serving cell changed. And no more 1D-triggered serving cell change shall be performed until the timer expires. However, this timer shall not restrict HSPA serving cell change to another cell in the active set if current serving cell is to be removed from the active set. The value 0 means this timer shall not be started and serving cell change be initiated immediately.

GUI Value Range:0~1024

Actual Value Range:0~1024

Unit:s

Default Value:0

HsupaCMPermissionInd

BSC6900

SET UCMCF(Optional)

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020302

WRFD-01061006

WRFD-01061204

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

HSDPA Mobility Management

HSUPA Mobility Management

Meaning:Whether the compressed mode (CM) can coexist with the HSUPA service. If this parameter is set to Permit: 1. the RNC can enable the CM for HSUPA services. 2. The HSUPA services can be enabled when the CM is enabled. If this parameter is set to Limited: 1. the CM for HSUPA services can be enabled only after the E2D (E-DCH to DCH) channel switch. 2. The HSUPA services cannot be enabled when the CM is enabled. If this parameter is set to BasedonUECap, the RNC determines whether CM can be enabled for HSUPA services and whether HSUPA services can be enabled when the CM is enabled by considering the UE capability.

This switch is used for the compatibility of the HSUPA terminals that do not support CM when HSUPA is enabled.

GUI Value Range:Limited, Permit, BasedOnUECap(Based On UE Capability)

Page 130: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-42

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

Actual Value Range:Limited, Permit, BasedOnUECap

Unit:None

Default Value:BasedOnUECap

HystFor1A BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Meaning:This parameter specifies the hysteretic value for event 1A. The value of this parameter is associated with the slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the number of ping-pong handovers and the number of incorrect handovers reduce; however, the handover may not be triggered in time. For details on the definition of this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.331. Event 1A, as a key event, refers to the event triggered when a cell is added to the active set. To ensure that the handover is triggered in time, the hysteresis for event 1A should be a little smaller than the hysteresises used for events 1B, 1F, 1C, and 1D. If the difference between the hysteresises is too great, the ratio of soft handovers (SHOs) may be affected. In addition, filter coefficient and interval time must be considered in setting this parameter.

GUI Value Range:0~15

Actual Value Range:0~7.5

Unit:0.5dB

Default Value:0

HystFor1B BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Meaning:This parameter specifies the hysteretic value for event 1B. The value of this parameter is associated with the slow fading, and it can be used to reduce ping-pong handovers and incorrect handovers. For details on the definition of this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.331.In addition, filter coefficient and interval time must be considered in setting this parameter.

Page 131: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-43

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

GUI Value Range:0~15

Actual Value Range:0~7.5

Unit:0.5dB

Default Value:0

HystFor1C BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Meaning:This parameter specifies the hysteretic value for event 1C. The value of this parameter is associated with the slow fading, and it can be used to reduce ping-pong handovers and incorrect handovers. For details on the definition of this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.331.In addition, filter coefficient and interval time must be considered in setting this parameter.

GUI Value Range:0~15

Actual Value Range:0~7.5

Unit:0.5dB

Default Value:8

HystFor1D BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Meaning:This parameter specifies the hysteretic value for event 1D. The value of this parameter is associated with the slow fading, and it can be used to reduce ping-pong handovers and incorrect handovers. For details on the definition of this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.331.In addition, filter coefficient and interval time must be considered in setting this parameter.

GUI Value Range:0~15

Actual Value Range:0~7.5

Unit:0.5dB

Default Value:8

HystFor1F BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

WRFD-0

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Meaning:This parameter specifies the hysteretic value for event 1F. The value of this parameter is associated with the slow fading, and it can be used to reduce ping-pong handovers and incorrect handovers. For details on the definition of this

Page 132: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-44

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

20302 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.331. In addition, filter coefficient and interval time must be considered in setting this parameter.

GUI Value Range:0~15

Actual Value Range:0~7.5

Unit:0.5dB

Default Value:8

HystFor1J BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Meaning:This parameter specifies the hysteretic value for event 1J. The value of this parameter is associated with the slow fading, and it can be used to reduce ping-pong handovers and incorrect handovers. For details on the definition of this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.331.In addition, filter coefficient and interval time must be considered in setting this parameter.

GUI Value Range:0~15

Actual Value Range:0~7.5

Unit:0.5dB

Default Value:8

HystFor2B BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020302

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Hysteresis for triggering event 2B.

The value of this parameter is associated with the slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the ability of resisting signal fluctuation improves and the number of ping-pong handovers decreases; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to the signal change and thus event 2B may not be triggered in time.

GUI Value Range:0~29

Actual Value Range:0~14.5

Unit:0.5dB/ 0.5dBm

Default Value:4

Page 133: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-45

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

Hystfor2C BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERFREQHONCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERFREQHONCOV(Optional)

WRFD-021200

WRFD-020402

HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure)

Measurement Based Direct Retry

Meaning:Hysteresis used for event 2C.

The value of this parameter is associated with the slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the ability of resisting signal fluctuation improves and the number of ping-pong handovers decreases; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to the signal change and thus event 2C may not be triggered in time.

GUI Value Range:0~29

Actual Value Range:0~14.5

Unit:0.5dB

Default Value:6

HystFor2D BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020302

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Hysteresis for triggering event 2D.

The value of this parameter is associated with the slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of ping-pong reporting of event 2D and event 2F reduces and the number of incorrect decisions on event 2D decreases; however, event 2D may not be triggered in time.

When "InterFreqReportMode" is set to PERIODICAL_REPORTING, the hysteresis in active set quality measurement is used to prevent the ping-pong reporting of event 2D (triggered when the estimated quality of the frequency in use is lower than the threshold) and event 2F (triggered when the estimated quality of the frequency in use is higher than the threshold). Event 2D is used to enable the compression mode and event 2F is used to disable the compression mode. To prevent the compression mode from being frequently enabled and disabled, you can set "Hystfor2D" and "Hystfor2F" to be greater than

Page 134: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-46

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

their recommended values according to the statistics of the ping-pong inter-frequency handover.

To set "Hystfor2D" and "Hystfor2F", you should consider the radio environment (with slow fading characteristics), actual handover distance, and moving speed of the UE. The value of this parameter ranges from 2 dB to 5 dB. In addition, filter coefficient and trigger delay must be considered in setting this parameter.

GUI Value Range:0~29

Actual Value Range:0~14.5

Unit:0.5dB/ 0.5dBm

Default Value:4

HystFor2F BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020302

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Hysteresis for triggering event 2F.

The value of this parameter is associated with the slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of ping-pong reporting of event 2D and event 2F reduces and the number of incorrect decisions on event 2F decrease; however, event 2F may not be triggered in time.

When "InterFreqReportMode" is set to PERIODICAL_REPORTING, the hysteresis in active set quality measurement is used to prevent the ping-pong reporting of event 2D (triggered when the estimated quality of the frequency in use is lower than the threshold) and event 2F (triggered when the estimated quality of the frequency in use is higher than the threshold). Event 2D is used to enable the compression mode and event 2F is used to disable the compression mode. To prevent the compression mode from being frequently enabled and disabled, you can set "Hystfor2D"

Page 135: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-47

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

and "Hystfor2F" to be greater than their recommended values according to the statistics of the ping-pong inter-frequency handover.

To set "Hystfor2D" and "Hystfor2F", you should consider the radio environment (with slow fading characteristics), actual handover distance, and moving speed of the UE. The value of this parameter ranges from 2 dB to 5 dB. In addition, filter coefficient and trigger delay must be considered in setting this parameter.

GUI Value Range:0~29

Actual Value Range:0~14.5

Unit:0.5dB/ 0.5dBm

Default Value:4

Hystfor3C BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERRATHONCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERRATHONCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

WRFD-020402

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

Measurement Based Direct Retry

Meaning:Hysteresis used for event 3C.

The value of this parameter is associated with the slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the ability of resisting signal fluctuation improves and the number of ping-pong handovers decreases; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to the signal change. If this parameter is set to a too large value, the cell of another RAT where the UE needs to be handed over to must be of good quality. Therefore, the criterion for triggering the inter-RAT handover decision is hard to be fulfilled, and the call drop rate increases.

The emulation result shows that in a cell where the average moving speed of UEs is high (for example, a cell that covers highways), this parameter can be set to a smaller value 1.5 dB, because in the cell the terrain is flat, barriers are fewer, and thus the shadow fading variation is

Page 136: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-48

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

small. In a cell where the average moving speed of UEs is low, this parameter can be set to a larger value 3.0 dB, because there are usually many tall buildings and thus the shadow fading variation is comparatively high.

GUI Value Range:0~15

Actual Value Range:0~7.5

Unit:0.5dB

Default Value:0

HystforInterRAT

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020303

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Hysteresis for inter-RAT periodical reporting.

This parameter is used to avoid incorrect decisions caused by unexpected jitters of signals during inter-RAT handover decisions. HystforInterRAT and the inter-RAT handover decision threshold determine whether to trigger inter-RAT handovers.

If this parameter is set to a greater value, the ability of resisting signal fluctuation improves and the number of ping-pong handovers decreases; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to the signal change. If this parameter is set to a larger value, the cell of another RAT where the UE needs to be handed over to must be of good quality. Therefore, the criteria for triggering the inter-RAT handover decision is hard to be fulfilled, and the call drop rate will increase.

The emulation result shows that in a cell where the average moving speed of UEs is high (for example, a cell that covers highways), this parameter can be set to a smaller value 1.5 dB, because in the cell the terrain is flat, barriers are fewer, and thus the shadow fading variation is small. In a cell where the average moving speed of UEs is low, this

Page 137: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-49

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

parameter can be set to a larger value 3.0 dB, because there are usually many tall buildings and thus the shadow fading variation is comparatively high.

GUI Value Range:0~15

Actual Value Range:0~7.5

Unit:0.5dB

Default Value:0

HystForPrdInterFreq

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020402

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Measurement Based Direct Retry

Meaning:Hysteresis in the inter-frequency hard handover triggered by the periodic measurement report.

This parameter is used to estimate the inter-frequency handover on the RNC side. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the ability of resisting signal fluctuation improves and the number of ping-pong handovers decreases; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to the signal change and thus the handover may not be triggered in time.

GUI Value Range:0~29

Actual Value Range:0~14.5

Unit:0.5dB/ 0.5dBm

Default Value:0

IFAntiPingpangTimerLength

BSC6900

SET UHOCOMM(Optional)

WRFD-01061006

WRFD-01061204

HSDPA Mobility Management

HSUPA Mobility Management

Meaning:After the coverage based handover succeeds, to avoid the handover of the UE to another frequency due to the following factors: overload, speed estimation, MBMS channel reselection, and QoS, frequent handovers occur. The RNC will start the inter-frequency non-coverage based anti-ping-pong timer and prohibit the handover or measurement caused by the previous factors before the timeout of the timer. The larger this parameter, the better effect the anti-frequent handover. This,

Page 138: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-50

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

however, will affect the management policy of the cell or the quality of service felt by the users; the smaller this parameter, the more frequent the inter-frequency handover.

GUI Value Range:0~120

Actual Value Range:0~120

Unit:s

Default Value:30

InterFreqCSThd2DEcN0

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020302

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Ec/No threshold of triggering the inter-frequency measurement for CS services.

The threshold of triggering the inter-frequency measurement (namely, threshold of enabling the compression mode) is a key parameter in the inter-frequency handover policy. The setting of this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compression mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. To set this parameter, consider the following factors: moving speed of the UE and cell radius.

When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for CS services, the UE reports event 2D when the measured Ec/No value is lower than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to activate the compression mode and start the inter-frequency measurement.

For the UE moving at a speed of 5 km/h, the recommended threshold is -17 dB; for the UE moving at a speed of 50 km/h, the recommended threshold is -14 dB; for the UE moving at a speed of 120 km/h, the recommended threshold is -12 dB.

For the cell in which the UEs are moving at various speeds, set this parameter to -14 dB. The emulation

Page 139: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-51

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

result shows that the call drop rate remains low for the UEs moving at a speed of 120 km/h when this parameter is set to -14 dB.

Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compression mode respectively. To enable the compression mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compression mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F.

GUI Value Range:-24~0

Actual Value Range:-24~0

Unit:dB

Default Value:-14

InterFreqCSThd2DRSCP

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020302

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:RSCP threshold of triggering the inter-frequency measurement for CS services.

The threshold of triggering the inter-frequency measurement (namely, threshold of enabling the compression mode) is a key parameter in the inter-frequency handover policy. The setting of this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compression mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. To set this parameter, consider the following factors: moving speed of the UE and cell radius.

When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for CS services, the UE reports event 2D when the measured RSCP value is lower than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to activate the compression mode and start the inter-frequency measurement.

For the UE moving at a speed of 5

Page 140: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-52

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

km/h, the recommended threshold is -100 dBm; for the UE moving at a speed of 50 km/h, the recommended threshold is -97 dBm; for the UE moving at a speed of 120 km/h, the recommended threshold is -93 dBm.

For the cell in which the UEs are moving at various speeds, set this parameter to -95 dBm. The emulation result shows that the call drop rate remains low for the UEs moving at a speed of 120 km/h when this parameter is set to -95 dBm.

Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compression mode respectively. To enable the compression mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compression mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F.

When the signals at the entrance to an elevator or a subway change too fast to perform handover, set this parameter to -90 dBm to enable the compression mode earlier.

GUI Value Range:-115~-25

Actual Value Range:-115~-25

Unit:dBm

Default Value:-95

InterFreqCSThd2FEcN0

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020302

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Ec/No threshold of stopping the inter-frequency measurement for CS services.

The threshold of stopping the inter-frequency measurement (namely, threshold of disabling the compression mode) is a key parameter in the inter-frequency handover policy. The setting of this parameter affects the proportion of

Page 141: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-53

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

the UEs in compression mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. To set this parameter, consider the following factors: moving speed of the UE and cell radius.

When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for CS services, the UE reports event 2F when the measured Ec/No value is higher than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to disable the compression mode and stop the inter-frequency measurement.

Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compression mode respectively. To enable the compression mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compression mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F.

GUI Value Range:-24~0

Actual Value Range:-24~0

Unit:dB

Default Value:-12

InterFreqCSThd2FRSCP

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020302

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:RSCP threshold of stopping the inter-frequency measurement for CS services.

The threshold of stopping the inter-frequency measurement (namely, threshold of disabling the compression mode) is a key parameter in the inter-frequency handover policy. The setting of this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compression mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. To set this parameter, consider the following factors: moving speed of the UE and cell

Page 142: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-54

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

radius.

When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for CS services, the UE reports event 2F when the measured RSCP value is higher than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to disable the compression mode and stop the inter-frequency measurement.

Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compression mode respectively. To enable the compression mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compression mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F.

GUI Value Range:-115~-25

Actual Value Range:-115~-25

Unit:dBm

Default Value:-92

InterFreqHThd2DEcN0

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020302

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Ec/No threshold of triggering the inter-frequency measurement for HSPA services.

The threshold of triggering the inter-frequency measurement (namely, threshold of enabling the compression mode) is a key parameter in the inter-frequency handover policy. The setting of this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compression mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. To set this parameter, consider the following factors: moving speed of the UE and cell radius.

When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for HSPA services, the UE reports event 2D when the measured Ec/No value is

Page 143: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-55

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

lower than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to activate the compression mode and start the inter-frequency measurement.

For the UE moving at a speed of 5 km/h, the recommended threshold is -17 dB; for the UE moving at a speed of 50 km/h, the recommended threshold is -14 dB; for the UE moving at a speed of 120 km/h, the recommended threshold is -12 dB.

For the cell in which the UEs are moving at various speeds, set this parameter to -14 dB. The emulation result shows that the call drop rate remains low for the UEs moving at a speed of 120 km/h when this parameter is set to -14 dB.

Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compression mode respectively. To enable the compression mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compression mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F.

GUI Value Range:-24~0

Actual Value Range:-24~0

Unit:dB

Default Value:-14

InterFreqHThd2DRSCP

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020302

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:RSCP threshold of triggering the inter-frequency measurement for HSPA services.

The threshold of triggering the inter-frequency measurement (namely, threshold of enabling the compression mode) is a key parameter in the inter-frequency handover policy. The setting of this parameter affects the proportion of

Page 144: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-56

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

the UEs in compression mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. To set this parameter, consider the following factors: moving speed of the UE and cell radius.

When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for HSPA services, the UE reports event 2D when the measured RSCP value is lower than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to activate the compression mode and start the inter-frequency measurement.

For the UE moving at a speed of 5 km/h, the recommended threshold is -100 dBm; for the UE moving at a speed of 50 km/h, the recommended threshold is -97 dBm; for the UE moving at a speed of 120 km/h, the recommended threshold is -93 dBm.

For the cell in which the UEs are moving at various speeds, set this parameter to -95 dBm. The emulation result shows that the call drop rate remains low for the UEs moving at a speed of 120 km/h when this parameter is set to -95 dBm.

Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compression mode respectively. To enable the compression mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compression mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F.

When the signals at the entrance to an elevator or a subway change too fast to perform handover, set this parameter to -90 dBm to enable the compression mode earlier.

Page 145: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-57

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

GUI Value Range:-115~-25

Actual Value Range:-115~-25

Unit:dBm

Default Value:-95

InterFreqHThd2FEcN0

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020302

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Ec/No threshold of stopping the inter-frequency measurement for HSPA services.

The threshold of stopping the inter-frequency measurement (namely, threshold of disabling the compression mode) is a key parameter in the inter-frequency handover policy. The setting of this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compression mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. To set this parameter, consider the following factors: moving speed of the UE and cell radius.

When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for HSPA services, the UE reports event 2F when the measured Ec/No value is higher than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to disable the compression mode and stop the inter-frequency measurement.

Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compression mode respectively. To enable the compression mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compression mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F.

GUI Value Range:-24~0

Actual Value Range:-24~0

Unit:dB

Page 146: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-58

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

Default Value:-12

InterFreqHThd2FRSCP

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020302

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:RSCP threshold of stopping the inter-frequency measurement for HSPA services.

The threshold of stopping the inter-frequency measurement (namely, threshold of disabling the compression mode) is a key parameter in the inter-frequency handover policy. The setting of this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compression mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. To set this parameter, consider the following factors: moving speed of the UE and cell radius.

When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for HSPA services, the UE reports event 2F when the measured RSCP value is higher than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to disable the compression mode and stop the inter-frequency measurement.

Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compression mode respectively. To enable the compression mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compression mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F.

GUI Value Range:-115~-25

Actual Value Range:-115~-25

Unit:dBm

Default Value:-92

InterFreqLDHOMethodSelec

BSC6900

ADD UCELLLDR(Optional)

WRFD-020106

Load Reshufflin

Meaning:This parameter specifies load handover method.When

Page 147: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-59

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

tion MOD UCELLLDR(Optional)

WRFD-020160

g

Enhanced Multiband Management

network is composed of same frequency band,Blind Handover

method is suggested .Otherwise,Measure handover is suggested

.

GUI Value Range:BLINDHO(BLINDHO), MEASUREHO(MEASUREHO)

Actual Value Range:BLINDHO, MEASUREHO

Unit:None

Default Value:BLINDHO

InterFreqMeasTime

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

WRFD-021200

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure)

Meaning:Length of the timer for the inter-frequency measurement.

If the inter-frequency handover is not performed before this timer expires, the inter-frequency measurement is stopped and the compression mode is disabled (if enabled before). The value 0 indicates that this timer is not to be started.

This parameter is used to prevent the long duration of the inter-frequency measurement state (compression mode) due to unavailability of a target cell that meets the handover criteria.

GUI Value Range:0~512

Actual Value Range:0~512

Unit:s

Default Value:60

InterFreqNCovHOThdEcN0

BSC6900

SET UINTERFREQHONCOV(Optional)

WRFD-021200

HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure)

Meaning:Threshold of signal quality of the target frequency for triggering inter-frequency measurement.

This parameter is used to set measurement control on the event 2C.

The event 2C is triggered when the

Page 148: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-60

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

signal quality of the target frequency is above this threshold.

GUI Value Range:-24~0

Actual Value Range:-24~0

Unit:dB

Default Value:-16

InterFreqR99PsThd2DEcN0

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020302

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Ec/No threshold of triggering the inter-frequency measurement for PS non-HSPA services.

The threshold of triggering the inter-frequency measurement (namely, threshold of enabling the compression mode) is a key parameter in the inter-frequency handover policy. The setting of this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compression mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. To set this parameter, consider the following factors: moving speed of the UE and cell radius.

When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for PS non-HSPA services, the UE reports event 2D when the measured Ec/No value is lower than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to activate the compression mode and start the inter-frequency measurement.

For the UE moving at a speed of 5 km/h, the recommended threshold is -17 dB; for the UE moving at a speed of 50 km/h, the recommended threshold is -14 dB; for the UE moving at a speed of 120 km/h, the recommended threshold is -12 dB.

For the cell in which the UEs are moving at various speeds, set this parameter to -14 dB. The emulation result shows that the call drop rate remains low for the UEs moving at a speed of 120 km/h when this

Page 149: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-61

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

parameter is set to -14 dB.

Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compression mode respectively. To enable the compression mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compression mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F.

GUI Value Range:-24~0

Actual Value Range:-24~0

Unit:dB

Default Value:-14

InterFreqR99PsThd2DRSCP

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020302

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:RSCP threshold of triggering the inter-frequency measurement for PS non-HSPA services.

The threshold of triggering the inter-frequency measurement (namely, threshold of enabling the compression mode) is a key parameter in the inter-frequency handover policy. The setting of this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compression mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. To set this parameter, consider the following factors: moving speed of the UE and cell radius.

When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for HSPA services, the UE reports event 2D when the measured RSCP value is lower than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to activate the compression mode and start the inter-frequency measurement.

For the UE moving at a speed of 5 km/h, the recommended threshold is -100 dBm; for the UE moving at a

Page 150: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-62

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

speed of 50 km/h, the recommended threshold is -97 dBm; for the UE moving at a speed of 120 km/h, the recommended threshold is -93 dBm.

For the cell in which the UEs are moving at various speeds, set this parameter to -95 dBm. The emulation result shows that the call drop rate remains low for the UEs moving at a speed of 120 km/h when this parameter is set to -95 dBm.

Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compression mode respectively. To enable the compression mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compression mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F.

When the signals at the entrance to an elevator or a subway change too fast to perform handover, set this parameter to -90 dBm to enable the compression mode earlier.

GUI Value Range:-115~-25

Actual Value Range:-115~-25

Unit:dBm

Default Value:-95

InterFreqR99PsThd2FEcN0

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020302

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Ec/No threshold of stopping the inter-frequency measurement for PS non-HSPA services.

The threshold of stopping the inter-frequency measurement (namely, threshold of disabling the compression mode) is a key parameter in the inter-frequency handover policy. The setting of this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compression mode in a

Page 151: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-63

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

cell and the success rate of the hard handover. To set this parameter, consider the following factors: moving speed of the UE and cell radius.

When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for PS non-HSPA services, the UE reports event 2F when the measured Ec/No value is higher than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to disable the compression mode and stop the inter-frequency measurement.

Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compression mode respectively. To enable the compression mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compression mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F.

GUI Value Range:-24~0

Actual Value Range:-24~0

Unit:dB

Default Value:-12

InterFreqR99PsThd2FRSCP

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020302

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:RSCP threshold of stopping the inter-frequency measurement for PS non-HSPA services.

The threshold of stopping the inter-frequency measurement (namely, threshold of disabling the compression mode) is a key parameter in the inter-frequency handover policy. The setting of this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compression mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. To set this parameter, consider the following factors: moving speed of the UE and cell

Page 152: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-64

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

radius.

When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for PS non-HSPA services, the UE reports event 2F when the measured RSCP value is higher than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to disable the compression mode and stop the inter-frequency measurement.

Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compression mode respectively. To enable the compression mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compression mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F.

GUI Value Range:-115~-25

Actual Value Range:-115~-25

Unit:dBm

Default Value:-92

InterFreqRATSwitch

BSC6900

ADD UCELLHOCOMM(Optional)

MOD UCELLHOCOMM(Optional)

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020303

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Cell-level switch for controlling inter-frequency and inter-RAT handover.

When inter-frequency and inter-RAT cells coexist, the parameter should be configured according to actual handover policies.

When INTERFREQ is selected, only inter-frequency neighboring cells are measured and inter-frequency handover is performed.

When INTERRAT is selected, only GSM neighboring cells are measured and inter-RAT handover is performed.

When SIMINTERFREQRAT is selected, both inter-frequency and

Page 153: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-65

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

inter-RAT cells are measured, and the handover is performed according to the type of the cell that first meets the handover decision criteria.

GUI Value Range:INTERFREQ(inter-frequency handover only), INTERRAT(inter-RAT handover only), SIMINTERFREQRAT(inter-frequency and inter-RAT handover)

Actual Value Range:INTERFREQ, INTERRAT, SIMINTERFREQRAT

Unit:None

Default Value:SIMINTERFREQRAT

InterFreqReportMode

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020302

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Cell-oriented inter-frequency measurement report mode

If this parameter is set to PERIODICAL_REPORTING, measurement reports are periodically reported. If this parameter is set to EVENT_TRIGGER, measurement reports are reported by triggering the event.

There are two inter-frequency handover report modes in the RNC, namely, event-triggered report and periodical report. The report mode is selected by setting the inter-frequency report mode switch that is RNC-oriented.

Event-triggered report mode

In this mode, event 2B is used to decide whether to trigger inter-frequency handover. This prevents the ping-pong handover (The quality of the currently used frequency is lower than the absolute threshold "used frequency quality threshold", and the quality of the unused frequency is higher than another absolute threshold "target frequency trigger threshold"). Event

Page 154: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-66

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

2B cannot change from event-triggered mode to periodical mode. When event-triggered measurement report mode is selected, Ec/No and RSCP are both used as the measurement quantity for inter-frequency measurement.The advantage of event-triggered report mode is that the signaling transmission and processing load are saved. Comparing the signal quality between intra-frequency and inter-frequency handovers, the ping-pong effect in handover is prevented to some extent. The disadvantage of event-triggered report mode is that the event is reported only once and cannot be changed to periodical mode. For the cell-oriented algorithm parameters, each time when the best cell is updated, the inter-frequency measurement parameters should be updated accordingly.

Periodical report mode

In this mode, event 2D/2F is used to start and stop the compressed mode, and to periodically report the inter-frequency cell measurement result in compressed mode. When the cell quality reported by the UE is higher than the absolute threshold plus hysteresis, the triggering delay timer is started. If the conditions are always met before the timer expires, the inter-frequency handover is started after the timer expires.

If the handover fails, the handover decision is performed, according to the periodical inter-frequency measurement report.

The advantage of the periodical measurement report mode is that it can repeatedly perform direct retry on the same cell when the handover fails, and that the following algorithms can be flexibly developed. For the cell-oriented algorithm parameters, the UE need

Page 155: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-67

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

not be informed through signaling but the cell need be updated only when the handover decision is performed in the RNC. The disadvantage of the periodical measurement report mode is that it requires large amount of signaling and increases the load on the air interface and for signaling processing.

As for the impact on network performance,the two measurement report modes have both advantages and disadvantages. Currently, the traditional periodical report mode is preferred.

GUI Value Range:PERIODICAL_REPORTING(Periodical reporting), EVENT_TRIGGER(Event trigger)

Actual Value Range:PERIODICAL_REPORTING, EVENT_TRIGGER

Unit:None

Default Value:PERIODICAL_REPORTING

InterRATCSThd2DEcN0

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020303

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Threshold of triggering inter-RAT measurement for CS services when measurement quantity is Ec/No.

The threshold of triggering the inter-RAT measurement (the threshold of enabling the compressed mode) is a key parameter in the inter-RAT handover policy. The setting of this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compressed mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. The setting of this parameter should consider two factors, moving speed of the UE and cell radius.

When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for CS services, the UE reports event 2D

Page 156: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-68

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

when the measured Ec/No value is lower than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to enable the compressed mode and start inter-RAT measurement.

For the UE moving at a speed of 5 km/h, the recommended threshold is -17 dB; for the UE moving at a speed of 50 km/h, the recommended threshold is -14 dB; for the UE moving at a speed of 120 km/h, the recommended threshold is -12 dB. In actual networks, set this parameter to -14 dB because the UEs in a cell usually move at different speeds. The emulation result shows that the call drop rate remains low for the UEs moving at a speed of 120 km/h when this parameter is set to -14 dB.

If the cell is a macro cell, it indicates that micro cells exist in this cell. To enable the micro cells to handle more traffic, the compressed mode start and stop thresholds should be set higher, that is, the thresholds for events 2D and 2F using CPICH RSCP are set higher.

If the cell is a micro cell, the default value should be modified according to the link budgeting result.

Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compressed mode respectively. When the cell is located in the center of the frequency coverage or the inter-frequency measurement quantity uses both Ec/No and RSCP, then the Ec/No value is used as the criterion for events 2D and 2F. To enable the compressed mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compressed mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F.

Page 157: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-69

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compressed mode respectively in inter-RAT measurement. The requirements on the signal quality and inter-RAT handover policies vary with the service type. Therefore, the thresholds of enabling and disabling inter-RAT measurement are distinguished by CS, PS, and signaling.

To enable the compressed mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compressed mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F.

GUI Value Range:-24~0

Actual Value Range:-24~0

Unit:dB

Default Value:-14

InterRATCSThd2DRSCP

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020303

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Threshold of triggering inter-RAT measurement for CS services when measurement quantity is RSCP.

When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for CS services, the UE reports event 2D when the measured RSCP value is lower than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to enable the compressed mode and start the inter-RAT measurement.

To enable the compressed mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compressed mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F.

In most cases, users want to be

Page 158: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-70

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

maintained within a 3G network. Therefore, the start threshold of the inter-RAT measurement is set smaller than that of the inter-frequency measurement in order to trigger inter-frequency easily. In scenarios where inter-frequency neighboring cells are unavailable or where inter-frequency coverage is insufficient, the inter-RAT measurement start threshold should be set relatively larger in order to trigger inter-RAT measurement easily, thus reducing call drops.

GUI Value Range:-115~-25

Actual Value Range:-115~-25

Unit:dBm

Default Value:-100

InterRATCSThd2FEcN0

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020303

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Threshold of stopping inter-RAT measurement for CS services when measurement quantity is Ec/No.

The threshold of stopping the inter-RAT measurement (the threshold of disabling the compressed mode) is a key parameter in the inter-RAT handover policy. The setting of this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compressed mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. The setting of this parameter should consider two factors, moving speed of the UE and cell radius.

When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for CS services, the UE reports event 2F when the measured Ec/No value is higher than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to disable the compressed mode and stop the inter-frequency measurement.

If the cell is a macro cell, it indicates

Page 159: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-71

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

that micro cells exist in this cell. To enable the micro cells to handle more traffic, the compressed mode start and stop thresholds should be set higher, that is, the thresholds for events 2D and 2F using CPICH RSCP are set higher.

If the cell is a micro cell, the default value should be modified according to the link budgeting result.

Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compressed mode respectively. When the cell is located in the center of the frequency coverage or the inter-frequency measurement quantity uses both Ec/No and RSCP, then the Ec/No value is used as the criterion for events 2D and 2F. To enable the compressed mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compressed mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F.

GUI Value Range:-24~0

Actual Value Range:-24~0

Unit:dB

Default Value:-12

InterRATCSThd2FRSCP

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020303

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Threshold of stopping inter-RAT measurement for CS services when measurement quantity is RSCP.

When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for CS services, the UE reports event 2F when the measured RSCP value is larger than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to disable the compressed mode and stop the inter-RAT measurement.

GUI Value Range:-115~-25

Page 160: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-72

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

Actual Value Range:-115~-25

Unit:dBm

Default Value:-97

InterRATHOAttempts

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERRATHONCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERRATHONCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

Meaning:Maximum number of inter-RAT handover attempts after the non-coverage-based handover failures. For each handover attempt, a new target cell where the UE has not been handed over to and fulfills the criterion can be selected.

GUI Value Range:1~16

Actual Value Range:1~16

Unit:None

Default Value:16

InterRATHThd2DEcN0

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020303

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Threshold of triggering inter-RAT measurement for HSPA services when measurement quantity is Ec/No.

The threshold of triggering the inter-RAT measurement (the threshold of enabling the compressed mode) is a key parameter in the inter-RAT handover policy. The setting of this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compressed mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. The setting of this parameter should consider two factors, moving speed of the UE and cell radius.

When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for HSPA services, the UE reports event 2D when the measured Ec/No value is lower than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to enable the compressed mode and start inter-RAT measurement.

For the UE moving at a speed of 5 km/h, the recommended threshold is -17 dB; for the UE moving at a speed of 50 km/h, the

Page 161: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-73

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

recommended threshold is -14 dB; for the UE moving at a speed of 120 km/h, the recommended threshold is -12 dB.

In actual networks, set this parameter to -14 dB because the UEs in a cell usually move at different speeds. The emulation result shows that the call drop rate remains low for the UEs moving at a speed of 120 km/h when this parameter is set to -14 dB.

If the cell is a macro cell, it indicates that micro cells exist in this cell. To enable the micro cells to handle more traffic, the compressed mode start and stop thresholds should be set higher, that is, the thresholds for events 2D and 2F using CPICH RSCP are set higher.

If the cell is a micro cell, the default value should be modified according to the link budgeting result.

Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compressed mode respectively. When the cell is located in the center of the frequency coverage or the inter-frequency measurement quantity uses both Ec/No and RSCP, then the Ec/No value is used as the criterion for events 2D and 2F. To enable the compressed mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compressed mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F.

Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compressed mode respectively in inter-RAT measurement. The requirements on the signal quality and inter-RAT handover policies vary with the service type. Therefore, the thresholds of enabling and disabling

Page 162: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-74

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

inter-RAT measurement are distinguished by CS, PS, and signaling.

To enable the compressed mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compressed mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F.

GUI Value Range:-24~0

Actual Value Range:-24~0

Unit:dB

Default Value:-15

InterRATHThd2DRSCP

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020303

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Threshold of triggering inter-RAT measurement for HSPA services when measurement quantity is RSCP.

When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for HSPA services, the UE reports event 2D when the measured RSCP value is lower than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to enable the compressed mode and start the inter-RAT measurement.

To enable the compressed mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compressed mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F.

In most cases, users want to be maintained within a 3G network. Therefore, the start threshold of the inter-RAT measurement is set smaller than that of the inter-frequency measurement in order to trigger inter-frequency easily. In scenarios where inter-frequency neighboring cells

Page 163: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-75

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

are unavailable or where inter-frequency coverage is insufficient, the inter-RAT measurement start threshold should be set relatively larger in order to trigger inter-RAT measurement easily, thus reducing call drops.

GUI Value Range:-115~-25

Actual Value Range:-115~-25

Unit:dBm

Default Value:-110

InterRATHThd2FEcN0

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020303

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Threshold of stopping inter-RAT measurement for HSPA services when measurement quantity is Ec/No.

The threshold of stopping the inter-RAT measurement (the threshold of disabling the compressed mode) is a key parameter in the inter-RAT handover policy. The setting of this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compressed mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. The setting of this parameter should consider two factors, moving speed of the UE and cell radius.

When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for HSPA services, the UE reports event 2F when the measured Ec/No value is higher than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to disable the compression mode and stop the inter-frequency measurement.

If the cell is a macro cell, it indicates that micro cells exist in this cell. To enable the micro cells to handle more traffic, the compressed mode start and stop thresholds should be set higher, that is, the thresholds for events 2D and 2F using CPICH RSCP are set higher.

If the cell is a micro cell, the default

Page 164: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-76

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

value should be modified according to the link budgeting result.

Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compressed mode respectively. When the cell is located in the center of the frequency coverage or the inter-frequency measurement quantity uses both Ec/No and RSCP, then the Ec/No value is used as the criterion for events 2D and 2F. To enable the compressed mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compressed mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F.

GUI Value Range:-24~0

Actual Value Range:-24~0

Unit:dB

Default Value:-13

InterRATHThd2FRSCP

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020303

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Threshold of stopping inter-RAT measurement for HSPA services when measurement quantity is RSCP.

When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for HSPA services, the UE reports event 2F when the measured RSCP value is larger than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to disable the compressed mode and stop the inter-RAT measurement.

GUI Value Range:-115~-25

Actual Value Range:-115~-25

Unit:dBm

Default Value:-107

InterRATMeasTime

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERRATHO

WRFD-020303

Inter-RAT Handover Based on

Meaning:Length of the timer for inter-RAT measurement.

Page 165: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-77

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

COV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020309

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

After inter-RAT measurement starts, if no inter-RAT handover is performed when this timer expires, the inter-RAT measurement is stopped. In addition, the compressed mode (if activated) should be deactivated. The value 0 indicates that the inter-RAT measurement timer is not started.

The following factors should be considered during setting:

This parameter is designed to prevent that the UE being in compressed mode for a long time when the handover criteria are not fulfilled, because the UE does not move or is moving in a low speed. If the compressed mode is maintained for a long time, the service quality is adversely affected and the total available capacity of the system decreases.

Most inter-RAT handovers can be finished within 60s.

Impact on network performance:

If the parameter is set to a smaller value, the UE cannot finish inter-RAT handover. If the parameter is set to a larger value, the compressed mode will not be disabled, thus affecting UE measurement. In actual networks, statistics can be made to obtain the delay for a successful inter-RAT handover, thus to get a proper value of "InterRATMeasTime" that satisfies most UEs.

GUI Value Range:0~512

Actual Value Range:0~512

Unit:s

Default Value:60

InterRATNCovHOPSThd

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERRATHONCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020305

WRFD-0

Inter-RAT Handover Based on

Meaning:Quality requirement for the cell of another RAT during inter-RAT handover for CS domain services.

Page 166: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-78

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

MOD UCELLINTERRATHONCOV(Optional)

20306 Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

This parameter is used for measurement control on event 3C. When the target frequency quality is higher than this threshold, event 3C is triggered. The value 0 means a value smaller than -110 dBm.

If the value of "Inter-RAT Report Mode" is set to "PERIODICAL_REPORTING", this parameter is used for the assessment of inter-RAT coverage handover. That is, Tother_RAT in the following formulas. This parameter is the absolute threshold of the cell of another RAT (Received Signal Strength Indicator: RSSI) for the inter-RAT handover decision.

If the quality of the cell of another RAT in the inter-RAT measurement report fulfills the following criterion:

Mother_RAT + CIO >= Tother_RAT + H/2

Then, the system starts the trigger timer, and makes the handover decision after the timer expires. If the quality of the cell of another RAT fulfills the following criterion before timeout:

Mother_RAT + CIO < Tother_RAT - H/2

The RNC stops the timer and waits for another inter-RAT measurement report.

Here,

Mother_RAT is the measurement result of the GSM RSSI.

Tother_RAT is the inter-RAT handover decision threshold.

Cell Individual Offset (CIO) is the offset for the cell of another inter-RAT.

H represents the hysteresis, the setting of which can reduce wrong decisions caused by signal jitters.

Page 167: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-79

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

The sensitivity of a GSM mobile phone is -102 dBm. Considering a margin of 3 dB for compensation of fast fading, 5 dB for compensation of slow fading, 2 dB for compensation of interference noise, and 2 dB for compensation of ambient noise, the outdoor reception level should not be lower than -90 dBm.

The parameter value can vary with the handover policy. To have UEs handed over only to GSM cells of high quality, the inter-RAT handover decision threshold can be set to a comparatively large value, for example -85 dBm.

GUI Value Range:0~63

Actual Value Range:lower than -110, -110~-48(Actual value meets the condition: Actual Value = GUI Value - 111)

Unit:dBm

Default Value:21

InterRATPeriodReportInterval

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020309

WRFD-020402

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS

Measurement Based Direct Retry

Meaning:Interval that the UE reports inter-RAT measurement results to the RNC.

This parameter specifies the interval that the UE sends inter-RAT measurement results to the RNC in periodical reporting mode. It is not recommended that this parameter is set to NON_PERIODIC_REPORT since the UE behavior may be unknown.

The GSM RSSI measurement period is 480 ms. Therefore, the inter-RAT periodical reporting interval should be longer than 480 ms. If the periodical reporting interval is excessively high, the handover decision time will be long, and handovers will be slow.

The adjustment should be made according to the configured GSM RSSI measurement compressed

Page 168: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-80

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

mode sequence. According to the current configured GSM RSSI measurement compressed mode sequence, the RSSI measurement of eight GSM cells can be finished in 480 ms. Therefore, the RSSI measurement of 16 GSM cells can be finished in 1000 ms. According to 3GPP specifications, the number of inter-RAT neighboring cells should not exceed 32. Therefore, the parameter value can be set to 2000 ms if the number of neighboring GSM cells exceeds 16.

The setting of this parameter has impact on the Uu signaling traffic. If the period is too short and the reporting frequency is too high, the RNC may have high load in processing signaling. If the period is too long, the network cannot detect the signal changes in time, which may delay the inter-RAT handover and thus cause call drops.

GUI Value Range:NON_PERIODIC_REPORT(Non periodical reporting), D250(D250), D500(D500), D1000(D1000), D2000(D2000), D3000(D3000), D4000(D4000), D6000(D6000), D8000(D8000), D12000(D12000), D16000(D16000), D20000(D20000), D24000(D24000), D28000(D28000), D32000(D32000), D64000(D64000)

Actual Value Range:NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, 250, 500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000, 12000, 16000, 20000, 24000, 28000, 32000, 64000

Unit:ms

Default Value:D1000

InterRATPingPongHyst

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020303

Inter-RAT Handover Based on

Meaning:Hysteresis to avoid ping-pong handover between 2G and 3G networks.

Page 169: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-81

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

MOD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

Coverage When a UE in the CS domain is handed over from a 2G network to a 3G network, the system increases the hysteresis used for event 3A to prevent the ping-pong handover between the 2G network and the 3G network in the handover penalty period specified by "InterRATPingPongTimer". During the penalty time, event-triggered reporting is used for inter-RAT measurement. The value 0 indicates that the system does not take measures to avoid ping-pong handover between 2G and 3G networks.

GUI Value Range:0~15

Actual Value Range:0~7.5

Unit:0.5dBm

Default Value:0

InterRATPingPongTimer

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020303

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Length of the timer to avoid ping-pong handovers between 2G and 3G networks.

When a UE in the CS domain is handed over from a 2G network to a 3G network, the system increases the hysteresis used for event 3A to prevent the ping-pong handover between the 2G network and the 3G network in the period specified by this parameter. During the penalty time, the previous periodical report will be changed to the event 3A report. The value 0 indicates that the system does not take measures to avoid ping-pong handover between 2G and 3G networks.

GUI Value Range:0~65535

Actual Value Range:0~65535

Unit:s

Default Value:0

InterRATR99PsThd2DEcN0

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERRATHO

WRFD-020303

Inter-RAT Handover Based on

Meaning:Threshold of triggering inter-RAT measurement for PS domain non-HSPA services when

Page 170: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-82

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

COV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

Coverage the measurement quantity is Ec/No.

The threshold of triggering the inter-RAT measurement (the threshold of enabling the compressed mode) is a key parameter in the inter-RAT handover policy. The setting of this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compressed mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. The setting of this parameter should consider two factors, moving speed of the UE and cell radius.

When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for PS domain non-HSPA services, the UE reports event 2D when the measured Ec/No value is lower than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to enable the compressed mode and start inter-RAT measurement.

For the UE moving at a speed of 5 km/h, the recommended threshold is -17 dB; for the UE moving at a speed of 50 km/h, the recommended threshold is -14 dB; for the UE moving at a speed of 120 km/h, the recommended threshold is -12 dB.

In actual networks, set this parameter to -14 dB because the UEs in a cell usually move at different speeds. The emulation result shows that the call drop rate remains low for the UEs moving at a speed of 120 km/h when this parameter is set to -14 dB.

If the cell is a macro cell, it indicates that micro cells exist in this cell. To enable the micro cells to handle more traffic, the compressed mode start and stop thresholds should be set higher, that is, the thresholds for events 2D and 2F using CPICH RSCP are set higher.

If the cell is a micro cell, the default

Page 171: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-83

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

value should be modified according to the link budgeting result.

Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compressed mode respectively. When the cell is located in the center of the frequency coverage or the inter-frequency measurement quantity uses both Ec/No and RSCP, then the Ec/No value is used as the criterion for events 2D and 2F. To enable the compressed mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compressed mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F.

Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compressed mode respectively in inter-RAT measurement. The requirements on the signal quality and inter-RAT handover policies vary with the service type. Therefore, the thresholds of enabling and disabling inter-RAT measurement are distinguished by CS, PS, and signaling.

To enable the compressed mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compressed mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F.

GUI Value Range:-24~0

Actual Value Range:-24~0

Unit:dB

Default Value:-15

InterRATR99PsThd2DRSCP

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERRATHO

WRFD-020303

Inter-RAT Handover

Meaning:Threshold of triggering inter-RAT measurement for PS

Page 172: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-84

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

COV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

Based on Coverage

domain non-HSPA services when the measurement quantity is RSCP.

When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for PS domain non-HSPA services, the UE reports event 2D when the measured RSCP value is lower than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to enable the compressed mode and start the inter-RAT measurement.

To enable the compressed mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compressed mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F.

In most cases, users want to be maintained within a 3G network. Therefore, the start threshold of the inter-RAT measurement is set smaller than that of the inter-frequency measurement in order to trigger inter-frequency easily. In scenarios where inter-frequency neighboring cells are unavailable or where inter-frequency coverage is insufficient, the inter-RAT measurement start threshold should be set relatively larger in order to trigger inter-RAT measurement easily, thus reducing call drops.

GUI Value Range:-115~-25

Actual Value Range:-115~-25

Unit:dBm

Default Value:-110

InterRATR99PsThd2FEcN0

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERRATHO

WRFD-020303

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Threshold of triggering inter-RAT measurement for PS domain non-HSPA services when the measurement quantity is Ec/No.

The threshold of stopping the inter-RAT measurement (the

Page 173: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-85

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

COV(Optional) threshold of disabling the compressed mode) is a key parameter in the inter-RAT handover policy. The setting of this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compressed mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. The setting of this parameter should consider two factors, moving speed of the UE and cell radius.

When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for PS domain HSPA services, the UE reports event 2F when the measured Ec/No value is higher than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to disable the compressed mode and stop the inter-frequency measurement.

If the cell is a macro cell, it indicates that micro cells exist in this cell. To enable the micro cells to handle more traffic, the compressed mode start and stop thresholds should be set higher, that is, the thresholds for events 2D and 2F using CPICH RSCP are set higher.

If the cell is a micro cell, the default value should be modified according to the link budgeting result.

Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compressed mode respectively. When the cell is located in the center of the frequency coverage or the inter-frequency measurement quantity uses both Ec/No and RSCP, then the Ec/No value is used as the criterion for events 2D and 2F. To enable the compressed mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compressed mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F.

Page 174: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-86

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

GUI Value Range:-24~0

Actual Value Range:-24~0

Unit:dB

Default Value:-13

InterRATR99PsThd2FRSCP

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020303

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Threshold of stopping inter-RAT measurement for PS domain non-HSPA services when the measurement quantity is RSCP.

When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for PS domain non-HSPA services, the UE reports event 2F when the measured RSCP value is larger than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to disable the compressed mode and stop the inter-RAT measurement.

GUI Value Range:-115~-25

Actual Value Range:-115~-25

Unit:dBm

Default Value:-107

InterRatReportMode

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020303

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Inter-RAT measurement reporting mode.

When PERIODICAL_REPORTING is selected, the periodical reporting is used for inter-RAT measurement. When EVENT_TRIGGER is selected, the event-triggered reporting is used for inter-RAT measurement.

The RNC provides two inter-RAT measurement reporting modes, event-triggered reporting and periodical reporting.

Event-triggered reporting

To avoid the ping-pong effect before and after the inter-RAT handover, use event 3A (quality of the currently used frequency is lower than the absolute threshold and the signal level of the GSM cell is higher than another absolute threshold) as

Page 175: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-87

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

the triggering event that determines the inter-RAT handover. To improve the handover success rate, the BSIC of the GSM cell whose event 3A needs to be triggered must be decoded correctly by the UE. The reporting mode of event 3A is not changed from event-triggered reporting to periodical reporting. Therefore, no handover re-attempt is made when the handover fails unless event 3A is triggered in this cell again.

The advantage of event-triggered reporting is that the signaling transmission and processing load are saved. Comparing the signal quality between intra-frequency and inter-frequency handovers, the ping-pong effect in handover is prevented to some extent. The drawback of event-triggered reporting is that the event is reported only once and cannot be changed to periodical reporting. For the cell-oriented algorithm parameters, each time when the best cell is updated, the inter-frequency measurement parameters should be updated accordingly.

Periodical reporting

When the quality of the GSM cell reported by the UE meets the criteria for inter-RAT handover, the delay trigger timer is started. If the quality of the GSM cell always meets the criteria for inter-RAT handover before timeout, the inter-RAT handover is triggered after the delay trigger timer expires.

For the GSM cell whose BSIC can be decoded correctly, a shorter delay trigger time should be set to indicate the high priority attribute of the GSM cell. For the GSM cell whose BSIC is not verified, a longer delay trigger time should be set to indicate the low priority attribute of the GSM cell. In this manner, the

Page 176: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-88

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

BSIC can be decoded faster.

If the handover fails, the handover re-attempt is made again according to the periodical inter-RAT measurement report.

The advantage of periodical reporting is that it can be used for repeated handover re-attempts on the same cell when the handover fails, and that subsequent algorithms can be flexibly developed. In addition, for the cell-oriented algorithm parameters, the RNC updates the parameters when making internal handover decision and the system needs not to inform the UEs of the parameter change through signaling messages after the handovers. The drawback of periodical reporting is that it requires large amount of signaling and increases the load on the air interface and for signaling processing.

The two reporting modes have both advantage and drawback. Currently, the traditional periodical reporting mode is preferred.

GUI Value Range:PERIODICAL_REPORTING(Periodical reporting), EVENT_TRIGGER(Event trigger)

Actual Value Range:PERIODICAL_REPORTING, EVENT_TRIGGER

Unit:None

Default Value:PERIODICAL_REPORTING

IntraAblThdFor1FEcNo

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

WRFD-020302

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Inter

Meaning:Ec/No absolute threshold for event 1F in the SHO algorithm. This parameter must be set to the value that guarantees the quality of basic services. In addition, the value of this parameter affects event 1F triggering.

Event 1F refers to the event

Page 177: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-89

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

reported when an urgent blind handover is triggered. If event 1F is reported in a cell belonging to the active set, the signal quality of the active set is poor. Under this situation, blind handover is triggered to prevent call drops. The urgent blind handover is triggered in a special occasion that requires on-site measurements on the pilot strength and signal quality in the best cell of the cell where the UE is located.If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of triggering event 1F increases. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of triggering event 1F reduces. For details on the definition of event 1F, see 3GPP TS 25.331.If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of triggering blind handover increases. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of triggering blind handover reduces. In actual scenarios, this parameter should be set according to the handover strategy and network coverage.

GUI Value Range:-24~0

Actual Value Range:-24~0

Unit:dB

Default Value:-24

IntraAblThdFor1FRSCP

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

WRFD-020302

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:RSCP absolute threshold for event 1F in the SHO algorithm. This parameter must be set to the value that guarantees the quality of basic services. In addition, the value of this parameter affects event 1F triggering.

Event 1F refers to the event reported when an urgent blind handover is triggered. If event 1F is reported in a cell belonging to the active set, the signal quality of the active set is poor. Under this situation, blind handover is triggered to prevent call drops.The urgent blind handover is triggered in

Page 178: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-90

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

a special occasion that requires on-site measurements on the pilot strength and signal quality in the best cell of the cell where the UE is located.If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of triggering event 1F increases. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of triggering event 1F reduces. For details on the definition of event 1F, see 3GPP TS 25.331.If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of triggering blind handover increases. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of triggering blind handover reduces. In actual scenarios, this parameter should be set according to the handover strategy and network coverage.

GUI Value Range:-115~-25

Actual Value Range:-115~-25

Unit:dBm

Default Value:-115

IntraFreqMeasQuantity

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Meaning:Quantity of the triggered measurements for intra-frequency handovers. This parameter specifies the reference measurement quantity for the UE to report event 1x. For events 1A, 1B, 1C, and 1D which adopt relative thresholds, the measurement quantity does not have great impact on the threshold values. For event 1F which adopts absolute threshold, the measurement quantity should be set based on the reality of the cell. If the cell is located in the center of the coverage area, the main factor that affects signal quality is intra-frequency interference. In this case, you are advised to set this parameter to CPICH_EC/NO. If the cell is located at the border of the coverage area, the main factor that affects signal quality is the distance between the cell and the base station. In this

Page 179: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-91

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

case, you are advised to set this parameter to CPICH_RSCP.

GUI Value Range:CPICH_EC/NO, CPICH_RSCP

Actual Value Range:CPICH_EC/NO, CPICH_RSCP

Unit:None

Default Value:CPICH_EC/NO

IntraRelThdFor1ACSNVP

BSC6900

SET UINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Meaning:Relative threshold for event 1A decision when non-VP service is performed in CS domain. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of triggering event 1A increases. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of triggering event 1A reduces. For details on the definition of event 1A, see 3GPP TS 25.331.The relative threshold can directly affect the SHO ratio. Therefore, the threshold should be wisely chosen to achieve smooth SHOs.

The value of this parameter determines the SHO area and SHO ratio. In the CDMA system, the ratio of the UE involved in soft handover should reach 30% to 40% to ensure smooth handover. Based on simulation results, when the relative threshold is set to 5 dB, the ratio of the UE involved in soft handover (the number of cells in the active set is at least 2) is about 35%. you are advised to set the relative threshold to a great value (5 dB to 7 dB) during site deployment, and to reduce the threshold when the users increase. the threshold must be higher than 3 dB to avoid the ping-pong handover.

You can set different relative thresholds for event 1A and event 1B to reduce the ping-pong effect and change the soft handover ratio. In general applications, the relative

Page 180: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-92

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

thresholds for events 1A and 1B should be consistent, and you can curb the ping-pong effect through the triggering delay, L3 filtering coefficient, and hysteresis. In some specific applications, if the ping-pong effect cannot be curbed by adjusting the hysteresis values for event 1A and event 1B, you can curb it by setting a higher relative threshold for event 1B and a lower threshold for event 1A. Impact on Network Performance: If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of adding a cell to the active set increases. In this case, more UEs are in soft handover status; however, more forward resources are occupied. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of adding a cell to the active set reduces. Under this situation, the communication quality cannot be guaranteed, and smooth handover may be affected.

GUI Value Range:0~29

Actual Value Range:0~14.5

Unit:0.5dB

Default Value:6

IntraRelThdFor1ACSNVP

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Meaning:Relative threshold for event 1A decision when non-VP service is performed in CS domain. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of triggering event 1A increases. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of triggering event 1A reduces. For details on the definition of event 1A, see 3GPP TS 25.331.The relative threshold can directly affect the SHO ratio. Therefore, the threshold should be wisely chosen to achieve smooth SHOs.

The value of this parameter determines the SHO area and SHO ratio. In the CDMA system, the ratio of the UE involved in soft handover

Page 181: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-93

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

should reach 30% to 40% to ensure smooth handover. Based on simulation results, when the relative threshold is set to 5 dB, the ratio of the UE involved in soft handover (the number of cells in the active set is at least 2) is about 35%. you are advised to set the relative threshold to a great value (5 dB to 7 dB) during site deployment, and to reduce the threshold when the users increase. the threshold must be higher than 3 dB to avoid the ping-pong handover.

You can set different relative thresholds for event 1A and event 1B to reduce the ping-pong effect and change the soft handover ratio. In general applications, the relative thresholds for events 1A and 1B should be consistent, and you can curb the ping-pong effect through the triggering delay, L3 filtering coefficient, and hysteresis. In some specific applications, if the ping-pong effect cannot be curbed by adjusting the hysteresis values for event 1A and event 1B, you can curb it by setting a higher relative threshold for event 1B and a lower threshold for event 1A. Impact on Network Performance: If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of adding a cell to the active set increases. In this case, more UEs are in soft handover status; however, more forward resources are occupied. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of adding a cell to the active set reduces. Under this situation, the communication quality cannot be guaranteed, and smooth handover may be affected.

GUI Value Range:0~29

Actual Value Range:0~14.5

Unit:0.5dB

Default Value:6

Page 182: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-94

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

IntraRelThdFor1ACSVP

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Meaning:Relative threshold for event 1A decision when VP service is performed. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of triggering event 1A increases. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of triggering event 1A reduces. For details on the definition of event 1A, see 3GPP TS 25.331.The relative threshold can directly affect the SHO ratio. Therefore, the threshold should be wisely chosen to achieve smooth SHOs. The value of this parameter determines the SHO area and SHO ratio. In the CDMA system, the ratio of the UE involved in soft handover should reach 30% to 40% to ensure smooth handover. Based on simulation results, when the relative threshold is set to 5 dB, the ratio of the UE involved in soft handover (the number of cells in the active set is at least 2) is about 35%. you are advised to set the relative threshold to a great value (5 dB to 7 dB) during site deployment, and to reduce the threshold when the users increase. the threshold must be higher than 3 dB to avoid the ping-pong handover.

You can set different relative thresholds for event 1A and event 1B to reduce the ping-pong effect and change the soft handover ratio. In general applications, the relative thresholds for events 1A and 1B should be consistent, and you can curb the ping-pong effect through the triggering delay, L3 filtering coefficient, and hysteresis. In some specific applications, if the ping-pong effect cannot be curbed by adjusting the hysteresis values for event 1A and event 1B, you can curb it by setting a higher relative threshold for event 1B and a lower threshold for event 1A. Impact on Network Performance: If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of adding a cell to the

Page 183: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-95

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

active set increases. In this case, more UEs are in soft handover status; however, more forward resources are occupied.If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of adding a cell to the active set reduces. Under this situation, the communication quality cannot be guaranteed, and smooth handover may be affected.

GUI Value Range:0~29

Actual Value Range:0~14.5

Unit:0.5dB

Default Value:6

IntraRelThdFor1APS

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Meaning:Relative threshold for event 1A decision when PS service is performed. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of triggering event 1A increases. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of triggering event 1A reduces. For details on the definition of event 1A, see 3GPP TS 25.331. The relative threshold can directly affect the SHO ratio. Therefore, the threshold should be wisely chosen to achieve smooth SHOs. The value of this parameter determines the SHO area and SHO ratio. In the CDMA system, the ratio of the UE involved in soft handover should reach 30% to 40% to ensure smooth handover. Based on simulation results, when the relative threshold is set to 5 dB, the ratio of the UE involved in soft handover (the number of cells in the active set is at least 2) is about 35%. You are advised to set the relative threshold to a great value (5 dB to 7 dB) during site deployment, and to reduce the threshold when the users increase. the threshold must be higher than 3 dB to avoid the ping-pong handover.

You can set different relative thresholds for event 1A and event 1B to reduce the ping-pong effect

Page 184: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-96

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

and change the soft handover ratio. In general applications, the relative thresholds for events 1A and 1B should be consistent, and you can curb the ping-pong effect through the triggering delay, L3 filtering coefficient, and hysteresis. In some specific applications, if the ping-pong effect cannot be curbed by adjusting the hysteresis values for event 1A and event 1B, you can curb it by setting a higher relative threshold for event 1B and a lower threshold for event 1A. Impact on Network Performance: If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of adding a cell to the active set increases. In this case, more UEs are in soft handover status; however, more forward resources are occupied. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of adding a cell to the active set reduces. Under this situation, the communication quality cannot be guaranteed, and smooth handover may be affected.

GUI Value Range:0~29

Actual Value Range:0~14.5

Unit:0.5dB

Default Value:6

IntraRelThdFor1BCSNVP

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Meaning:Relative threshold for event 1B decision when non-VP service is performed in CS domain. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of triggering event 1B increases. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of triggering event 1B reduces. For details on the definition of event 1B, see 3GPP TS 25.331. The relative threshold can directly affect the SHO ratio. Therefore, the threshold should be wisely chosen to achieve smooth SHOs. The value of this parameter determines the SHO area and SHO ratio. In the CDMA system, the ratio

Page 185: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-97

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

of the UE involved in soft handover should reach 30% to 40% to ensure smooth handover. Based on simulation results, when the relative threshold is set to 5 dB, the ratio of the UE involved in soft handover (the number of cells in the active set is at least 2) is about 35%. You are advised to set the relative threshold to a great value (5 dB to 7 dB) during site deployment, and to reduce the threshold when the users increase. the threshold must be higher than 3 dB to avoid the ping-pong handover.

You can set different relative thresholds for event 1A and event 1B to reduce the ping-pong effect and change the soft handover ratio. In general applications, the relative thresholds for events 1A and 1B should be consistent, and you can curb the ping-pong effect through the triggering delay, L3 filtering coefficient, and hysteresis. In some specific applications, if the ping-pong effect cannot be curbed by adjusting the hysteresis values for event 1A and event 1B, you can curb it by setting a higher relative threshold for event 1B and a lower threshold for event 1A. Impact on Network Performance: If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of adding a cell to the active set increases. In this case, more UEs are in soft handover status; however, more forward resources are occupied. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of adding a cell to the active set reduces. Under this situation, the communication quality cannot be guaranteed, and smooth handover may be affected.

GUI Value Range:0~29

Actual Value Range:0~14.5

Unit:0.5dB

Page 186: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-98

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

Default Value:12

IntraRelThdFor1BCSVP

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Meaning:Relative threshold for event 1B decision when VP service is performed. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of triggering event 1B increases. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of triggering event 1B reduces. For details on the definition of event 1B, see 3GPP TS 25.331. The relative threshold can directly affect the SHO ratio. Therefore, the threshold should be wisely chosen to achieve smooth SHOs. The value of this parameter determines the SHO area and SHO ratio. In the CDMA system, the ratio of the UE involved in soft handover should reach 30% to 40% to ensure smooth handover. Based on simulation results, when the relative threshold is set to 5 dB, the ratio of the UE involved in soft handover (the number of cells in the active set is at least 2) is about 35%. You are advised to set the relative threshold to a great value (5 dB to 7 dB) during site deployment, and to reduce the threshold when the users increase. the threshold must be higher than 3 dB to avoid the ping-pong handover.

You can set different relative thresholds for event 1A and event 1B to reduce the ping-pong effect and change the soft handover ratio. In general applications, the relative thresholds for events 1A and 1B should be consistent, and you can curb the ping-pong effect through the triggering delay, L3 filtering coefficient, and hysteresis. In some specific applications, if the ping-pong effect cannot be curbed by adjusting the hysteresis values for event 1A and event 1B, you can curb it by setting a higher relative threshold for event 1B and a lower threshold for event 1A. Impact on Network Performance: If this

Page 187: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-99

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of adding a cell to the active set increases. In this case, more UEs are in soft handover status; however, more forward resources are occupied. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of adding a cell to the active set reduces. Under this situation, the communication quality cannot be guaranteed, and smooth handover may be affected.

GUI Value Range:0~29

Actual Value Range:0~14.5

Unit:0.5dB

Default Value:12

IntraRelThdFor1BPS

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Meaning:Relative threshold for event 1B decision when PS service is performed. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of triggering event 1B increases. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of triggering event 1B reduces. For details on the definition of event 1B, see 3GPP TS 25.331. The relative threshold can directly affect the SHO ratio. Therefore, the threshold should be wisely chosen to achieve smooth SHOs. The value of this parameter determines the SHO area and SHO ratio. In the CDMA system, the ratio of the UE involved in soft handover should reach 30% to 40% to ensure smooth handover. Based on simulation results, when the relative threshold is set to 5 dB, the ratio of the UE involved in soft handover (the number of cells in the active set is at least 2) is about 35%. You are advised to set the relative threshold to a great value (5 dB to 7 dB) during site deployment, and to reduce the threshold when the users increase. the threshold must be higher than 3 dB to avoid the ping-pong handover.

You can set different relative

Page 188: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-100

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

thresholds for event 1A and event 1B to reduce the ping-pong effect and change the soft handover ratio. In general applications, the relative thresholds for events 1A and 1B should be consistent, and you can curb the ping-pong effect through the triggering delay, L3 filtering coefficient, and hysteresis. In some specific applications, if the ping-pong effect cannot be curbed by adjusting the hysteresis values for event 1A and event 1B, you can curb it by setting a higher relative threshold for event 1B and a lower threshold for event 1A. Impact on Network Performance: If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of adding a cell to the active set increases. In this case, more UEs are in soft handover status; however, more forward resources are occupied. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of adding a cell to the active set reduces. Under this situation, the communication quality cannot be guaranteed, and smooth handover may be affected.

GUI Value Range:0~29

Actual Value Range:0~14.5

Unit:0.5dB

Default Value:12

LimitCMDlSFThd

BSC6900

SET UCMCF(Mandatory)

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020302

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Downlink SF threshold for enabling compressed mode (CM).

When the parameter "DlSFLimitCMInd" is set to TRUE and the current downlink SF is smaller than or equal to the value of this parameter, the active set quality measurement is not allowed, that is, the CM cannot be enabled. When the parameter "DlSFLimitCMInd" is set to TRUE and the current downlink SF is greater than the value of this parameter, the active set quality measurement is allowed,

Page 189: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-101

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

that is, the CM can be enabled.

GUI Value Range:D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D256

Actual Value Range:8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256

Unit:None

Default Value:D8

MaxCellInActiveSet

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Meaning:Maximum number of cells in an active set. This parameter is used to achieve the balance between the signal quality in the SHO area and the system performance. If more cells are in the active set, a user can obtain a greater macro diversity gain; the intra-frequency interference is smaller. In this case, however, the user occupies resources of several cells. This increases the amount of data to be processed and lowers the system performance. To reduce intra-frequency interference, it is recommended that the number of cells in the active sets should be increased in the hot-spot and micro cells, where the signals are complicated. For the cell that provides high speed services, the decrease in cells in the active set can reduce the consumption of system resources.

GUI Value Range:1~6

Actual Value Range:1~6

Unit:None

Default Value:3

MaxEdchCellInActiveSet

BSC6900

SET UHOCOMM(Optional)

WRFD-01061204

HSUPA Mobility Management

Meaning:This parameter determines the maximum number of links in the EDCH active set. When the RNC acts as the SRNC, the number of links in the EDCH active set for all the UEs under the RNC cannot exceed the parameter value. If the parameter value is too large, a lot of resources on the RAN side will

Page 190: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-102

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

be occupied as the same data is transferred over multiple EDCH links in macro diversity, thus affecting the system performance. If this parameter value is too small, insufficient combination gain can be achieved in macro diversity by the EDCH, which causes excessive retransmissions and affects the UE speed.

GUI Value Range:1~4

Actual Value Range:1~4

Unit:None

Default Value:3

MeasQuantityOf3A

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020303

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Measurement quantity used in coverage-based inter-RAT measurement in event 3A-triggered reporting mode.

When CPICH_Ec/No is selected, it indicates that the Ec/No measurement quantity is used for event 3A measurement. The physical unit is dB.

When CPICH_RSCP is selected, it indicates that the RSCP measurement quantity is used for event 3A measurement. The physical unit is dBm.

When AUTO is selected, it indicates that the Ec/No measurement quantity is used for event 3A measurement if the RNC receives Ec/No 2D firstly. If the RNC receives the RSCP 2D firstly, the RSCP measurement quantity is used for event 3A measurement.

GUI Value Range:CPICH_EC/NO, CPICH_RSCP, AUTO

Actual Value Range:CPICH_EC/NO, CPICH_RSCP, AUTO

Unit:None

Default Value:AUTO

Page 191: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-103

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

NBMMachsResetAlgoSelSwitch

BSC6900

ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH(Optional)

MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH(Optional)

WRFD-01061006

HSDPA Mobility Management

Meaning:The algorithms with the above values represent are as follow:

ALGORITHM_REQUIRED: Always reset the mac-hs no matter the cells in question are in the same NodeB or not.

ALGORITHM_DEPEND_ON_LCG: Reset the mac-hs only when the cells in question are in the different local cell group.

GUI Value Range:ALGORITHM_REQUIRED, ALGORITHM_DEPEND_ON_LCG

Actual Value Range:ALGORITHM_REQUIRED, ALGORITHM_DEPEND_ON_LCG

Unit:None

Default Value:ALGORITHM_DEPEND_ON_LCG

NcovHoOn2GldInd

BSC6900

SET UINTERRATHONCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

Meaning:When this parameter is set to "ON", the RNC will stop the non-coverage based inter-RAT handover if the load of the GSM cell exceeds the related threshold. If this parameter is set to "OFF", the RNC will not stop the handover. This parameter is used to determine whether to stop the non-coverage based handover from the UMTS network to the GSM network based on the load of the GSM cell. The GSM network is required inform the UMTS network of its load information. In this case, the RNC determines whether to send the non-coverage based handover request to the GSM cell according to the load information of the GSM cell and the load threshold of the GSM cell set in the UMTS cell. This parameter is invalid when the GSM network cannot provide the load information to the UMTS network.

Page 192: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-104

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

GUI Value Range:OFF, ON

Actual Value Range:OFF, ON

Unit:None

Default Value:ON

NFastSpdEst BSC6900

ADD UCELLHCSHO(Optional)

MOD UCELLHCSHO(Optional)

WRFD-021200

HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure)

Meaning:Threshold for determining whether the UE is in high-mobility state.

After the UE reports event 1D, the UE is considered in high-mobility state if the number of changes of the best cell during "TFastSpdEst" is greater than this threshold. The smaller the value is, the more possible the UE is determined in high-mobility state.

GUI Value Range:1~16

Actual Value Range:1~16

Unit:None

Default Value:15

NPrio BSC6900

ADD UINTERFREQNCELL(Mandatory)

MOD UINTERFREQNCELL(Mandatory)

WRFD-020302

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:The priority that corresponds to the neighboring cell is valid only when the parameter is set to TRUE. The neighboring cell with a lower priority is more possibly delivered as the measurement object. For example, the neighboring cell with priority 1 is more possible to be selected as the measurement object than the neighboring cell with priority 2.

GUI Value Range:0~63

Actual Value Range:0~63

Unit:None

Default Value:None

NPrio BSC6900

ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL(Mandatory)

MOD UINTRAFREQNCELL

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Inter RNC Soft

Meaning:Priority of neighboring cells. The priority assigned to a neighboring cell is valid only when this parameter is set to "TRUE". The neighboring cell with a lower priority is more possibly delivered as the

Page 193: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-105

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

(Mandatory) Handover measurement object. For example, the neighboring cell with priority 1 is more possible to be selected as the measurement object than the neighboring cell with priority 2.

GUI Value Range:0~30

Actual Value Range:0~30

Unit:None

Default Value:None

NPrioFlag BSC6900

ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL(Optional)

MOD UINTRAFREQNCELL(Optional)

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

WRFD-020302

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Priority flag of neighboring cells

The value TRUE indicates that the neighboring cell priority is valid, and the value FALSE indicates that the neighboring cell priority is invalid. In the algorithm of neighboring cell combination, the cell with an invalid priority is the last one to be considered as the measurement object.

GUI Value Range:FALSE, TRUE

Actual Value Range:FALSE, TRUE

Unit:None

Default Value:False

NPrioFlag BSC6900

ADD U2GNCELL(Optional)

MOD U2GNCELL(Optional)

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

WRFD-020302

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Priority flag of neighboring cells

The value TRUE indicates that the neighboring cell priority is valid, and the value FALSE indicates that the neighboring cell priority is invalid. In the algorithm of neighboring cell combination, the cell with an invalid priority is the last one to be considered as the measurement object.

GUI Value Range:FALSE, TRUE

Actual Value Range:FALSE, TRUE

Unit:None

Default Value:False

Page 194: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-106

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

NSlowSpdEst BSC6900

ADD UCELLHCSHO(Optional)

MOD UCELLHCSHO(Optional)

WRFD-021200

HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure)

Meaning:Threshold for determining whether the UE is in low-mobility state.

After the UE reports event 1D, the UE is considered in low-mobility state if the number of changes of the best cell is smaller than this threshold within the period of "TSlowSpdEst". The greater the value is, the more possible the UE is determined in low-mobility state.

GUI Value Range:1~16

Actual Value Range:1~16

Unit:None

Default Value:3

PeriodFor2B BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

Meaning:Sets the interval between the failure in the inter-frequency handover triggered by the event 2B and the inter-frequency handover retry.

GUI Value Range:1~64

Actual Value Range:500~32000

Unit:500ms

Default Value:1

PeriodFor2C BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERFREQHONCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERFREQHONCOV(Optional)

WRFD-021200

HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure)

Meaning:Interval between the handover re-attempts for event 2C.

If the inter-frequency handover for event 2C fails, the RNC reties the inter-frequency handover. This parameter specifies the interval between the handover re-attempts for event 2C. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, handover re-attempts increase when the inter-frequency handover fails. In this case, the UE can be quickly handed over to the target cell whose load is reduced. The RNC load, however, increases.

GUI Value Range:1~64

Page 195: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-107

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

Actual Value Range:500~32000

Unit:500ms

Default Value:4

PeriodFor3A BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020303

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Interval between handover attempts for event 3A.

This parameter specifies the interval between handover attempts for event 3A. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, handover attempts increase when the inter-RAT handover fails. In this case, the UE can be quickly handed over to the target cell whose load is reduced, thus lowering the probability of call drops. More handover re-attempts, however, cause the increase in the RNC load.

GUI Value Range:1~64

Actual Value Range:500~32000

Unit:500ms

Default Value:1

PeriodFor3C BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERRATHONCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERRATHONCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

Meaning:Interval between the handover re-attempts for event 3C.

This parameter specifies the interval between the handover re-attempts for event 3C. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, handover re-attempts increase when the inter-RAT handover fails. In this case, the UE can be quickly handed over to the target cell whose load is reduced, thus lowering the probability of call drops. More handover re-attempts, however, cause the increase in the RNC load.

GUI Value Range:1~64

Actual Value Range:500~32000

Unit:500ms

Default Value:4

Page 196: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-108

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

PeriodMRReportNumfor1A

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Meaning:Maximum number of reporting event 1A after the reporting mode is changed to periodical reporting. When the number of reporting event 1A exceeds this parameter, the periodical reporting is disabled.

GUI Value Range:D1, D2, D4, D8, D16, D32, D64, INFINITY

Actual Value Range:1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, INFINITY

Unit:None

Default Value:D16

PeriodMRReportNumfor1C

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Meaning:Maximum number of reporting event 1C after the reporting mode is changed to periodical reporting. When the number of reporting event 1C exceeds this parameter, the periodical reporting is disabled.

GUI Value Range:D1, D2, D4, D8, D16, D32, D64, INFINITY

Actual Value Range:1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, INFINITY

Unit:None

Default Value:D16

PeriodMRReportNumfor1J

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Meaning:Maximum number of reporting event 1J after the reporting mode is changed to periodical reporting. When the number of reporting event 1J exceeds this parameter, the periodical reporting is disabled.

GUI Value Range:D1, D2, D4, D8, D16, D32, D64, INFINITY

Actual Value Range:1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, INFINITY

Unit:None

Default Value:D64

PrdReportInter BSC690 ADD WRFD-0 Inter Meaning:The interval between two

Page 197: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-109

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

val 0 UCELLMCLDR(Optional)

MOD UCELLMCLDR(Optional)

20302 Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

reports is the configured value.

This parameter has impact on the Uu signaling flow. If the interval is too short and the frequency is too high, the RNC may have burden in processing signaling. If the interval is too long, the network cannot detect the signal change in time, which may delay the inter-frequency handover.

GUI Value Range:D250, D500, D1000, D2000, D3000, D4000, D6000, D8000, D12000, D16000, D20000, D24000, D28000, D32000, D64000

Actual Value Range:250, 500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000, 12000, 16000, 20000, 24000, 28000, 32000, 64000

Unit:ms

Default Value:D3000

PrdReportInterval

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020402

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Measurement Based Direct Retry

Meaning:Interval between periodic reporting for the inter-frequency handover.

In periodic reporting mode, the inter-frequency handover attempts is reported at the preset interval. It is not recommended that this parameter be set to "NON_PERIODIC_REPORT" since the UE behavior may be unknown. This parameter has impact on the Uu signaling flow. If the interval is too short and the frequency is too high, the RNC may have high load when processing signaling. If the interval is too long, the network cannot detect the signal changes in time. This may delay the inter-frequency handover, thus causing call drops.

GUI Value Range:NON_PERIODIC_REPORT(Non periodical reporting), D250(D250), D500(D500), D1000(D1000), D2000(D2000),

Page 198: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-110

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

D3000(D3000), D4000(D4000), D6000(D6000), D8000(D8000), D12000(D12000), D16000(D16000), D20000(D20000), D24000(D24000), D28000(D28000), D32000(D32000), D64000(D64000)

Actual Value Range:NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, 250, 500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000, 12000, 16000, 20000, 24000, 28000, 32000, 64000

Unit:ms

Default Value:D500

PSHOOut2GloadThd

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERRATHONCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERRATHONCOV(Optional)

MRFD-211404

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

WRFD-070004

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

MBSC Handover based on Load Enhancement

Load Based 3G-2G Handover Enhancement Based on Iur-g

Meaning:This parameter specifies the threshold for 2G load of relocation target, in an inter-RAT handover in PS domain. When the GSM load policy is used, that is, when "NcovHoOn2GldInd" in "SET UINTERRATHONCOV" is set to ON, a non-coverage-based handover to a 2G cell is stopped in a non-coverage-based 3G-to-2G handover procedure if the uplink or downlink normalized load carried in the relocation response message from the 2G system exceeds the value of this parameter.

GUI Value Range:0~100

Actual Value Range:0~1

Unit:%

Default Value:60

PSServiceHOSwitch

BSC6900

ADD UCELLHOCOMM(Optional)

MOD UCELLHOCOMM(Optional)

WRFD-020305

WRFD-070007

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

GSM and UMTS Traffic Steering

Meaning:Whether the cell allows inter-RAT handover for PS services.

When the switch is set to ON, the inter-RAT handover for PS services is enabled. When the switch is set to OFF, the inter-RAT handover for PS services is disabled.

Page 199: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-111

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

Based on Iur-g

Based on the Service Handover Indicator of a service and the related parameter configurations on the network side, related measurements and inter-RAT handover are triggered immediately once a service is set up. This switch is set to ON only when service handover is required. Generally, the switch is set to OFF.

Note that the service handover is triggered only when the Service Handover Indicator is set to HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM and the inter-RAT handover switch for the corresponding service is set to ON. Both conditions are mandatory. For hybrid services, the service handover is not triggered.

GUI Value Range:OFF, ON

Actual Value Range:OFF, ON

Unit:None

Default Value:OFF

RatCellType BSC6900

ADD UEXT2GCELL(Mandatory)

MOD UEXT2GCELL(Optional)

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020309

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

Meaning:Identifying the type of the inter-RAT cell NO_CAPABILITY indicates that the capacity of the GSM cell remains unknown. It is not recommended to set the cell type to NO_CAPABILITY. If the cell type is NO_CAPABILITY, the inter-RAT handover cannot be triggered.

GUI Value Range:NO_CAPABILITY(Cell capability unknown), GSM(GSM), GPRS(GPRS), EDGE(EDGE)

Actual Value Range:NO_CAPABILITY, GSM, GPRS, EDGE

Unit:None

Default Value:None

RelThdForDwnGrd

BSC6900

SET UINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

WRFD-020202

WRFD-0

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Meaning:Relative threshold for immediate rate reduction after soft handover failure. The rate reduction of the active set and SHO retry

Page 200: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-112

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

20203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

procedure can be triggered without intra-frequency Measurement reports if the quality of the cell in the set fulfills the following criterion: Mnew > Mbest_cell - RelThdForDwnGrd

Here,

Mnew: the CPICH Ec/No measurement value of the failed cell1

CPICH Ec/No measurement value in the latest measurement report of the best cell identified by the RNC according to 1D

RelThdForDwnGrd: the relative threshold for direct rate reduction. It can be configured on the OMU server.

Note: If this parameter is set to smaller value, the probability of triggering SHO rate reduction becomes low; however, the intra-frequency interference caused by the cell that is not added to the active set becomes great. This may cause call drops. On the contrary, if this parameter is set to a larger value, the probability of triggering SHO rate reduction becomes high, and the signal quality is guaranteed; however, frequent triggering of SHO rate reduction may affect the user experience.

GUI Value Range:-29~29

Actual Value Range:-14.5~14.5

Unit:0.5dB

Default Value:2

ReportIntervalfor1A

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Meaning:Interval at which event 1A is reported after the reporting mode is changed to periodical reporting. Generally, event 1A is reported only once. To avoid the loss of measurement reports, the UE sets the mode of reporting event 1A to periodical if the cell reporting event

Page 201: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-113

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

1A is not added to the active set in a specified period of time. Event 1A is reported for "PeriodMRReportNumfor1A" times at the interval specified by this parameter. If the mode of reporting event 1A is set to "NON_PERIODIC_REPORT", the UE cannot change the event 1A reporting mode to periodical.

GUI Value Range:NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, D250, D500, D1000, D2000, D4000, D8000, D16000

Actual Value Range:NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, 250, 500, 1000, 2000, 4000, 8000, 16000

Unit:ms

Default Value:D4000

ReportIntervalfor1C

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Meaning:Interval at which event 1A is reported after the reporting mode is changed to periodical reporting. Generally, event 1C is reported only once. To avoid the loss of measurement reports, the UE set the mode of reporting event 1C to periodical if the cell reporting event 1C is not added to the active set in a specified period of time. Event 1C is reported for "PeriodMRReportNumfor1C" times at the interval specified by this parameter.If the mode of reporting event 1C is set to "NON_PERIODIC_REPORT", the UE cannot change the event 1C reporting mode to periodical.

GUI Value Range:NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, D250, D500, D1000, D2000, D4000, D8000, D16000

Actual Value Range:NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, 250, 500, 1000, 2000, 4000, 8000, 16000

Page 202: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-114

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

Unit:ms

Default Value:D4000

ReportIntervalfor1J

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Meaning:Interval at which event 1J is reported after the reporting mode is changed to periodical reporting. Generally, event 1J is reported only once. To avoid the loss of measurement reports, the UE set the mode of reporting event 1J to periodical if the cell reporting event 1J is not added to the DCH active set in a specified period of time. Event 1J is reported for "PeriodMRReportNumfor1J" times at the interval specified by this parameter.If the mode of reporting event 1J is set to "NON_PERIODIC_REPORT", the UE cannot change the event 1J reporting mode to periodical.

GUI Value Range:NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, D250, D500, D1000, D2000, D4000, D8000, D16000

Actual Value Range:NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, 250, 500, 1000, 2000, 4000, 8000, 16000

Unit:ms

Default Value:D1000

Req2GCap BSC6900

ADD UTYPRABBASIC(Mandatory)

MOD UTYPRABBASIC(Optional)

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020309

WRFD-02030802

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS

PS Handover Between UMTS and GPRS

Meaning:Minimum capability of the 2G cell required for inter-RAT handover from 3G network to 2G network. If the 2G cell is not capable, the handover will not be performed. An EDGE cell is more capable of supporting PS services than a GPRS cell, whereas a GPRS cell more capable than a GSM cell.

GUI Value Range:GSM, GPRS, EDGE

Actual Value Range:GSM, GPRS, EDGE

Unit:None

Page 203: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-115

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

Default Value:None

RetryCapability

BSC6900

SET UFRC(Optional) WRFD-010652

WRFD-01061403

WRFD-010636

WRFD-010685

WRFD-010683

WRFD-010684

WRFD-010686

WRFD-010687

WRFD-010697

WRFD-010699

WRFD-010693

WRFD-010694

WRFD-010695

WRFD-010696

SRB over HSDPA

HSUPA 2ms TTI

SRB over HSUPA

Downlink Enhanced L2

Downlink 64 QAM

2 x 2 MIMO

CPC - DTX / DRX

CPC - HS-SCCH less operation

E-DPCCH Boosting

DC-HSDPA+MIMO

DL 64QAM+MIMO

UL 16QAM

UL Layer 2 Improvement

DC-HSDP

Meaning:This parameter specifies which HSPA technologies can be retried by UEs. When the HSPA technologies are selected and currently UE is not using them, RNC will initiate these HSPA technologies retry for UE.

GUI Value Range:SRB_OVER_HSDPA, SRB_OVER_HSUPA, TTI_2MS, MIMO, 64QAM, DL_L2_ENHANCE, DTX_DRX, HSSCCH_LESS_OPERATION, MIMO_64QAM, DC_HSDPA, UL_L2_ENHANCE, UL_16QAM, EDPCCH_BOOSTING, DCMIMO_HSDPA

Actual Value Range:SRB_OVER_HSDPA, SRB_OVER_HSUPA, TTI_2MS, MIMO, 64QAM, DL_L2_ENHANCE, DTX_DRX, HSSCCH_LESS_OPERATION, MIMO_64QAM, DC_HSDPA, UL_L2_ENHANCE, UL_16QAM, EDPCCH_BOOSTING, DCMIMO_HSDPA

Unit:None

Default Value:None

Page 204: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-116

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

A

RsvdPara1 BSC6900

SET URRCTRLSWITCH(Optional)

WRFD-010101

3GPP Specifications

Meaning:2) NAS_QOS_MOD_SWITCH (QoS Change Switch for NAS)

When the switch is turned on, for UEs whose HS-DSCH category is smaller than 13, if the maximum downlink rate specified in the PDP activation requests from the UEs exceeds 16 Mbit/s, the requests are sent to the CN after the rate is changed to 16 Mbit/s.

When the switch is turned off, the PDP activation requests are sent to the CN without changing the maximum downlink rate.

15) RSVDBIT1_BIT15 (Reserved Parameter 1 Bit 15)

When the switch is turned on, the RNC enables the function of AMR mute detection.

When the switch is turned off, the RNC disables the function of AMR mute detection.

16) RSVDBIT1_BIT16 (Reserved Parameter 1 Bit 16)

When the switch is turned on, the RNC can perform DRDs during the P2D procedure.

When the switch is turned off, the RNC cannot perform DRDs during the P2D procedure.

17) SYSHO_CSIN_PERMIT_SWITCH (2G-to-3G CS Handover Switch)

When the switch is turned on, inter-RAT CS handovers from 2G cells to 3G cells are allowed.

When the switch is turned off, inter-RAT CS handovers from 2G cells to 3G cells are not allowed.

20) RSVDBIT1_BIT20 (Reserved

Page 205: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-117

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

Parameter 1 Bit 20)

When this switch is turned on, the RNC performs a state transition from CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to CELL_FACH (P2F) upon receiving a CELL UPDATE message with the cause value "uplink data transmission" or "paging response".

When this switch is turned off, if receiving a CELL UPDATE message with the cause value "uplink data transmission" or "paging response," the RNC performs a state transition from CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to CELL_DCH (P2D) in either of the following scenarios:

(1)Congestion occurs on the FACH.

(2)Congestion occurs on the DCCH, and the value of the Establishment cause information element (IE) in the message is Originating Conversational Call, Terminating Conversational Call, or Emergency Call.

21) RSVDBIT1_BIT21 (Reserved Parameter 1 Bit 21)

When the switch is turned on, for UEs that are establishing AMR services and shifting from the CELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state, the RNC stops establishing AMR services to handle cell update if the RNC receives from the UEs a cell update message containing the cause value "cell reselection."

When the switch is turned off, for UEs that are establishing AMR services and shifting from the CELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state, if the RNC receives from the UEs a cell update message containing the cause value "cell reselection," the RNC stops establishing AMR services to handle cell update and resumes AMR services only after cell update

Page 206: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-118

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

is completed.

22) RSVDBIT1_BIT22 (Reserved Parameter 1 Bit 22)

When the switch is turned on, the RNC does not trigger cell update with the cause value "RL Failure" if the RNC detects interrupted downlink transmission on SRB2.

When the switch is turned off, the RNC triggers cell update with the cause value "RL Failure" and reestablishes radio links if the RNC detects interrupted downlink transmission on SRB2.

23) RSVDBIT1_BIT23 (Reserved Parameter 1 Bit 23)

When the switch is turned on, the RNC does not trigger cell update with the cause value "RL Failure" reported by a UE if the associated NodeB reports to the RNC that all radio links for the UE experience synchronization loss.

When the switch is turned off, the RNC triggers cell update with the cause value "RL Failure" reported by a UE and reestablishes radio links, if the associated NodeB reports to the RNC that all radio links for the UE experience synchronization loss.

24) RSVDBIT1_BIT24 (Reserved Parameter 1 Bit 24)

When the switch is turned on, for UEs using CS services, the RNC does not trigger cell update with the cause value "RL Failure" reported by a UE, if the RNC detects interrupted downlink transmission on SRB2, or if the associated NodeB reports to the RNC that all radio links for the UE experience synchronization loss.

When the switch is turned off, for UEs using CS services, the RNC triggers cell update with the cause

Page 207: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-119

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

value "RL Failure" reported by a UE and reestablishes radio links, if the RNC detects interrupted downlink transmission on SRB2, or if the associated NodeB reports to the RNC that all radio links for the UE experience synchronization loss.

25) RSVDBIT1_BIT25 (Reserved Parameter 1 Bit 25)

When the switch is turned on, for UEs using PS services only, the RNC does not reestablish radio links for a UE if the RNC detects interrupted downlink transmission on SRB2, or if the associated NodeB reports to the RNC that all radio links for the UE experience synchronization loss.

When the switch is turned off, for UEs using PS services only, the RNC triggers cell update with the cause value "RL Failure" reported by a UE and reestablishes radio link, if the RNC detects interrupted downlink transmission on SRB2, or if the associated NodeB reports to the RNC that all radio links for the UE experience synchronization loss.

26) RSVDBIT1_BIT26 (Reserved Parameter 1 Bit 26)

When the switch is turned on, the RNC does not reestablish radio links for a UE if the UE reports to the RNC cell update caused by SRB reset.

When the switch is turned off, the RNC reestablishes radio links for a UE if the UE reports to the RNC cell update caused by SRB reset.

28) RSVDBIT1_BIT28 (Reserved Parameter 1 Bit 28)

When the switch is turned on, for UEs using CS services, if a NodeB reports to the RNC that all radio links for a UE experience synchronization loss, the RNC

Page 208: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-120

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

starts the RL Restore timer whose duration is specified by the RlRstrTmr parameter in the SET USTATETIMER command. After the timer has expired, the RNC triggers cell update with the cause value "radio link failure" and reestablishes radio links for the UE.

When the switch is turned off, for UEs using CS services, if a NodeB reports to the RNC that all radio links for a UE experience synchronization loss, the RNC starts the RL Restore timer whose duration is specified by the T313 parameter in the SET UCONNMODETIMER command. After the timer has expired, the RNC triggers cell update with the cause value "radio link failure" and reestablishes radio links for the UE.

29) RSVDBIT1_BIT29 (Reserved Parameter 1 Bit 29)

When the switch is turned off, the RNC performs the CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH (D2F for short) procedure on UEs that support fast dormancy.

When the switch is turned on, the RNC performs the CELL_DCH-to-CELL_PCH (D2P for short) procedure on UEs that support fast dormancy.

GUI Value Range:RSVDBIT1_BIT1, NAS_QOS_MOD_SWITCH, RSVDBIT1_BIT3, RSVDBIT1_BIT4, RSVDBIT1_BIT5, RSVDBIT1_BIT6, RSVDBIT1_BIT7, RSVDBIT1_BIT8, RSVDBIT1_BIT9, RSVDBIT1_BIT10, RSVDBIT1_BIT11, RSVDBIT1_BIT12, RSVDBIT1_BIT13, RSVDBIT1_BIT14, RSVDBIT1_BIT15, RSVDBIT1_BIT16, SYSHO_CSIN_PERMIT_SWITCH, RSVDBIT1_BIT18, RSVDBIT1_BIT19,

Page 209: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-121

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

RSVDBIT1_BIT20, RSVDBIT1_BIT21, RSVDBIT1_BIT22, RSVDBIT1_BIT23, RSVDBIT1_BIT24, RSVDBIT1_BIT25, RSVDBIT1_BIT26, RSVDBIT1_BIT27, RSVDBIT1_BIT28, RSVDBIT1_BIT29, RSVDBIT1_BIT30, RSVDBIT1_BIT31, RSVDBIT1_BIT32

Actual Value Range:This parameter is set to 0 or 1 according to the related domains.

Unit:None

Default Value:None

SHInd BSC6900

ADD UTYPRABBASIC(Mandatory)

MOD UTYPRABBASIC(Optional)

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020309

WRFD-02030802

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS

PS Handover Between UMTS and GPRS

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

Meaning:Service handover attribute. If the HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITCH is set to ON, the service handover setting of this parameter is applied. Otherwise, the service handover setting assigned by the CN is applied.

- HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM: Handover to the 2G network is performed so long as 2G signals are available.

- HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_NOT_BE_PERFORM: Handover to the 2G network is performed when 3G signals are weak but 2G signals are strong.

- HO_TO_GSM_SHALL_NOT_BE_PERFORM: Handover to the 2G network is not performed even if 3G signals are weak but 2G signals are strong.

GUI Value Range:HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM,

Page 210: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-122

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_NOT_BE_PERFORM, HO_TO_GSM_SHALL_NOT_BE_PERFORM

Actual Value Range:HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM, HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_NOT_BE_PERFORM, HO_TO_GSM_SHALL_NOT_BE_PERFORM

Unit:None

Default Value:None

ShoFailNumForDwnGrd

BSC6900

SET UINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Meaning:Maximum number of SHO failures. This parameter specifies the maximum number of event reporting from the cell that fails to be added to the active set for soft handover. If the value reaches this parameter, rate reduction of the active set will be triggered, and the cell will attempt to join the active set again. If this parameter is set to smaller value, the probability for rate reduction of active set becomes high; In this case, the cell that fails to be added to the active set due to load may, with higher probability, join the active set for soft handover; however, rate reduction may affects user experience. Note that this parameter needs to be considered in combination with the settings of rate reduction evaluation period, and the reporting intervals of event 1A and 1C. Otherwise, the reports cannot reach the required numbers to trigger rate reduction during the rate reduction evaluation period.

GUI Value Range:0~63

Actual Value Range:0~63

Unit:None

Default Value:3

ShoFailPeriod BSC690 SET UINTRAFREQHO(Op

WRFD-0 Intra Node B Softer

Meaning:Maximum evaluation period of SHO failure. When the

Page 211: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-123

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

0 tional) 20202

WRFD-020203

Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

rate reduction evaluation is performed on a cell that fails to join the active set, the evaluation timer is started. If the cell cannot fulfill the criterion for rate reduction before the timer expires, the cell will not be evaluated, and rate reduction re-attempt will not be initiated. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability for the target cell to join the active set becomes high; however, since the RNC can handle only three evaluation processes simultaneously, the failed cell may not be handled in time.

GUI Value Range:0~120

Actual Value Range:0~120

Unit:s

Default Value:60

SHOQualmin BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Meaning:If events 1A, 1C, and 1D are reported to the RNC, the target cell can be added to the active set only when CPICH Ec/No is greater than this parameter.

This parameter is used to set a baseline for the quality of the radio links to be added. The current events of soft handovers are defined on the basis of relative thresholds and have no requirement for the absolute quality. If the signal quality of added cells is too poor, the general quality of the active set cannot be improved. In this case, however, more downlink resources are occupied and more TPC errors are caused, and the soft handover performance is worsened. Therefore, this parameter is required.

Impact on network performance:

This parameter should be adjusted, based on the planned Ec/No that the cell soft handover area is expected to reach. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the

Page 212: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-124

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

probability for adding a neighboring cell to the active set decreases. In this case, the service quality of the cell to be added is guaranteed. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability for adding a neighboring cell to the active set increases. In this case, however, the service quality of the cell to be added is not guaranteed.

GUI Value Range:-24~0

Actual Value Range:-24~0

Unit:dB

Default Value:-24

SHOTRIG BSC6900

ADD UNRNC(Mandatory)

MOD UNRNC(Optional)

WRFD-020203

MRFD-210801

WRFD-040202

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Interface Message Tracing

RNC Node Redundancy

Meaning:Indicating whether to trigger soft handover cross the Iur interface between the RNC and the neighboring RNC:

1) CS_SHO_SWITCH. Indicating whether to trigger soft handover for CS cross the Iur interface.

2) HSPA_SHO_SWITCH. Indicating whether to trigger soft handover for HSPA cross the Iur interface.

3) NON_HSPA_SHO_SWITCH. Indicating whether to trigger soft handover for PS(R99) cross the Iur interface.

GUI Value Range:CS_SHO_SWITCH, HSPA_SHO_SWITCH, NON_HSPA_SHO_SWITCH

Actual Value Range:CS_SHO_SWITCH, HSPA_SHO_SWITCH, NON_HSPA_SHO_SWITCH

Unit:None

Default Value:None

SndLdInfo2GsmInd

BSC6900

SET UINTERRATHONCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020305

WRFD-0

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Meaning:If this parameter is set to "ON", the RNC informs the GSM network of the load carried by the UMTS cell before the

Page 213: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-125

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

20306 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover. If this parameter is set to "OFF", the RNC does not inform the GSM network of the load carried by the UMTS cell. This parameter is designed for the UMTS load-based access control strategy when the 3G-to-2G handover is required. When the UE is handed over from the UMTS network to the GSM network, the RNC obtains the load information of the best cell and sends it to the GSM network. This parameter is valid only for CS service. The RNC does not send UMTS cell load information to the GSM in PS domain.

GUI Value Range:OFF, ON

Actual Value Range:OFF, ON

Unit:None

Default Value:OFF

SuppPSHOFlag

BSC6900

ADD UEXT2GCELL(Optional)

MOD UEXT2GCELL(Optional)

WRFD-02030802

PS Handover Between UMTS and GPRS

Meaning:Identifying whether the inter-RAT cell supports PS HO. TRUE indicates that the inter-RAT cell is able to perform the handover procedure with relocation. FALSE indicates that the cell is unable to do so.

GUI Value Range:FALSE, TRUE

Actual Value Range:FALSE, TRUE

Unit:None

Default Value:False

SuppRIMFlag BSC6900

ADD UEXT2GCELL(Optional)

MOD UEXT2GCELL(Optional)

WRFD-02030801

WRFD-070005

NACC(Network Assisted Cell Change)

NACC Procedure Optimization Based on Iur-g between GSM and

Meaning:Identifying whether the inter-RAT cell supports RIM. (RIM is used to obtain the SI/PSI information of the inter-RAT cell.) For the details of RIM process, refer to the 3GPP TS 25.901 protocol.

GUI Value Range:FALSE, TRUE

Actual Value Range:FALSE, TRUE

Unit:None

Page 214: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-126

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

UMTS Default Value:False

TargetFreqCsThdEcN0

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020302

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Threshold of the target frequency for triggering inter-frequency measurement based on measurement quantity of Ec/No for CS services. For CS services, if the inter-frequency reporting mode is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is used to set the criterion for triggering event 2B. That is, event 2B can be triggered when the quality of the target frequency is higher than this threshold. If the inter-frequency reporting mode is set to "PERIODIC_TRIGGER", this parameter is used for handover decision.

GUI Value Range:-24~0

Actual Value Range:-24~0

Unit:dB

Default Value:-12

TargetFreqCsThdRscp

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020302

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Threshold of the target frequency for triggering inter-frequency measurement based on measurement quantity of RSCP for CS services. For CS services, For CS services, if the inter-frequency reporting mode is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is used to set the criterion for triggering event 2B. That is, event 2B can be triggered when the quality of the target frequency is higher than this threshold. If the inter-frequency reporting mode is set to "PERIODIC_TRIGGER", this parameter is used for handover decision.

GUI Value Range:-115~-25

Actual Value Range:-115~-25

Unit:dBm

Page 215: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-127

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

Default Value:-92

TargetFreqHThdEcN0

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020302

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Threshold of the target frequency for triggering inter-frequency measurement based on measurement quantity of Ec/No for HSPA services.For HSPA services, For CS services, if the inter-frequency reporting mode is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is used to set the criterion for triggering event 2B. That is, event 2B can be triggered when the quality of the target frequency is higher than this threshold. If the inter-frequency reporting mode is set to "PERIODIC_TRIGGER", this parameter is used for handover decision.

GUI Value Range:-24~0

Actual Value Range:-24~0

Unit:dB

Default Value:-12

TargetFreqHThdRscp

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020302

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Threshold of the target frequency for triggering inter-frequency measurement based on measurement quantity of RSCP for HSPA services. For HSPA services, For CS services, if the inter-frequency reporting mode is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is used to set the criterion for triggering event 2B. That is, event 2B can be triggered when the quality of the target frequency is higher than this threshold. If the inter-frequency reporting mode is set to "PERIODIC_TRIGGER", this parameter is used for handover decision. After handover, to prevent ping-pong handover, the inter-frequency measurement should not be started again. That is, this parameter is usually set greater than the start threshold for event 2D or equal to the threshold of event

Page 216: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-128

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

2F.

GUI Value Range:-115~-25

Actual Value Range:-115~-25

Unit:dBm

Default Value:-92

TargetFreqR99PsThdEcN0

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020302

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Threshold of the target frequency for triggering inter-frequency measurement based on measurement quantity of Ec/No for non-HSPA services in PS domain.For non-HSPA services in PS domain, For CS services, if the inter-frequency reporting mode is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is used to set the criterion for triggering event 2B. That is, event 2B can be triggered when the quality of the target frequency is higher than this threshold. If the inter-frequency reporting mode is set to "PERIODIC_TRIGGER", this parameter is used for handover decision.

GUI Value Range:-24~0

Actual Value Range:-24~0

Unit:dB

Default Value:-12

TargetFreqR99PsThdRscp

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020302

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Threshold of the target frequency for triggering inter-frequency measurement based on measurement quantity of RSCP for non-HSPA services in PS domain.For non-HSPA services in PS domain, For CS services, if the inter-frequency reporting mode is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is used to set the criterion for triggering event 2B. That is, event 2B can be triggered when the quality of the target frequency is higher than this threshold. If the inter-frequency reporting mode is set to

Page 217: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-129

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

"PERIODIC_TRIGGER", this parameter is used for handover decision.

GUI Value Range:-115~-25

Actual Value Range:-115~-25

Unit:dBm

Default Value:-92

TargetFreqThdEcN0

BSC6900

ADD UCELLMCLDR(Optional)

MOD UCELLMCLDR(Optional)

WRFD-020302

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Estimate the signal quality of the periodic reports. The inter-frequency handover is triggered only when the signal quality of the target cell is higher than this parameter. Note: The threshold can be reached only when RSCP and EcNo of the target cell are above the RSCP and EcNo that are set in the command.

GUI Value Range:-24~0

Actual Value Range:-24~0

Unit:dB

Default Value:-12

TargetFreqThdRscp

BSC6900

ADD UCELLMCLDR(Optional)

MOD UCELLMCLDR(Optional)

WRFD-020302

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Estimate the signal quality of the periodic reports. The inter-frequency handover is triggered only when the signal quality of the target cell is higher than this parameter. Note: The threshold can be reached only when RSCP and EcNo of the target cell are above the RSCP and EcNo that are set in the command.

GUI Value Range:-115~-25

Actual Value Range:-115~-25

Unit:dBm

Default Value:-92

TargetRatCsThd

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERRATHO

WRFD-020303

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Quality requirement for the cell of another RAT during inter-RAT handover for CS domain services.

For CS services, if the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to

Page 218: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-130

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

COV(Optional) "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is used to set the criterion for triggering event 3A. That is, event 3A is triggered only when the quality of the target frequency is higher than this threshold and the measurement quality of the current CS services is lower than the quality of the currently used frequency. If the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to "PERIODICAL_REPORTING", this parameter is used to evaluate inter-RAT coverage handovers at the RNC. Note that 0 means a value smaller than -110 dBm.

If the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to "PERIODICAL_REPORTING", this parameter is used for the assessment of inter-RAT coverage handover. That is, Tother_RAT in the following formulas. This parameter is the absolute threshold of the cell of another RAT (Received Signal Strength Indicator: RSSI) for the inter-RAT handover decision.

If the quality of the cell of another RAT in the inter-RAT measurement report fulfils the following criterion:

Mother_RAT + CIO >= Tother_RAT + H/2

Then, the system starts the trigger timer, and makes the handover decision after the timer expires. If the quality of the cell of another RAT fulfills the following criterion before timeout:

Mother_RAT + CIO < Tother_RAT - H/2

The RNC stops the timer and waits for another inter-RAT measurement report.

Here,

Mother_RAT is the measurement

Page 219: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-131

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

result of the GSM RSSI.

Tother_RAT is the inter-RAT handover decision threshold.

Cell Individual Offset (CIO) is the offset for the cell of another inter-RAT.

H represents the hysteresis, the setting of which can reduce wrong decisions caused by signal jitters.

The sensitivity of a GSM mobile phone is -102 dBm. Considering a margin of 3 dB for compensation of fast fading, 5 dB for compensation of slow fading, 2 dB for compensation of interference noise, and 2 dB for compensation of ambient noise, the outdoor reception level should not be lower than -90 dBm.

The parameter value can vary with the handover policy. To have UEs handed over only to GSM cells of high quality, the inter-RAT handover decision threshold can be set to a comparatively large value, for example -85 dBm.

GUI Value Range:0~63

Actual Value Range:lower than -110, -110~-48(Actual value meets the condition: Actual Value = GUI Value - 111)

Unit:dBm

Default Value:16

TargetRatHThd

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020303

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Quality requirement for the cell of another RAT during inter-RAT handover for HSPA services.

For PS services, if the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is used to set the criterion for triggering event 3A. That is, event 3A is triggered only when the quality of the target frequency is higher than this

Page 220: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-132

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

threshold and the measurement quality of the current PS services is lower than the quality of the currently used frequency. If the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to "PERIODICAL_REPORTING", this parameter is used to evaluate inter-RAT coverage handovers at the RNC. Note that 0 means a value smaller than -110 dBm.

If the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to "PERIODICAL_REPORTING", this parameter is used for the assessment of inter-RAT coverage handover. That is, Tother_RAT in the following formulas. This parameter is the absolute threshold of the cell of another RAT (Received Signal Strength Indicator: RSSI) for the inter-RAT handover decision.

If the quality of the cell of another RAT in the inter-RAT measurement report fulfils the following criterion:

Mother_RAT + CIO >= Tother_RAT + H/2

Then, the system starts the trigger timer, and makes the handover decision after the timer expires. If the quality of the cell of another RAT fulfills the following criterion before timeout:

Mother_RAT + CIO < Tother_RAT - H/2

The RNC stops the timer and waits for another inter-RAT measurement report.

Here,

Mother_RAT is the measurement result of the GSM RSSI.

Tother_RAT is the inter-RAT handover decision threshold.

Cell Individual Offset (CIO) is the offset for the cell of another

Page 221: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-133

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

inter-RAT.

H represents the hysteresis, the setting of which can reduce wrong decisions caused by signal jitters.

The sensitivity of a GSM mobile phone is -102 dBm. Considering a margin of 3 dB for compensation of fast fading, 5 dB for compensation of slow fading, 2 dB for compensation of interference noise, and 2 dB for compensation of ambient noise, the outdoor reception level should not be lower than -90 dBm.

The parameter value can vary with the handover policy. To have UEs handed over only to GSM cells of high quality, the inter-RAT handover decision threshold can be set to a comparatively large value, for example -85 dBm.

GUI Value Range:0~63

Actual Value Range:lower than -110, -110~-48(Actual value meets the condition: Actual Value = GUI Value - 111)

Unit:dBm

Default Value:16

TargetRatR99PsThd

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020303

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Quality requirement for the cell of another RAT during inter-RAT handover for PS domain non-HSPA services.

For PS domain non-HSPA services, if the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is used to set the criterion for triggering event 3A. That is, event 3A is triggered only when the quality of the target frequency is higher than this threshold and the measurement quality of the current PS services is lower than the quality of the currently used frequency. If the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting

Page 222: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-134

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

Mode" is set to "PERIODICAL_REPORTING", this parameter is used to evaluate inter-RAT coverage handovers at the RNC. Note that 0 means a value smaller than -110 dBm.

If the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to "PERIODICAL_REPORTING", this parameter is used for the assessment of inter-RAT coverage handover. That is, Tother_RAT in the following formulas. This parameter is the absolute threshold of the cell of another RAT (Received Signal Strength Indicator: RSSI) for the inter-RAT handover decision.

If the quality of the cell of another RAT in the inter-RAT measurement report fulfils the following criterion:

Mother_RAT + CIO >= Tother_RAT + H/2

Then, the system starts the trigger timer, and makes the handover decision after the timer expires. If the quality of the cell of another RAT fulfills the following criterion before timeout:

Mother_RAT + CIO < Tother_RAT - H/2

The RNC stops the timer and waits for another inter-RAT measurement report.

Here,

Mother_RAT is the measurement result of the GSM RSSI.

Tother_RAT is the inter-RAT handover decision threshold.

Cell Individual Offset (CIO) is the offset for the cell of another inter-RAT.

H represents the hysteresis, the setting of which can reduce wrong decisions caused by signal jitters.

Page 223: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-135

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

The sensitivity of a GSM mobile phone is -102 dBm. Considering a margin of 3 dB for compensation of fast fading, 5 dB for compensation of slow fading, 2 dB for compensation of interference noise, and 2 dB for compensation of ambient noise, the outdoor reception level should not be lower than -90 dBm.

The parameter value can vary with the handover policy. To have UEs handed over only to GSM cells of high quality, the inter-RAT handover decision threshold can be set to a comparatively large value, for example -85 dBm.

GUI Value Range:0~63

Actual Value Range:lower than -110, -110~-48(Actual value meets the condition: Actual Value = GUI Value - 111)

Unit:dBm

Default Value:16

TCycleSlow BSC6900

ADD UCELLHCSHO(Optional)

MOD UCELLHCSHO(Optional)

WRFD-021200

HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure)

Meaning:Period for determine whether the UE is in low-mobility state.

The RNC periodically determines whether the UE is in low-mobility state. The smaller the value is, the more frequently the state estimation is triggered. If the parameter is set to 0, the RNC does not determine whether the UE is in low-mobility state.

GUI Value Range:0~255

Actual Value Range:0~255

Unit:s

Default Value:60

TFastSpdEst BSC6900

ADD UCELLHCSHO(Optional)

WRFD-021200

HCS (Hierarchical Cell

Meaning:Time window for estimating whether the UE is in high-mobility state.

Page 224: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-136

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

MOD UCELLHCSHO(Optional)

Structure) The start point of the estimation is the moment of the last reporting of event 1D, and the backdated time length is determined by this parameter. If the parameter is set to 0, the RNC does not decide whether the UE is in high-mobility state.

GUI Value Range:0~511

Actual Value Range:0~511

Unit:s

Default Value:180

TimeToTrig2B BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

Meaning:Interval time between the detection of event 2B and sending of measurement report. This parameter correlates with slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of incorrect decision becomes low; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to signal change. The emulation results show that setting this interval can effectively reduce the average number of handovers and the number of incorrect handovers, preventing unnecessary handovers. In addition, the UE at different rates may react differently to the same interval. For the fast-moving UE, the call drop rate is more sensitive to this interval, whereas, for the slow-moving UE, the call drop rate is less sensitive to this interval. Therefore, for the cell with most of the fast-moving UEs, this parameter can be set to a smaller value, whereas for the cell with most of the slow-moving UEs, this parameter can be set to a greater value. The value of this parameter can be adjusted according to the actual network statistics.

GUI Value Range:D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000

Page 225: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-137

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

Actual Value Range:0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000

Unit:ms

Default Value:D0

TimeToTrig2D BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020302

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Interval time between detection of event 2D and sending of the measurement report. This parameter correlates with slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of incorrect decision becomes low; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to signal change.

The emulation results show that setting this interval can effectively reduce the average number of handovers and the number of incorrect handovers, preventing unnecessary handovers. In addition, the UE at different rates may react differently to the same interval. For the fast-moving UE, the call drop rate is more sensitive to this interval, whereas, for the slow-moving UE, the call drop rate is less sensitive to this interval. Therefore, for the cell with most of the fast-moving UEs, this parameter can be set to a smaller value, whereas for the cell with most of the slow-moving UEs, this parameter can be set to a greater value. The value of this parameter can be adjusted according to the actual network statistics.

GUI Value Range:D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000

Actual Value Range:0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000

Unit:ms

Default Value:D320

Page 226: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-138

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

TimeToTrig2F BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020302

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Interval time between detection of event 2F and sending of the measurement report.This parameter correlates with slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of incorrect decision becomes low; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to signal change.

The emulation results show that setting this interval can effectively reduce the average number of handovers and the number of incorrect handovers, preventing unnecessary handovers. In addition, the UE at different rates may react differently to the same interval. For the fast-moving UE, the call drop rate is more sensitive to this interval, whereas, for the slow-moving UE, the call drop rate is less sensitive to this interval. Therefore, for the cell with most of the fast-moving UEs, this parameter can be set to a smaller value, whereas for the cell with most of the slow-moving UEs, this parameter can be set to a greater value. The value of this parameter can be adjusted according to the actual network statistics.

GUI Value Range:D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000

Actual Value Range:0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000

Unit:ms

Default Value:D1280

TimeToTrigForNonVerify

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERRATHO

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020309

WRFD-0

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT

Meaning:Time delay for triggering handovers to GSM cells with non-verified BSIC.

During the period of time specified by this parameter, if the signal

Page 227: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-139

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

COV(Optional) 20402 Handover Based on DL QoS

Measurement Based Direct Retry

quality in a neighboring GSM cell fulfills inter-RAT handover criteria and the neighboring GSM cell is not verified, an inter-RAT handover is triggered. When this parameter value is 65535, the RNC does not perform inter-RAT handovers to non-verified GSM cells. If this parameter is set to a larger value, the average number of handovers decreases, but call drops may occur.

GUI Value Range:0~64000, 65535

Actual Value Range:0~64000, 65535

Unit:ms

Default Value:0

TimeToTrigForPrdInterFreq

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020402

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Measurement Based Direct Retry

Meaning:Interval between reception of periodical reports and triggering of the inter-frequency handover.

Only the inter-frequency cell in which the signal quality is above a certain threshold in all periodic reports during a time equal to this parameter can be selected as the target cell for the inter-frequency handover. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of incorrect decision becomes low; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to signal change. The emulation results show that setting this interval can effectively reduce the average number of handovers and the number of incorrect handovers, preventing unnecessary handovers. In addition, the UE at different rates may react differently to the same interval. For the fast-moving UE, the call drop rate is more sensitive to this interval, whereas, for the slow-moving UE, the call drop rate is less sensitive to this interval. Therefore, for the cell with most of the fast-moving UEs, this parameter can be set to a smaller value, whereas for the cell with most of the

Page 228: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-140

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

slow-moving UEs, this parameter can be set to a greater value. The value of this parameter can be adjusted according to the actual network statistics.

GUI Value Range:0~64000

Actual Value Range:0~64000

Unit:ms

Default Value:0

TimeToTrigForVerify

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020309

WRFD-020402

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS

Measurement Based Direct Retry

Meaning:Time delay for triggering handovers to GSM cells with verified BSIC.

During the period of time specified by this parameter, if the signal quality in a neighboring GSM cell fulfills inter-RAT handover criteria and the neighboring GSM cell is verified, an inter-RAT handover is triggered.

The criterion for triggering inter-RAT handover is as follows:

Mother_RAT + CIO >= Tother_RAT + H/2

If the quality of the neighboring GSM cell meets the preceding criterion, the RAN starts the trigger timer. After the timer expires, the RAN makes inter-RAT handover decision. The length of the trigger timer is called the time to trigger verified GSM cell.

This parameter and the hysteresis are used together to prevent incorrect decisions caused by signal jitters during inter-RAT handover decisions.

Considering that the UE is on the edge of the system, this parameter should be set to a comparatively low value. In situations where a GSM cell is verified, the performance of the GSM cell is generally regarded as good. In this case, the parameter can be set to 0,

Page 229: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-141

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

which indicates that the handover is performed immediately.

If this parameter is set to a larger value, the average number of handovers decreases, but call drops may occur.

GUI Value Range:0~64000

Actual Value Range:0~64000

Unit:ms

Default Value:0

TRelateLength BSC6900

ADD UCELLHCSHO(Optional)

MOD UCELLHCSHO(Optional)

WRFD-021200

HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure)

Meaning:Time window for determining whether ping-pong handover occurs in the best cell during the UE speed estimation.

In the speed estimation algorithm, an algorithm is adopted to avoid inaccurate estimation caused by frequent handovers of best cells. That is, during the latest "TRELATELENGTH", if more than one event 1D of a certain cell occurs, the event 1D record is restored to the state when the 1st event 1D occurs during the latest "TRELATELENGTH". The given time length is set by this parameter. If this parameter is set too great, the RNC may mistakenly determine that ping-pong handover to the best cell occurs. If this parameter is set too small, ping-pong handover cannot be prevented. Thus, it is recommended that this parameter be set according to the cell radius.

GUI Value Range:0~120

Actual Value Range:0~120

Unit:s

Default Value:10

TrigTime1A BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

MOD

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Inter RNC

Meaning:This parameter specifies the interval time between detection of event 1A and sending of the measurement report. The value of this parameter is associated with

Page 230: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-142

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

Soft Handover

slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of incorrect decision becomes low; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to signal change.

The time-to-trigger mechanism is introduced for the following purposes:

- reducing the number of wrong event reports caused by burst signals,

- preventing the ping-pong handover,

- reducing the impact of shadow fading on event decisions.

Setting an appropriate triggering delay effectively reduces the average number of handovers and the number of wrong handovers, preventing unnecessary handovers.

If the handover cannot be triggered in time, the time-to-trigger parameter for event 1A needs to be changed to 200 ms or 100 ms, and the delay for event 1B needs to be changed to 1280 ms or 2560 ms.

GUI Value Range:D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000

Actual Value Range:0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000

Unit:ms

Default Value:D320

TrigTime1B BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Meaning:This parameter specifies the interval time between detection of event 1B and sending of the measurement report. The value of this parameter is associated with slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of incorrect decision becomes low;

Page 231: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-143

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to signal change.

The time-to-trigger mechanism is introduced for the following purposes:

- reducing the number of wrong event reports caused by burst signals,

- preventing the ping-pong handover,

- reducing the impact of shadow fading on event decisions.

Setting an appropriate interval time effectively reduces the average number of handovers and the number of wrong handovers, preventing unnecessary handovers.

If the handover cannot be triggered in time, the time-to-trigger parameter for event 1A needs to be changed to 200 ms or 100 ms, and the delay for event 1B needs to be changed to 1280 ms or 2560 ms.

GUI Value Range:D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000

Actual Value Range:0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000

Unit:ms

Default Value:D640

TrigTime1C BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Meaning:This parameter specifies the interval time between detection of event 1C and sending of the measurement report. The value of this parameter is associated with slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of incorrect decision becomes low; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to signal change.

Page 232: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-144

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

The time-to-trigger mechanism is introduced for the following purposes:

- reducing the number of wrong event reports caused by burst signals,

- preventing the ping-pong handover,

- reducing the impact of shadow fading on event decisions.

Setting an appropriate interval time effectively reduces the average number of handovers and the number of wrong handovers, preventing unnecessary handovers.

GUI Value Range:D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000

Actual Value Range:0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000

Unit:ms

Default Value:D640

TrigTime1D BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Meaning:This parameter specifies the interval time between detection of event 1D and sending of the measurement report. The value of this parameter is associated with slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of incorrect decision becomes low; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to signal change.

The time-to-trigger mechanism is introduced for the following purposes:

- reducing the number of wrong event reports caused by burst signals,

- preventing the ping-pong handover,

Page 233: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-145

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

- reducing the impact of shadow fading on event decisions.

Setting an appropriate interval time effectively reduces the average number of handovers and the number of wrong handovers, preventing unnecessary handovers.

GUI Value Range:D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000

Actual Value Range:0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000

Unit:ms

Default Value:D640

TrigTime1F BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

WRFD-020302

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:This parameter specifies the interval time between detection of event 1F and sending of the measurement report. The value of this parameter is associated with slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of incorrect decision becomes low; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to signal change.

The time-to-trigger mechanism is introduced for the following purposes:

- reducing the number of wrong event reports caused by burst signals,

- preventing the ping-pong handover,

- reducing the impact of shadow fading on event decisions.

Setting an appropriate interval time effectively reduces the average number of handovers and the number of wrong handovers, preventing unnecessary handovers.

GUI Value Range:D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160,

Page 234: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-146

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000

Actual Value Range:0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000

Unit:ms

Default Value:D640

TrigTime1J BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Meaning:This parameter specifies the interval time between detection of event 1J and sending of the measurement report. The value of this parameter is associated with slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of incorrect decision becomes low; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to signal change.

The time-to-trigger mechanism is introduced for the following purposes:

- reducing the number of wrong event reports caused by burst signals,

- preventing the ping-pong handover,

- reducing the impact of shadow fading on event decisions.

Setting an appropriate interval time effectively reduces the average number of handovers and the number of wrong handovers, preventing unnecessary handovers.

GUI Value Range:D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000

Actual Value Range:0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000

Unit:ms

Default Value:D640

Page 235: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-147

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

TrigTime2C BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERFREQHONCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERFREQHONCOV(Optional)

WRFD-021200

WRFD-020402

HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure)

Measurement Based Direct Retry

Meaning:Interval time between detection of event 2C and sending of the measurement report.

The value of this parameter is associated with slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of incorrect decision becomes low; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to signal change.

The emulation results show that setting this interval can effectively reduce the average number of handovers and the number of incorrect handovers, preventing unnecessary handovers. In addition, the UE at different rates may react differently to the same interval. For the fast-moving UE, the call drop rate is more sensitive to this interval, whereas, for the slow-moving UE, the call drop rate is less sensitive to this interval. Therefore, for the cell with most of the fast-moving UEs, this parameter can be set to a smaller value, whereas for the cell with most of the slow-moving UEs, this parameter can be set to a greater value. The value of this parameter can be adjusted according to the actual network statistics.

GUI Value Range:D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000

Actual Value Range:0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000

Unit:ms

Default Value:D640

TrigTime3A BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERRATHO

WRFD-020303

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Interval time between detection of event 3A and sending of the measurement report.

The value of this parameter is associated with the slow fading. If

Page 236: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-148

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

COV(Optional) this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of incorrect handover decision becomes low; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to signal change. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the handover algorithm becomes fast in responding to signal change; however, the probability of incorrect decision becomes high.

The emulation result shows that the hysteresis setting can effectively reduce the average number of handovers and the number of incorrect handovers, thus preventing unnecessary handovers. The emulation result also shows that the UE at different data rates may react differently to the delay for triggering the event. For the fast-moving UE, the call drop rate is more sensitive to the delay, whereas, for the slow-moving UE, the call drop rate is less sensitive to the delay. This can also reduce ping-pong handovers and incorrect handovers. Therefore, for the cell where most UEs are in fast movement, this parameter can be set to a smaller value, whereas for the cell where most UEs are in slow movement, this parameter can be set to a greater value. The value of this parameter can be adjusted according to the actual network statistics.

The inter-frequency measurement reporting period is 480 ms. Therefore, the trigger delay time shorter than 480 ms is invalid.

If the parameter is set to a larger value, handover is unlikely to be triggered. However, call drops may increase as the parameter value increases.

GUI Value Range:D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280,

Page 237: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-149

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

D2560, D5000

Actual Value Range:0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000

Unit:ms

Default Value:D0

TrigTime3C BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERRATHONCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERRATHONCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

WRFD-020402

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

Measurement Based Direct Retry

Meaning:Interval time between detection of event 3C and sending of the measurement report.

The value of this parameter is associated with the slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of incorrect handover decision becomes low; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to signal change. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the handover algorithm becomes fast in responding to signal change; however, the probability of incorrect decision becomes high.

The emulation result shows that the hysteresis setting can effectively reduce the average number of handovers and the number of incorrect handovers, thus preventing unnecessary handovers. The emulation result also shows that the UE at different data rates may react differently to the delay for triggering the event. For the fast-moving UE, the call drop rate is more sensitive to the delay, whereas, for the slow-moving UE, the call drop rate is less sensitive to the delay. This can also reduce ping-pong handovers and incorrect handovers. Therefore, for the cell where most UEs are in fast movement, this parameter can be set to a smaller value, whereas for the cell where most UEs are in slow movement, this parameter can be set to a greater value. The value of this parameter can be adjusted according to the actual network

Page 238: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-150

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

statistics.

The inter-frequency measurement reporting period is 480 ms. Therefore, the trigger delay time shorter than 480 ms is invalid.

If the parameter is set to a larger value, handover is unlikely to be triggered. However, call drops may increase as the parameter value increases.

GUI Value Range:D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000

Actual Value Range:0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000

Unit:ms

Default Value:D640

TSlowSpdEst BSC6900

ADD UCELLHCSHO(Optional)

MOD UCELLHCSHO(Optional)

WRFD-021200

HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure)

Meaning:Time window for deciding whether the UE is in low-mobility state.

Every time the slow speed period timer expires, the RNC estimates whether the UE is in low-mobility state. This parameter specifies the duration of the timer. If this parameter is set to 0, the RNC does not determine whether the UE is in low-mobility state.

GUI Value Range:0~511

Actual Value Range:0~511

Unit:s

Default Value:240

ULQosMcTimerLen

BSC6900

MOD UCELLQOSHO(Optional)

ADD UCELLQOSHO(Optional)

WRFD-020304

WRFD-020309

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

Inter-RAT Handover

Meaning:Timer length for uplink QoS measurement.

This parameter controls the time lengths for the inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurement based on Qos.

After inter-frequency or inter-RAT

Page 239: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-151

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

Based on DL QoS

measurement starts, if no inter-frequency handover is performed when this timer expires, the measurement is stopped, and the compressed mode is deactivated, if any. If this parameter is set to 0, this indicates that the timer will not be started.

For the inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement based on coverage, the compressed mode can be stopped through reporting event 2F. For measurement that is not based on coverage, event 2F is not reported, and the timer must be set but should not be set to 0.

As for the impact on network performance:

It reduces the influence of long time compressed mode to the serving cell.

The compressed mode may be stopped ahead of time, which can cause the result that the UE fails to initiate inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover, and thus can lead to call drops.

GUI Value Range:0~512

Actual Value Range:0~512

Unit:s

Default Value:20

UlSFTurnPoint BSC6900

ADD UCELLCMCF(Optional)

MOD UCELLCMCF(Optional)

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020302

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Uplink CM implementation mode selection threshold.

When the uplink spreading factor is greater than or equal to the value of this parameter, the SF/2 mode is preferred. Otherwise, the high-layer scheduling mode is preferred.

The SF/2 mode consumes more system resources and therefore this mode is recommended only for low-rate users. The high-layer scheduling mode requires variable multiplexing positions of transport

Page 240: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-152

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

channels and is applicable to a relatively narrow range. In addition, this approach affects the transmission rate of users. Therefore, this mode is recommended only when the SF/2 approach is unavailable or there are high-rate users.

GUI Value Range:D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D256

Actual Value Range:8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256

Unit:None

Default Value:D64

UsedFreqCSThdEcN0

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020302

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Threshold of used frequency quality for triggering inter-frequency measurement based on measurement quantity of Ec/No for CS services.For CS services, if the value of "Inter-frequency Measurement Report Mode" is set to EVENT_TRIGGER, this parameter is used to set the measurement control of event 2B. One of the necessary conditions for triggering event 2B can be met only when the quality of the uesd frequency is smaller than this threshold. In addition, event 2B is triggered only when both the necessary conditions are met.

After handover, even if the inter-frequency measurement is triggered again, it is very difficult to hand over the UE again to the cell of currently used frequency. That is, this parameter is usually set smaller than the start threshold for event 2F or equal to the threshold of event 2D.

GUI Value Range:-24~0

Actual Value Range:-24~0

Unit:dB

Page 241: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-153

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

Default Value:-12

UsedFreqCSThdRSCP

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020302

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Threshold of used frequency quality for triggering inter-frequency measurement based on measurement quantity of RSCP for CS services.For CS services, if the value of "Inter-frequency Measurement Report Mode" is set to EVENT_TRIGGER, this parameter is used to set the measurement control of event 2B. One of the necessary conditions for triggering event 2B can be met only when the quality of the used frequency is smaller than this threshold. In addition, event 2B is triggered only when both the necessary conditions are met.

After handover, even if the inter-frequency measurement is triggered again, it is very difficult to hand over the UE again to the cell of currently used frequency. That is, this parameter is usually set smaller than the start threshold for event 2F or equal to the threshold of event 2D.

GUI Value Range:-115~-25

Actual Value Range:-115~-25

Unit:dBm

Default Value:-92

UsedFreqHThdEcN0

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020302

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Threshold of used frequency quality for triggering inter-frequency measurement based on measurement quantity of Ec/No for HSPA services.For HSPA services, if the value of "Inter-frequency Measurement Report Mode" is set to EVENT_TRIGGER, this parameter is used to set the measurement control of event 2B. One of the necessary conditions for triggering event 2B can be met only when the quality of the used frequency is

Page 242: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-154

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

smaller than this threshold. In addition, event 2B is triggered only when both the necessary conditions are met.

After handover, even if the inter-frequency measurement is triggered again, it is very difficult to hand over the UE again to the cell of currently used frequency. That is, this parameter is usually set smaller than the start threshold for event 2F or equal to the threshold of event 2D.

GUI Value Range:-24~0

Actual Value Range:-24~0

Unit:dB

Default Value:-12

UsedFreqHThdRSCP

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020302

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Threshold of used frequency quality for triggering inter-frequency measurement based on measurement quantity of RSCP for HSPA services.For HSPA services, if the value of "Inter-frequency Measurement Report Mode" is set to EVENT_TRIGGER, this parameter is used to set the measurement control of event 2B. One of the necessary conditions for triggering event 2B can be met only when the quality of the used frequency is smaller than this threshold. In addition, event 2B is triggered only when both the necessary conditions are met.

After handover, even if the inter-frequency measurement is triggered again, it is very difficult to hand over the UE again to the cell of currently used frequency. That is, this parameter is usually set smaller than the start threshold for event 2F or equal to the threshold of event 2D.

GUI Value Range:-115~-25

Page 243: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-155

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

Actual Value Range:-115~-25

Unit:dBm

Default Value:-92

UsedFreqMeasQuantityForQos3A

BSC6900

MOD UCELLQOSHO(Optional)

ADD UCELLQOSHO(Optional)

WRFD-020309

Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS

Meaning:This parameter configures the used frequency measurement quantity to trigger the inter-RAT measurement for the purpose of QoS-based handover. The parameter is valid when the event reporting mode is selected for inter-RAT.

Ec/No: signal-to-noise ratio

RSCP: received signal code power

CPICH_Ec/NO: the measurement quantity used for event 2D and 2F, with unit of dB

CPICH_RSCP: the measurement quantity used for event 2D and 2F, with unit of dBm

The RNC, in the coverage-based inter-RAT measurement, may configure that the inter-RAT measurement quantity are delivered according to event 2D that triggers the measurement, which causes the result that the QoS-based inter-RAT measurement cannot refer to the coverage-based configurations. Under this condition, it is necessary for the QoS-based inter-RAT measurement to set the used frequency separately. When both the QoS-based and the coverage-based inter-RAT measurements exist, refer to this parameter.

As for the impact on network performance:

When the UE moves to the cell border, and there is a intra-frequency neighboring cell in the moving direction, CPCICH Ec/No varies faster than RSCP and the quality of the current cell should be evaluated according to CPCICH

Page 244: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-156

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

Ec/No. When there is no intra-frequency neighboring cell in the direction, CPCICH RSCP varies faster than Ec/No and the quality should be evaluated according to CPCICH RSCP. If the measurement quantity is not properly selected, the handover may not be performed timely, thus resulting in call drops.

GUI Value Range:CPICH_EC/NO, CPICH_RSCP

Actual Value Range:CPICH_EC/NO, CPICH_RSCP

Unit:None

Default Value:CPICH_RSCP

UsedFreqR99PsThdEcN0

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020302

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Threshold of used frequency quality for triggering inter-frequency measurement based on measurement quantity of Ec/No for non-HSPA services in PS domain.For non-HSPA services in PS domain, if the value of "Inter-frequency Measurement Report Mode" is set to EVENT_TRIGGER, this parameter is used to set the measurement control of event 2B. One of the necessary conditions for triggering event 2B can be met only when the quality of the used frequency is smaller than this threshold. In addition, event 2B is triggered only when both the necessary conditions are met.

After handover, even if the inter-frequency measurement is triggered again, it is very difficult to hand over the UE again to the cell of currently used frequency. That is, this parameter is usually set smaller than the start threshold for event 2F or equal to the threshold of event 2D.

GUI Value Range:-24~0

Actual Value Range:-24~0

Page 245: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-157

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

Unit:dB

Default Value:-12

UsedFreqR99PsThdRSCP

BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV(Optional)

WRFD-020302

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Meaning:Threshold of used frequency quality for triggering inter-frequency measurement based on measurement quantity of RSCP for non-HSPA services in PS domain.For non-HSPA services in PS domain, if the value of "Inter-frequency Measurement Report Mode" is set to EVENT_TRIGGER, this parameter is used to set the measurement control of event 2B. One of the necessary conditions for triggering event 2B can be met only when the quality of the used frequency is smaller than this threshold. In addition, event 2B is triggered only when both the necessary conditions are met.

After handover, even if the inter-frequency measurement is triggered again, it is very difficult to hand over the UE again to the cell of currently used frequency. That is, this parameter is usually set smaller than the start threshold for event 2F or equal to the threshold of event 2D.

GUI Value Range:-115~-25

Actual Value Range:-115~-25

Unit:dBm

Default Value:-92

UseOfHcs BSC6900

ADD UCELLHCS(Optional)

MOD UCELLHCS(Optional)

WRFD-021200

WRFD-010801

WRFD-010802

HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure)

Intra RNC Cell Update

Inter RNC Cell Update

Meaning:Indicating whether HCS is used. For details, refer to 3GPP TS 25.304.

GUI Value Range:USED, NOT_USED

Actual Value Range:USED, NOT_USED

Unit:None

Page 246: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 13 Parameters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

13-158

Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature ID

Feature Name

Description

Default Value:NOT_USED

Weight BSC6900

ADD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

MOD UCELLINTRAFREQHO(Optional)

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Meaning:Used for calculating the relative threshold of the soft handover based on the measurement report of each cell in the active set. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the relative threshold of the soft handover is greater with the other conditions unchanged. For detailed information of this parameter, refer to 3GPP TS 25.133. When this parameter is set to 0, the general quality of the active set is the quality of the best cell. In this case, the relative threshold of soft handover depends on the related measurement values of the best cell in the active set. When this parameter is set to 1, the relative threshold of the soft handover depends on the equivalent signal strength obtained when maximum ratio combining is performed in the downlink of all cells in the active set.

GUI Value Range:0~20

Actual Value Range:0~2, step:0.1

Unit:None

Default Value:0

Page 247: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-1

14 Counters

Table 14-1 Counter description

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

67175266 VS.SHO.Att.RNC Number of Soft Handovers Initiated by RNC for RNC

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

67175267 VS.SHO.Succ.RNC Number of Successful Soft Handovers Initiated by RNC for RNC

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

67175268 VS.SoHO.Att.RNC Number of Softer Handovers Initiated by RNC for RNC

WRFD-020201

WRFD-020202

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Intra RNC Soft Handover

67175269 VS.SoHO.Succ.RNC Number of Successful Softer Handovers Initiated by RNC for RNC

WRFD-020201

WRFD-020202

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Intra RNC Soft Handover

67175283 VS.SHO.Drop.RNC Number of Call Drops Due to Soft Handover Failures for RNC

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020201

WRFD-020203

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

67175428 VS.HHO.AttInterFreq.RNC

Number of Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Requests for RNC

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

67175429 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreq.RNC

Number of Successful Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers for RNC

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

Page 248: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-2

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

67175945 VS.IRATHO.AttOutCS.RNC

Number of CS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover Attempts for RNC

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67176008 VS.IRATHO.AttInCS.RNC

Number of CS Incoming Inter-RAT Handover Attempts for RNC

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67176098 VS.IRATHO.AttOutPSUTRAN.RNC

Number of PS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover Attempts Initiated by RNC for RNC

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67176100 VS.IRATHO.SuccOutPSUTRAN.RNC

Number of Successful PS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handovers Initiated by RNC for RNC

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67176102 VS.IRATHO.SuccOutPSUE.RNC

Number of Successful PS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handovers Initiated by UE for RNC

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67179009 VS.SHO.ErrIndIur.Rx Number of Error Indication Messages Received on Iur Interface for DRNC

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179010 VS.SHO.ErrIndIur.Tx Number of Error Indication Messages Sent on Iur Interface for DRNC

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

Page 249: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-3

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

67179025 VS.SHO.AttRLSetupIur.Tx

Number of Radio Link Setup Requests on Iur Interface from SRNC

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179026 VS.SHO.SuccRLSetupIur.Rx

Number of Radio Links Successfully Set Up on the Iur Interface for SRNC

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179028 VS.SHO.FailRLSetupIur.HW.Rx

Number of Radio Link Setup Failures on Iur Interface for SRNC (Device Fault)

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179029 VS.SHO.FailRLSetupIur.Cong.Rx

Number of Radio Link Setup Failures on Iur Interface for SRNC (Congestion)

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179030 VS.SHO.FailRLSetupIur.CfgUnsupp.Rx

Number of Radio Link Setup Failures on Iur Interface for SRNC (Configuration Unsupported)

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179032 VS.SHO.AttRLDelIur.Tx

Number of Radio Links Deleted on Iur Interface for SRNC

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179033 VS.SHO.SuccRLDelIur.Rx

Number of Successful deleted Radio Links on Iur Interface for SRNC

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179035 VS.SHO.AttRLAddIur.Tx

Number of Radio Link Addition Requests on Iur Interface from SRNC

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179036 VS.SHO.SuccRLAddIur.Rx

Number of Successful Radio Link Additions on Iur Interface for SRNC

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179038 VS.SHO.FailRLAddIur.HW.Rx

Number of Failed Radio Link Additions on Iur Interface for SRNC (Device Fault)

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179039 VS.SHO.FailRLAddIur.Cong.Rx

Number of Failed Radio Link Additions on Iur Interface for SRNC (Congestion)

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179040 VS.SHO.FailRLAddIur.CfgUnsupp.Rx

Number of Failed Radio Link Additions on Iur Interface for SRNC (Configuration

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

Page 250: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-4

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

Unsupported)

67179042 VS.SHO.AttRLRecfgIur.Tx

Number of Radio Link Reconfiguration Requests on Iur Interface from SRNC

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179043 VS.SHO.SuccRLRecfgIur.Rx

Number of Successful Radio Link Reconfigurations on Iur Interface for SRNC

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179045 VS.SHO.FailRLRecfgIur.HW.Rx

Number of Failed Radio Link Synchronous Reconfigurations on Iur Interface for SRNC (Device Fault)

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179046 VS.SHO.FailRLRecfgIur.Cong.Rx

Number of Failed Radio Link Synchronous Reconfigurations on Iur Interface for SRNC (Congestion)

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179047 VS.SHO.FailRLRecfgIur.CfgUnsupp.Rx

Number of Failed Radio Link Synchronous Reconfigurations on Iur Interface for SRNC (Configuration Unsupported)

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179048 VS.SHO.FailRLRecfgIur.NoReply

Number of Failed Radio Link Synchronous Reconfigurations on Iur Interface for SRNC (No Response)

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179050 VS.SHO.CancelRLRecfgIur.Tx

Number of Radio Link Synchronous Reconfiguration Cancellations on Iur Interface for SRNC

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179051 VS.SHO.RLFailIndIur.Rx

Number of Radio Link Failures on Iur Interface for SRNC

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179053 VS.SHO.RLFailIur.HW.Rx

Number of Radio Link Failures on Iur Interface for SRNC (Device Fault)

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179054 VS.SHO.RLFailIur.Sy Number of Radio Link WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft

Page 251: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-5

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

ncFail.Rx Failures on Iur Interface for SRNC (Synchronization Failure)

Handover

67179055 VS.SHO.RLFailIur.CfgUnsup.Rx

Number of Radio Link Failures on Iur Interface for SRNC (Configuration Unsupported)

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179056 VS.SHO.RLRestoreIur.Rx

Number of Radio Link Restorations on Iur Interface for SRNC

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179061 VS.SHO.Att.Iur Number of Soft Handovers Initiated by SRNC on Iur Interface

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179062 VS.SHO.Succ.Iur Number of Successful Soft Handovers Initiated by SRNC on Iur Interface

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179089 VS.SHO.AttRLSetupIur.Rx

Number of Radio Link Setup Requests on Iur Interface for DRNC

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179090 VS.SHO.SuccRLSetupIur.Tx

Number of Successful Radio Link Setups on Iur Interface for DRNC

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179092 VS.SHO.FailRLSetupIur.HW.Tx

Number of Failed Radio Link Setups on Iur Interface for DRNC (Device Fault)

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179093 VS.SHO.FailRLSetupIur.CongTx

Number of Failed Radio Link Setups on Iur Interface for DRNC (Congestion)

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179094 VS.SHO.FailRLSetupIur.CfgUTx

Number of Failed Radio Link Setups on Iur Interface for DRNC (Configuration Unsupported)

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179096 VS.SHO.AttRLDelIur.Rx

Number of Radio Link Deletion Requests on Iur Interface for DRNC

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179097 VS.SHO.SuccRLDelIur.Tx

Number of Successful Radio Link Deletions on Iur

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

Page 252: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-6

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

Interface for DRNC

67179098 VS.SHO.AttRLAddIur.Rx

Number of Radio Link Addition Requests on Iur Interface for DRNC

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179099 VS.SHO.SuccRLAddIur.Tx

Number of Successful Radio Link Additions on Iur Interface for DRNC

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179100 VS.SHO.FailRLAddIur.OM.Tx

Number of Failed Radio Link Additions on Iur Interface for DRNC (OM Intervention)

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179101 VS.SHO.FailRLAddIur.HW.Tx

Number of Failed Radio Link Additions on Iur Interface for DRNC (Device Fault)

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179102 VS.SHO.FailRLAddIur.Cong.Tx

Number of Failed Radio Link Additions on Iur Interface for DRNC (Congestion)

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179103 VS.SHO.FailRLAddIur.CfgUnsTx

Number of Failed Radio Link Additions on Iur Interface for DRNC (Configuration Unsupported)

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179105 VS.SHO.AttRLRecfgIur.Rx

Number of Radio Link Synchronous Reconfiguration Requests on Iur Interface for DRNC

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179106 VS.SHO.SuccRLRecfgIur.Tx

Number of Successful Radio Link Synchronous Reconfigurations on Iur Interface for DRNC

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179107 VS.SHO.FailRLRecfgIur.OM.Tx

Number of Failed Radio Link Synchronous Reconfigurations on Iur Interface for DRNC (OM Intervention)

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179108 VS.SHO.FailRLRecfgIur.HW.Tx

Number of Failed Radio Link Synchronous Reconfigurations on Iur Interface for DRNC (Device Fault)

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

Page 253: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-7

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

67179109 VS.SHO.FailRLRecfgIur.CongTx

Number of Failed Radio Link Synchronous Reconfigurations on Iur Interface for DRNC (Congestion)

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179110 VS.SHO.FailRLRecfgIur.CfgUTx

Number of Failed Radio Link Synchronous Reconfigurations on Iur Interface for DRNC (Configuration Unsupported)

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179112 VS.SHO.CancelRLRecfgIur.Rx

Number of Radio Link Synchronous Reconfiguration Cancellations on Iur Interface for DRNC

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179113 VS.SHO.RLFail.Tx Number of Radio Link Failures on Iur Interface for DRNC

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179114 VS.SHO.RLFail.OM.Tx

Number of Radio Link Failures on Iur Interface for DRNC (OM Intervention)

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179115 VS.SHO.RLFail.HW.Tx

Number of Radio Link Failures on Iur Interface for DRNC (Device Fault)

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179116 VS.SHO.RLFail.SyncFail.Tx

Number of Radio Link Failures on Iur Interface for DRNC (Synchronization Failure)

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179117 VS.SHO.RLFail.CfgUnsup.Tx

Number of Radio Link Failures on Iur Interface for DRNC (Configuration Unsupported)

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67179118 VS.SHO.RLRestore.Tx

Number of Radio Link Restorations on Iur Interface for DRNC

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67180483 VS.SoHO.AttRLAdd Number of Radio Link Addition Attempts in Softer Handover for Cell

WRFD-020201 Intra Node B Softer Handover

Page 254: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-8

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

67180484 VS.SoHO.SuccRLAdd Number of Successful Radio Link Additions in Softer Handover for Cell

WRFD-020201 Intra Node B Softer Handover

67180485 VS.SoHO.FailRLAdd.CfgUnsupp

Number of Failed Radio Link Additions in Softer Handover for Cell (Configuration Unsupported)

WRFD-020201 Intra Node B Softer Handover

67180486 VS.SoHO.FailRLAdd.ISR

Number of Failed Radio Link Additions in Softer Handover for Cell (Incompatible Simultaneous Reconfiguration)

WRFD-020201 Intra Node B Softer Handover

67180488 VS.SoHO.FailRLAdd.InvCfg

Number of Failed Radio Link Additions in Softer Handover for Cell (Invalid Configuration)

WRFD-020201 Intra Node B Softer Handover

67180489 VS.SoHO.FailRLAdd.NoReply

Number of Failed Radio Link Additions in Softer Handover due to UE No Response for Cell

WRFD-020201 Intra Node B Softer Handover

67180490 VS.SoHO.AttRLDel Number of Radio Link Deletion Attempts in Softer Handover for Cell

WRFD-020201 Intra Node B Softer Handover

67180491 VS.SoHO.SuccRLDel Number of Successful Radio Link Deletions in Softer Handover for Cell

WRFD-020201 Intra Node B Softer Handover

67180498 VS.SHO.AttRLAdd Number of Radio Link Addition Attempts in Soft Handover for Cell

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020201

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Intra Node B Softer Handover

67180499 VS.SHO.SuccRLAdd Number of Successful Radio Link Additions in Soft Handover for Cell

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020201

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Intra Node B Softer Handover

67180500 VS.SHO.FailRLAdd.CfgUnsupp

Number of Failed Radio Link Additions in Soft Handover for Cell (Configuration Unsupported)

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020201

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Intra Node B Softer

Page 255: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-9

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

Handover

67180501 VS.SHO.FailRLAdd.ISR

Number of Failed Radio Link Additions in Soft Handover for Cell (Incompatible Simultaneous Reconfiguration)

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020201

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Intra Node B Softer Handover

67180503 VS.SHO.FailRLAdd.InvCfg

Number of Failed Radio Link Additions in Soft Handover for Cell (Invalid Configuration)

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020201

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Intra Node B Softer Handover

67180504 VS.SHO.FailRLAdd.NoReply

Number of Failed Radio Link Additions in Soft Handover due to UE No Response for Cell

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020201

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Intra Node B Softer Handover

67180508 VS.SHO.AttRLDel Number of Radio Link Deletion Attempts in Soft Handover for Cell

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020201

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Intra Node B Softer Handover

67180509 VS.SHO.SuccRLDel Number of Successful Radio Link Deletions in Soft Handover for Cell

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020201

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Intra Node B Softer Handover

67180519 VS.SHO.AMR.Att Number of Soft Handover Attempts for Cell (AMR)

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020201

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Intra Node B Softer Handover

67180520 VS.SHO.AMR.Succ Number of Successful Soft Handovers in CS Domain for Cell (AMR Service)

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020201

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Intra Node B Softer Handover

67180521 VS.SHO.CS64.Att Number of Soft Handover Attempts in CS Domain for Cell (64 kbit/s Conversational Service)

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020201

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Intra Node B Softer Handover

67180522 VS.SHO.CS64.Succ Number of Successful Soft Handovers in CS Domain for

WRFD-020202 Intra RNC Soft Handover

Page 256: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-10

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

Cell (64 kbit/s Conversational Service)

WRFD-020201 Intra Node B Softer Handover

67180551 VS.HHO.InterFreqOut.Eval.CM

Number of Decisions for Outgoing Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers in Compressed Mode for Cell

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

67180565 VS.HHO.AttIn Number of Incoming Hard Handover Attempts for Cell

WRFD-020301

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Intra Frequency Hard Handover

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

67180566 VS.HHO.SuccIn Number of Successful Incoming Hard Handovers in the RNC for Cell

WRFD-020301

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Intra Frequency Hard Handover

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

67180570 VS.HHO.InterFreqIn.Eval.CM

Number of Decisions for Incoming Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers in Compressed Mode for Cell

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

67180585 VS.HHO.AttIntraFreqOut.IntraNodeB

Number of Outgoing Intra-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts in NodeB for Cell

WRFD-020301 Intra Frequency Hard Handover

67180586 VS.HHO.SuccIntraFreqOut.IntraNodeB

Number of Successful Outgoing Intra-Frequency Hard Handovers in NodeB for Cell

WRFD-020301 Intra Frequency Hard Handover

67180587 VS.HHO.AttIntraFreqOut.InterNodeBIntraR

Number of Outgoing Intra-Frequency Hard

WRFD-020301 Intra Frequency

Page 257: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-11

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

NC Handover Attempts Between Different NodeBs of RNC for Cell

Hard Handover

67180588 VS.HHO.SuccIntraFreqOut.InterNodeBIntraRNC

Number of Successful Outgoing Intra-Frequency Hard Handovers Between Different NodeBs of RNC for Cell

WRFD-020301 Intra Frequency Hard Handover

67180589 VS.HHO.AttIntraFreqOut.InterRNC

Number of Outgoing Intra-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts Between RNCs for Cell

WRFD-020301 Intra Frequency Hard Handover

67180590 VS.HHO.SuccIntraFreqOut.InterRNC

Number of Successful Outgoing Intra-Frequency Hard Handovers Between RNCs for Cell

WRFD-020301 Intra Frequency Hard Handover

67180609 VS.RRC.MrRpt.1A Number of Event 1A Measurement Reports for Cell

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

67180610 VS.RRC.MrRpt.1B Number of Event 1B Measurement Reports for Cell

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

67180611 VS.RRC.MrRpt.1C Number of Event 1C Measurement Reports for Cell

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

67180612 VS.RRC.MrRpt.1D Number of Event 1D Measurement Reports for Cell

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

67180613 VS.RRC.MrRpt.2D Number of Event 2D Measurement Reports for Cell

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

Page 258: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-12

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

67180614 VS.RRC.MrRpt.2F Number of Event 2F Measurement Reports for Cell

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

67180675 VS.DCCC.Succ.F2D Number of Successful Channel Conversions from FACH to DCH for Cell

WRFD-021101

WRFD-020202

Dynamic Channel Configuration Control (DCCC)

Intra RNC Soft Handover

67180676 VS.DCCC.Succ.D2F Number of Successful Channel Conversions from DCHs to FACHs for Cell

WRFD-021101

WRFD-020202

Dynamic Channel Configuration Control (DCCC)

Intra RNC Soft Handover

67183489 VS.HHO.AttOut.NCell Number of Hard Handovers Attempts Between Neighboring Cells

WRFD-020301

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Intra Frequency Hard Handover

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

67183490 VS.HHO.SuccOut.NCell

Number of Successful Hard Handovers Between Neighboring Cells

WRFD-020301

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Intra Frequency Hard Handover

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

67183491 VS.SHO.AddRLAtt.NCell

Number of RL Addition Attempts in Soft Handover Between Neighboring Cells

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020201

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Intra Node B Softer Handover

67183492 VS.SHO.AddRLSucc.NCell

Number of Successful RL Additions in Soft Handover

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020201

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Page 259: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-13

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

Between Neighboring Cells Intra Node B Softer Handover

67183493 VS.SHO.DelRLAtt.NCell

Number of RL Deletion Attempts in Soft Handover Between Neighboring Cells

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020201

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Intra Node B Softer Handover

67183494 VS.SHO.DelRLSucc.NCell

Number of Successful RL Deletions in Soft Handover Between Neighboring Cells

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020201

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Intra Node B Softer Handover

67183495 VS.IRATHO.AttOutCS.GCell

Number of CS Inter-RAT Outgoing Handover Attempts Between Neighboring Cells

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67183496 VS.IRATHO.SuccOutCS.GCell

Number of Successful CS Inter-RAT Outgoing Handovers Between Neighboring Cells

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67183497 VS.IRATHO.AttOutPSUTRAN.GCell

Number of PS Inter-RAT Outgoing Handover Attempts Between Neighboring Cells

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67183498 VS.IRATHO.SuccOutPSUTRAN.GCell

Number of Successful PS Inter-RAT Outgoing Handovers Between Neighboring Cells

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67183900 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut

Number of Outgoing Inter-Frequency Hard

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover

Page 260: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-14

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

Handover Attempts for Cell WRFD-020106 Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

Load Reshuffling

67183901 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut

Number of Successful Outgoing Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers for Cell

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

WRFD-020106

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

Load Reshuffling

67183902 VS.HHO.FailInterFreqOut.CfgUnsupp

Number of Failed Outgoing Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers for Cell (Configuration Unsupported)

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

67183903 VS.HHO.FailInterFreqOut.PyhChFail

Number of Failed Outgoing Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers for Cell (Physical Channel Failure)

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

67183904 VS.HHO.FailInterFreqOut.ISR

Number of Failed Outgoing Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers for Cell (Incompatible Simultaneous Reconfiguration)

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

67183906 VS.HHO.FailInterFreqOut.CellUpdt

Number of Failed Outgoing Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers for Cell (Cell Update Occurred)

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

67183907 VS.HHO.FailInterFreqOut.InvCfg

Number of Failed Outgoing Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers for Cell (Invalid

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Page 261: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-15

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

Configuration) Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

67183908 VS.HHO.FailInterFreqOut.NoReply

Number of Failed Outgoing Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Due to No Response from the UE for Cell

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

67183912 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqIn

Number of Incoming Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts for Cell

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

67183913 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqIn

Number of Successful Incoming Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers for Cell

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

67183926 VS.HHO.IntraFreqOut.Drop

Number of Call Drops Due to Failed Outgoing Intra-Frequency Hard Handovers for Cell

WRFD-020301 Intra Frequency Hard Handover

67189701 VS.HHO.FailIntraFreqOut.InterRNC.CfgUnsupp

Number of Failed Outgoing Intra-Frequency Hard Handovers Between RNCs for Cell (Configuration Unsupported)

WRFD-020301 Intra Frequency Hard Handover

67189702 VS.HHO.FailIntraFreqOut.InterRNC.PhyChFail

Number of Failed Outgoing Intra-Frequency Hard Handovers Between RNCs for Cell (Physical Channel Failure)

WRFD-020301 Intra Frequency Hard Handover

67189703 VS.HHO.FailIntraFreqOut.InterRNC.ISR

Number of Failed Outgoing Intra-Frequency Hard Handovers Between RNCs for Cell (Incompatible Simultaneous Reconfiguration)

WRFD-020301 Intra Frequency Hard Handover

Page 262: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-16

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

67189704 VS.HHO.FailIntraFreqOut.InterRNC.InvCfg

Number of Failed Outgoing Intra-Frequency Hard Handovers Between RNCs for Cell (Invalid Configuration)

WRFD-020301 Intra Frequency Hard Handover

67189722 VS.HHO.EvalOut Number of Decisions for Outgoing Hard Handovers for Cell

WRFD-020301

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Intra Frequency Hard Handover

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

67189723 VS.HHO.EvalIn Number of Decisions for Incoming Hard Handovers for Cell

WRFD-020301

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Intra Frequency Hard Handover

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

67189739 VS.IRATHO.AttRelocPrepOutCS.Load

Number of Preparation Attempts for CS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover Initiated by UTRAN Based on Load for Cell

WRFD-020306 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67189740 VS.IRATHO.SuccRelocPrepOutCS.Load

Number of Successful Preparations for CS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover Initiated by UTRAN Based on Load for Cell

WRFD-020306 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67189741 VS.IRATHO.SuccOutCS.Load

Number of Successful CS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handovers Based on Load for Cell

WRFD-020306 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67189742 VS.IRATHO.AttOutPSUTRAN.Load

Number of PS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover Attempts Initiated by UTRAN Based on Load for Cell

WRFD-020306 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

Page 263: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-17

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

67189743 VS.IRATHO.SuccOutPSUTRAN.Load

Number of Successful PS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handovers Initiated by UTRAN Based on Load for Cell

WRFD-020306 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67189744 VS.IRATHO.AttRelocPrepOutCS.RF

Number of Preparation Attempts for CS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover Based on RF (Coverage, QoS, or HCS) for Cell

WRFD-020303 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

67189745 VS.IRATHO.SuccRelocPrepOutCS.RF

Number of Successful Preparations for CS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover Based on RF (Coverage, QoS, or HCS) for Cell

WRFD-020303 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

67189746 VS.IRATHO.SuccOutCS.RF

Number of Successful CS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handovers Based on RF (Coverage, QoS, or HCS) for Cell

WRFD-020303 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

67189747 VS.IRATHO.AttOutPSUTRAN.RF

Number of PS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover Attempts Initiated by the RNC Based on RF (Coverage, QoS, or HCS) for Cell

WRFD-020303 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

67189748 VS.IRATHO.SuccOutPSUTRAN.RF

Number of Successful PS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handovers Initiated by the RNC Based on RF (Coverage, QoS, or HCS) for Cell

WRFD-020303 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

67189749 IRATHO.AttRelocPrepOutCS

Number of Preparation Attempts for CS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover for Cell

WRFD-02040002

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter System Direct Retry

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

Page 264: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-18

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

67189750 IRATHO.SuccRelocPrepOutCS

Number of Successful Preparations for CS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover for Cell

WRFD-02040002

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter System Direct Retry

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67189751 IRATHO.FailRelocPrepOutCS.TAlExp

Number of Failed Preparations for CS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover for Cell (TRELOCalloc expiry)

WRFD-02040002

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter System Direct Retry

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67189752 IRATHO.FailRelocPrepOutCS.TgtFail

Number of Failed Preparations for CS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover for Cell (Relocation Failure in Target CN/RNC or Target System)

WRFD-02040002

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter System Direct Retry

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67189753 IRATHO.FailRelocPrepOutCS.ReloNoSup

Number of Failed Preparations for CS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover for Cell (Relocation not supported in Target RNC or Target system)

WRFD-02040002

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter System Direct Retry

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67189754 IRATHO.AttOutCS Number of CS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover Attempts

WRFD-02040002

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter System Direct Retry

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover

Page 265: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-19

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67189755 IRATHO.SuccOutCS Number of Successful CS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handovers for Cell

WRFD-02040002

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter System Direct Retry

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67189756 IRATHO.FailOutCS.CfgUnsupp

Number of Failed CS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handovers for Cell (Configuration Unsupported)

WRFD-02040002

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter System Direct Retry

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67189757 IRATHO.FailOutCS.PhyChFail

Number of Failed CS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handovers for Cell (Physical Channel Failure)

WRFD-02040002

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter System Direct Retry

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67189758 VS.IRATHO.AttRelocPrepInCS

Number of Preparations for CS Incoming Inter-RAT Handover for Cell

WRFD-02040002

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter System Direct Retry

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67189759 VS.IRATHO.SuccInCS Number of Successful CS Incoming Inter-RAT

WRFD-02040002 Inter System Direct Retry

Page 266: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-20

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

Handovers for Cell WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67189760 VS.IRATHO.FailRelocPrepInCS.TRNCSysFailReloc

Number of Failed Preparations for CS Incoming Inter-RAT Handover (Relocation failure in target CN/RNC or target system)

WRFD-02040002

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter System Direct Retry

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67189761 VS.IRATHO.FailRelocPrepInCS.TRNCSysRelocUnsupp

Number of Failed Preparations for CS Incoming Inter-RAT Handover (Relocation not supported in target RNC or target system)

WRFD-02040002

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter System Direct Retry

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67189762 VS.IRATHO.FailRelocPrepInCS.ResUnavail

Number of Failed Preparations for CS Incoming Inter-RAT Handover (No resource available)

WRFD-02040002

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter System Direct Retry

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67189763 IRATHO.SuccOutPSUE

Number of Successful PS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handovers Initiated by UE for Cell

WRFD-02030802 PS Handover Between UMTS and GPRS

67189907 VS.IRATHO.FailOutCS.UEFail.GCell

Number of Failed CS Inter-RAT HandoversBetween Neighboring Cells Due to UE

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Page 267: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-21

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

Fault Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67189908 VS.IRATHO.FaiOutPSUTRAN.UEFail.GCell

Number of Failed PS Inter-RAT Handovers Between Neighboring Cells Due to UE Fault

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67189909 VS.SHO.SuccASU.NCell

Number of Successful Soft Handovers Between Neighboring Cells

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020201

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Intra Node B Softer Handover

67189910 VS.SHO.AttASU.NCell

Number of Soft Handover Attempts Between Neighboring Cells

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020201

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Intra Node B Softer Handover

67189911 VS.SHO.FailASU.NoReply.NCell

Number of Failed Soft Handovers Between Neighboring Cells Due to Waiting Active Set Update Response Timeout

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020201

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Intra Node B Softer Handover

67189912 VS.HHO.FailOut.NoReply.NCell

Number of Failed Hard Handover Between Neighboring Cells Due to Timeout

WRFD-020301

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Intra Frequency Hard Handover

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

67190048 VS.SHO.RLFail.Other.Tx

Number of Radio Link Failures on Iur Interface for DRNC (Other Reasons)

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67190311 VS.IRATHO.AttRelocPrepInCS.RNC

Number of CS Incoming Inter-RAT Handover Preparation Attempts for RNC

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

Page 268: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-22

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

67190312 VS.IRATHO.SuccRelocPrepInCS.RNC

Number of Successful Preparations for CS Incoming Inter-RAT Handover for RNC

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67190314 VS.IRATHO.SuccInCS.RNC

Number of Successful CS Incoming Inter-RAT Handovers for RNC

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67190316 VS.IRATHO.AttOutPSUE.RNC

Number of PS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover Attempts Initiated by UE for RNC

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67190398 VS.IRATHO.AttRelocPrepOutCS.RNC

Number of CS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover Preparation Attempts for RNC

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67190399 VS.IRATHO.SuccOutCS.RNC

Number of Successful CS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handovers for RNC

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67190400 VS.IRATHO.SuccRelocPrepOutCS.RNC

Number of Successful Preparations for CS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover for RNC

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

Page 269: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-23

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

67190410 VS.IRATHO.FailInCS.NoReply

Number of Failed CS Inter-RAT Incoming Handovers Due to No Response from UE for Cell

WRFD-02040002

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter System Direct Retry

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67190411 IRATHO.AttOutPSUTRAN

Number of PS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover Attempts Initiated by RNC for Cell

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67190412 IRATHO.SuccOutPSUTRAN

Number of Successful PS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handovers Initiated by RNC for Cell

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67190413 VS.IRATHO.AttOutPSUE

Number of PS Inter-RAT Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover Requests Initiated by UE for Cell

WRFD-02030802 PS Handover Between UMTS and GPRS

67190414 VS.IRATHO.SuccRelocPrepInCS

Number of Successful preparations for CS Incoming Inter-RAT Handovers for Cell

WRFD-02040002

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter System Direct Retry

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67190440 VS.LCC.LDR.InterRATCS

Number of UEs Performing CS Inter-RAT Handovers in Basic Congestion for Cell

WRFD-020306 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67190441 VS.LCC.LDR.InterRATPS

Number of UEs Performing PS Inter-RAT Handovers in

WRFD-020306 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

Page 270: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-24

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

Basic Congestion for Cell

67190476 IRATHO.FailOutPSUTRAN.CfgUnsupp

Number of Failed PS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handovers Initiated by RNC (Configuration unsupported)

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67190477 IRATHO.FailOutPSUTRAN.PhyChFail

Number of Failed PS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handovers Initiated by RNC (Physical Channel Failure)

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67190593 VS.IRATHO.AttRelocPrepOutCS.Service

Number of Preparation Attempts for CS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service Type for Cell

WRFD-020305 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

67190856 VS.IRATHO.SuccRelocPrepOutCS.Service

Number of Successful Preparations for CS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service Type for Cell

WRFD-020305 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

67190857 VS.IRATHO.SuccOutCS.Service

Number of Successful CS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handovers Based on Service Type for Cell

WRFD-020305 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

67190858 VS.IRATHO.AttOutPSUTRAN.Service

Number of PS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover Attempts Initiated by the RNC Based on Service Type for Cell

WRFD-020305 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

67190859 VS.IRATHO.SuccOutPSUTRAN.Service

Number of Successful PS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handovers Initiated by the RNC Based on Service Type for Cell

WRFD-020305 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

67190877 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.IntraNodeB

Number of Outgoing Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts in

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Page 271: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-25

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

NodeB for Cell Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

67190878 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.IntraNodeB

Number of Successful Outgoing Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers in NodeB for Cell

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

67190884 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.InterNodeBIntraRNC

Number of Outgoing Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Attempts Between Different NodeBs of RNC for Cell

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

67190885 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.InterNodeBIntraRNC

Number of Successful Outgoing Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Between Different NodeBs of RNC for Cell

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

67190891 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.InterRNC

Number of Outgoing Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Attempts Between RNCs for Cell

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

67190892 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.InterRNC

Number of Successful Outgoing Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Between RNCs for Cell

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

67191152 VS.LCC.LDR.HSDPA.InterRATPS

Number of HSDPA UEs Performing PS Inter-RAT Handovers in Basic Congestion for Cell

WRFD-020306 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67191694 VS.HHO.AttBlindHO Number of Outgoing Emergency Blind Handover Attempts for Cell

WRFD-020302 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Page 272: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-26

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

67191695 VS.HHO.SuccBlindHO

Number of Successful Outgoing Emergency Blind Hard Handovers for Cell

WRFD-020302 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

67192186 IRATHO.FailRelocPrepOutCS.HigherTrafficLod

Number of Failed Preparations for CS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover for Cell (Traffic Load In The Target Cell Higher Than In The Source Cell)

WRFD-02040002

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter System Direct Retry

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67192187 VS.IRATHO.FailRelocPrepInCS.TgtHighLoad

Number of Failed Preparations for CS Incoming Inter-RAT Handover (Traffic Load In The Target Cell Higher Than In The Source Cell)

WRFD-02040002

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter System Direct Retry

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67192284 VS.HHO.AttIntraFreq.RNC

Number of Intra-Frequency Hard Handover Requests for RNC

WRFD-020301 Intra Frequency Hard Handover

67192285 VS.HHO.SuccIntraFreq.RNC

Number of Successful Intra-Frequency Hard Handovers for RNC

WRFD-020301 Intra Frequency Hard Handover

67192367 VS.HSUPA.SHO.AttOut

Number of EDCH RL Addition and Deletion Attempts by Soft Handover for Cell

WRFD-01061204 HSUPA Mobility Management

67192368 VS.HSUPA.SHO.SuccOut

Number of Successful EDCH RL Additions and Deletions by Soft Handover for Cell

WRFD-01061204 HSUPA Mobility Management

67192369 VS.HSUPA.SHO.ServCellChg.SuccOut

Number of Successful HSUPA Serving Cell Changes in Soft Handover Status for Cell

WRFD-01061204 HSUPA Mobility Management

Page 273: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-27

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

67192370 VS.HSUPA.SHO.ServCellChg.AttOut

Number of HSUPA Serving Cell Change Attempts in Soft Handover Status for Cell

WRFD-01061204 HSUPA Mobility Management

67192371 VS.HSUPA.HHO.E2E.SuccOutIntraFreq

Number of Successful HSUPA Serving Cell Changes Due to Intra-Frequency Hard Handover without Channel Change for Cell

WRFD-01061204 HSUPA Mobility Management

67192372 VS.HSUPA.HHO.E2E.AttOutIntraFreq

Number of HSUPA Serving Cell Change Attempts Due to Intra-Frequency Hard Handover without Channel Change for Cell

WRFD-01061204 HSUPA Mobility Management

67192373 VS.HSUPA.HHO.E2E.SuccOutInterFreq

Number of Successful HSUPA Serving Cell Changes Due to Inter-Frequency Hard Handover without Channel Change for Cell

WRFD-01061204 HSUPA Mobility Management

67192374 VS.HSUPA.HHO.E2E.AttOutInterFreq

Number of HSUPA Serving Cell Change Attempts Due to Inter-Frequency Hard Handover without Channel Change for Cell

WRFD-01061204 HSUPA Mobility Management

67192472 VS.HSUPA.HHO.E2D.SuccOutIntraFreq

Number of Successful HSUPA Intra-Frequency Hard Handovers for Cell(EDCH to DCH)

WRFD-01061204 HSUPA Mobility Management

67192473 VS.HSUPA.HHO.E2D.AttOutIntraFreq

Number of HSUPA Intra-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts for Cell(EDCH to DCH)

WRFD-01061204 HSUPA Mobility Management

67192474 VS.HSUPA.HHO.E2D.SuccOutInterFreq

Number of Successful HSUPA Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers for Cell(EDCH to DCH)

WRFD-01061204 HSUPA Mobility Management

67192475 VS.HSUPA.HHO.E2D.AttOutInterFreq

Number of HSUPA Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts for Cell(EDCH to DCH)

WRFD-01061204 HSUPA Mobility Management

Page 274: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-28

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

67192506 VS.IRATHO.HSUPA.SuccOutPSUTRAN

Number of Successful PS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handovers for HSUPA Services for Cell

WRFD-01061204 HSUPA Mobility Management

67192507 VS.IRATHO.HSUPA.AttOutPSUTRAN

Number of PS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover Attempts for HSUPA Services for Cell

WRFD-01061204 HSUPA Mobility Management

67192553 VS.HHO.FailIntraFreqOut.NoReply

Number of Failed Outgoing Intra-Frequency Hard Handovers Due to No Response from the UE for Cell

WRFD-020301 Intra Frequency Hard Handover

67192554 VS.HHO.FailIntraFreqOut.PrepFail

Number of Failed Preparations for Outgoing Intra-Frequency Hard Handovers for Cell

WRFD-020301 Intra Frequency Hard Handover

67192555 VS.HHO.FailInterFreqOut.PrepFail

Number of Failed Preparations for Outgoing Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers for Cell

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

67192556 VS.HHO.FailIntraFreqOut.RLSetupFail

Number of Failed Preparations for Outgoing Intra-Frequency Hard Handovers Due to Radio Link Establishment Failure for Cell

WRFD-020301 Intra Frequency Hard Handover

67192557 VS.HHO.FailInterFreqOut.RLSetupFail

Number of Failed Preparations for Outgoing Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Due to Radio Link Establishment Failure for Cell

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

67192558 VS.HHO.FailIntraFreqOut.CfgUnsupp

Number of Failed Outgoing Intra-Frequency Hard Handovers for Cell (Configuration Unsupported)

WRFD-020301 Intra Frequency Hard Handover

67192559 VS.HHO.FailIntraFreq Number of Failed Outgoing WRFD-020301 Intra Frequency

Page 275: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-29

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

Out.PyhChFail Intra-Frequency Hard Handovers for Cell (Physical Channel Failure)

Hard Handover

67192560 VS.HHO.FailIntraFreqOut.ISR

Number of Failed Outgoing Intra-Frequency Hard Handovers for Cell (Incompatible Simultaneous Reconfiguration)

WRFD-020301 Intra Frequency Hard Handover

67192561 VS.HHO.FailIntraFreqOut.CellUpdt

Number of Failed Outgoing Intra-Frequency Hard Handovers for Cell (Cell Update Occurred)

WRFD-020301 Intra Frequency Hard Handover

67192562 VS.SHO.SigOnly.Att Number of Soft Handover Attempts with only Signaling Connection for Cell

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020201

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Intra Node B Softer Handover

67192577 VS.SHO.FailRLSetupIur.TransCong.Rx

Number of Radio Link Setup Failures on Iur Interface for SRNC (Transport Resource Unavailable)

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67192578 VS.SHO.FailRLAddIur.TransCong.Rx

Number of Radio Link Addition Failures on Iur Interface for SRNC (Transport Resource Unavailable)

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67192579 VS.SHO.FailRLRecfgIur.TransCongRx

Number of Failed Radio Link Synchronous Reconfigurations on Iur Interface for DRNC (Transport Resource Unavailable)

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67192580 VS.SHO.FailRLSetupIur.TransCongTx

Number of Failed Radio Link Setups on Iur Interface for DRNC (Transport Resource Unavailable)

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

67192581 VS.SHO.FailRLAddIur.TransCong.Tx

Number of Failed Radio Link Additions on Iur Interface for DRNC (Transport Resource Unavailable)

WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover

Page 276: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-30

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

67192583 VS.DCCC.Att.F2P Number of State Transfer Attempts from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH for Cell

WRFD-021101

WRFD-020202

Dynamic Channel Configuration Control (DCCC)

Intra RNC Soft Handover

67192584 VS.DCCC.Succ.F2P Number of Successful State Transfers from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH for Cell

WRFD-021101

WRFD-020202

Dynamic Channel Configuration Control (DCCC)

Intra RNC Soft Handover

67192614 VS.HHO.FailIntraFreqOut.InvCfg

Number of Failed Outgoing Intra-Frequency Hard Handovers for Cell (Invalid Configuration)

WRFD-020301 Intra Frequency Hard Handover

67192645 VS.LCC.LDR.HSUPA.InterRATPS

Number of HSUPA UEs Performing PS Inter-RAT Handover in Basic Congestion for Cell

WRFD-020306 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67192654 VS.IRATHO.AttRelocPrepOutCS.Sig

Number of Preparations for CS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover When only Signaling Exists for Cell

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67192655 VS.IRATHO.SuccRelocPrepOutCS.Sig

Number of Successful Preparations for CS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover When only Signaling Exists for Cell

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67192656 VS.IRATHO.AttOutCS.Sig

Number of CS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover Attempts When only Signaling Exists for Cell

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67192657 VS.IRATHO.SuccOut Number of Successful CS Outgoing Inter-RAT

WRFD-020303 Inter-RAT Handover

Page 277: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-31

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

CS.Sig Handovers When only Signaling Exists for Cell

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67192658 IRATHO.FailRelocPrepOutCS.NoResAvail

Number of Failed Preparations for CS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover for Cell (No Resource Available)

WRFD-02040002

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter System Direct Retry

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67192659 IRATHO.FailRelocPrepOutCS.UKnowRNC

Number of Failed Preparations for CS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover for Cell (Unknown Target RNC)

WRFD-02040002

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter System Direct Retry

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67192660 VS.IRATHO.FailOutCS.NoReply

Number of Times that the Timer Waiting for Iu Release Command Expires in CS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover for Cell

WRFD-02040002

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter System Direct Retry

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67192661 VS.IRATHO.FailOutPSUTRAN.NoReply

Number of Times that the Timer Waiting for Iu Release Command Expires in PS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover Initiated by RNC for Cell

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67192662 VS.IRATHO.AttRelocPrepOutPS

Number of Preparations for Enhanced PS Outgoing

WRFD-02030802 PS Handover Between UMTS and

Page 278: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-32

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

Inter-RAT Handover for Cell GPRS

67192663 VS.IRATHO.SuccRelocPrepOutPS

Number of Successful Preparations for Enhanced PS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover for Cell

WRFD-02030802 PS Handover Between UMTS and GPRS

67192664 VS.IRATHO.AttRelocOutPS

Number of Enhanced PS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover Attempts for Cell

WRFD-02030802 PS Handover Between UMTS and GPRS

67192665 VS.IRATHO.SuccRelocOutPS

Number of Successful Enhanced PS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handovers for Cell

WRFD-02030802 PS Handover Between UMTS and GPRS

67192666 VS.IRATHO.FailRelocPrepOutPS.TAlExp

Number of Failed Preparations for Enhanced PS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover for Cell (TRELOCalloc expiry)

WRFD-02030802 PS Handover Between UMTS and GPRS

67192667 VS.IRATHO.FailRelocPrepOutPS.TgtFail

Number of Failed Preparations for Enhanced PS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover for Cell (Relocation Failure in Target CN/RNC or Target System)

WRFD-02030802 PS Handover Between UMTS and GPRS

67192668 VS.IRATHO.FailRelocPrepOutPS.ReloUnSupp

Number of Failed Preparations for Enhanced PS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover for Cell (Relocation not supported in Target RNC or Target system)

WRFD-02030802 PS Handover Between UMTS and GPRS

67192669 VS.IRATHO.FailRelocPrepOutPS.TgtHighLoad

Number of Failed Preparations for Enhanced PS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover for Cell (Traffic Load In The Target Cell Higher Than In The Source Cell)

WRFD-02030802 PS Handover Between UMTS and GPRS

67192670 VS.IRATHO.FailRelocPrepOutPS.NoResAvail

Number of Failed Preparations for Enhanced PS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover for Cell (No Resource Available)

WRFD-02030802 PS Handover Between UMTS and GPRS

Page 279: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-33

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

67192671 VS.IRATHO.FailRelocPrepOutPS.UnKnowRNC

Number of Failed Preparations for Enhanced PS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover for Cell (Unknown Target RNC)

WRFD-02030802 PS Handover Between UMTS and GPRS

67192672 VS.IRATHO.FailRelocOutPS.CfgUnSupp

Number of Failed Enhanced PS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handovers for Cell (Configuration Unsupported)

WRFD-02030802 PS Handover Between UMTS and GPRS

67192673 VS.IRATHO.FailRelocOutPS.PhyChFail

Number of Failed Enhanced PS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handovers for Cell (Physical Channel Failure)

WRFD-02030802 PS Handover Between UMTS and GPRS

67192674 VS.IRATHO.FailRelocOutPS.NoReply

Number of Times that the Timer Waiting for Iu Release Command Expires in Enhanced PS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover for Cell

WRFD-02030802 PS Handover Between UMTS and GPRS

67192675 VS.IRATHO.AttRelocPrepInPS

Number of Preparations for Enhanced PS Incoming Inter-RAT Handover for Cell

WRFD-02030802 PS Handover Between UMTS and GPRS

67192676 VS.IRATHO.SuccRelocPrepInPS

Number of Successful Preparations for Enhanced PS Incoming Inter-RAT Handover for Cell

WRFD-02030802 PS Handover Between UMTS and GPRS

67192677 VS.IRATHO.SuccRelocInPS

Number of Successful Enhanced PS Incoming Inter-RAT Handovers for Cell

WRFD-02030802 PS Handover Between UMTS and GPRS

67192678 VS.IRATHO.FailRelocPrepInPS.TgtFail

Number of Failed Preparations for Enhanced PS Incoming Inter-RAT Handover for cell (Relocation failure in target CN/RNC or target system)

WRFD-02030802 PS Handover Between UMTS and GPRS

67192679 VS.IRATHO.FailRelocPrepInPS.ReloUnSupp

Number of Failed Preparations for Enhanced PS Incoming Inter-RAT Handover for cell (Relocation not supported in target RNC or target system)

WRFD-02030802 PS Handover Between UMTS and GPRS

Page 280: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-34

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

67192680 VS.IRATHO.FailRelocPrepInPS.ResUnavail

Number of Failed Preparations for Enhanced PS Incoming Inter-RAT Handover for cell (No resource available)

WRFD-02030802 PS Handover Between UMTS and GPRS

67192681 VS.IRATHO.FailRelocPrepInPS.TgtHighLoad

Number of Failed Preparations for Enhanced PS Incoming Inter-RAT Handover for cell (Traffic Load In The Target Cell Higher Than In The Source Cell)

WRFD-02030802 PS Handover Between UMTS and GPRS

67192682 VS.IRATHO.FailRelocInPS.NoReply

Number of Failed Enhanced PS Incoming Inter-RAT Handovers Due to UE Response Timeout for Cell

WRFD-02030802 PS Handover Between UMTS and GPRS

67193397 VS.HHO.InterFreqOut.CS.MeasTimeOut

Number of Handovers Not Performed Due to CS Inter-Frequency Measurement Expiry for Cell

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

67193398 VS.HHO.InterFreqOut.PS.MeasTimeOut

Number of Handovers Not Performed Due to PS Inter-Frequency Measurement Expiry for Cell

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

67193399 VS.IRATHO.OutCS.MeasTimeOut

Number of CS Inter-RAT Measurement Expiry for Cell

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020309

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS

67193400 VS.IRATHO.OutPS.MeasTimeOut

Number of PS Inter-RAT Measurement Expiry for Cell

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020309

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS

67193401 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.CS.TrigRscp

Number of CS Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts Based on RSCP for Cell

WRFD-020302 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Page 281: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-35

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

67193402 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.CS.TrigEcNo

Number of CS Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts Based on EcNo for Cell

WRFD-020302 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

67193403 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.PS.TrigRscp

Number of PS Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts Based on RSCP for Cell

WRFD-020302 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

67193404 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.PS.TrigEcNo

Number of PS Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts Based on EcNo for Cell

WRFD-020302 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

67193405 VS.IRATHO.AttOutCS.TrigRscp

Number of CS Inter-RAT Handover Attempts Based on RSCP for Cell

WRFD-020303 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

67193406 VS.IRATHO.AttOutCS.TrigEcNo

Number of CS Inter-RAT Handover Attempts Based on EcNo for Cell

WRFD-020303 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

67193407 VS.IRATHO.AttOutPS.TrigRscp

Number of PS Inter-RAT Handover Attempts Based on RSCP for Cell

WRFD-020303 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

67193408 VS.IRATHO.AttOutPS.TrigEcNo

Number of PS Inter-RAT Handover Attempts Based on EcNo for Cell

WRFD-020303 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

67193563 VS.SHO.SigOnly.Succ Number of Successful Soft Handovers with only Signaling Connection for Cell

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020201

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Intra Node B Softer Handover

67193564 VS.SHO.AttRLAdd.Prep

Number of Soft Handover Decisions for Radio Link Addition for Cell

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020201

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Intra Node B Softer Handover

67194881 VS.CM.ULSF2.Act.Att Number of Uplink SF-2 Compression Mode Activation Requests for Cell

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover

Page 282: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-36

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

Based on DL QoS

67194882 VS.CM.ULHLS.Act.Att Number of Uplink HLS Compression Mode Activation Requests for Cell

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

67194883 VS.CM.ULSF2.Act.Fail

Number of Uplink SF-2 Compression Mode Activation Failures for Cell

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

67194884 VS.CM.ULHLS.Act.Fail

Number of Uplink HLS Compression Mode Activation Failures for Cell

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

67194885 VS.CM.DLSF2.Act.Att Number of Downlink SF-2 Compression Mode Activation Requests for Cell

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

67194886 VS.CM.DLHLS.Act.Att Number of Downlink HLS Compression Mode Activation Requests for Cell

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

67194887 VS.CM.DLSF2.Act.Fail

Number of Downlink SF-2 Compression Mode Activation Failures for Cell

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

67194888 VS.CM.DLHLS.Act.Fail

Number of Downlink HLS Compression Mode

WRFD-020302 Inter Frequency Hard Handover

Page 283: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-37

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

Activation Failures for Cell WRFD-020304 Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

67195485 VS.HSUPA.SHO.ServCellChg.AttOutIur

Number of inter-RNC HSUPA Serving Cell Change Attempts in Soft Handover Status for Cell

WRFD-01061204 HSUPA Mobility Management

67195486 VS.HSUPA.SHO.ServCellChg.SuccOutIur

Number of Successful inter-RNC HSUPA Serving Cell Changes in Soft Handover Status for Cell

WRFD-01061204 HSUPA Mobility Management

67195487 VS.HSUPA.HHO.E2E.SuccOutIur

Number of Successful HSUPA Serving Cell Changes Due to inter-RNC Hard Handover without Channel Change for Cell

WRFD-01061204 HSUPA Mobility Management

67195488 VS.HSUPA.HHO.E2E.AttOutIur

Number of HSUPA Serving Cell Change Attempts Due to inter-RNC Hard Handover without Channel Change for Cell

WRFD-01061204 HSUPA Mobility Management

67196029 VS.LCC.LDR.HSUPA.InterRATCS

Number of HSUPA UEs Performing CS Inter-RAT Handovers in Basic Congestion for Cell

WRFD-020306 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67196030 VS.LCC.LDR.HSDPA.InterRATCS

Number of HSDPA UEs Performing CS Inter-RAT Handovers in Basic Congestion for Cell

WRFD-020306 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

67199432 VS.SHO.AS.1.RNC Mean Number of UEs with One Radio Link for RNC

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

67199433 VS.SHO.AS.2Softer.RNC

Mean Number of UEs with Two Combined Radio Links for RNC

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Page 284: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-38

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

67199434 VS.SHO.AS.2Soft.RNC

Mean Number of UEs with Two Uncombined Radio Links for RNC

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

67199435 VS.SHO.AS.3Softer.RNC

Mean Number of UEs with Three Combined Radio Links for RNC

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

67199436 VS.SHO.AS.3Soft.RNC

Mean Number of UEs with Three Uncombined Radio Links for RNC

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

67199437 VS.SHO.AS.3Soft2Softer.RNC

Mean Number of UEs with Three Radio Links and Two Combined for RNC

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

67203800 VS.RAB.ModReqCS.VP.Fallback.RNC

Number of VP Services Fallen Back to AMR Services for RNC

WRFD-020307 Video Telephony Fallback to Speech (AMR) for Inter-RAT HO

67203933 VS.SHO.AS.4.RNC Mean Number of UEs with Four Radio Links for RNC

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

67203934 VS.SHO.AS.5.RNC Mean Number of UEs with Five Radio Links for RNC

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

67203935 VS.SHO.AS.6.RNC Mean Number of UEs with Six Radio Links for RNC

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

67203936 VS.SHO.AS.1RL Mean Number of UEs with One Radio Link for Cell

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Page 285: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-39

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

67203937 VS.SHO.AS.2RL Mean Number of UEs with Two Radio Links for Cell

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

67203938 VS.SHO.AS.3RL Mean Number of UEs with Three Radio Links for Cell

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

67203939 VS.SHO.AS.4RL Mean Number of UEs with Four Radio Links for Cell

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

67203940 VS.SHO.AS.5RL Mean Number of UEs with Five Radio Links for Cell

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

67203941 VS.SHO.AS.6RL Mean Number of UEs with Six Radio Links for Cell

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

73393849 VS.SHO.PS.Att Number of Soft Handover Attempts for PS Services for Cell

WRFD-020201

WRFD-020202

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Intra RNC Soft Handover

73393850 VS.SHO.PS.Succ Number of Successful Soft Handovers for PS Services for Cell

WRFD-020201

WRFD-020202

Intra Node B Softer Handover

Intra RNC Soft Handover

73393851 VS.HHO.FailIntraFreqOut.InterRNC.CellUpdt

Number of Failed Outgoing Intra-Frequency Hard Handovers Between RNCs for Cell (Cell update occurred)

WRFD-020301 Intra Frequency Hard Handover

73393852 VS.HHO.FailIntraFreqOut.InterRNC.NoReply

Number of Failed Outgoing Intra-Frequency Hard Handovers Between the RNCs Due to No Response

WRFD-020301 Intra Frequency Hard Handover

Page 286: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-40

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

from the UE for Cell

73393853 VS.HHO.FailInterFreqOut.InterRNC.CfgUnsupp

Number of Failed Outgoing Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Between the RNCs for Cell (Configuration Unsupported)

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73393854 VS.HHO.FailInterFreqOut.InterRNC.PhyChFail

Number of Failed Outgoing Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Between the RNCs for Cell (Physical Channel Failure)

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73393855 VS.HHO.FailInterFreqOut.InterRNC.ISR

Number of Failed Outgoing Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Between the RNCs for Cell (Incompatible Simultaneous Reconfiguration)

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73393856 VS.HHO.FailInterFreqOut.InterRNC.InvCfg

Number of Failed Outgoing Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Between the RNCs for Cell (Invalid Configuration)

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73393857 VS.HHO.FailInterFreqOut.InterRNC.CellUpdt

Number of Failed Outgoing Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Between the RNCs for Cell (Cell Update Occurred)

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73393858 VS.HHO.FailInterFreqOut.InterRNC.NoReply

Number of Failed Outgoing Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Between the RNCs Due to No Response from the UE for Cell

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73393922 VS.IRATHO.AttOutCS.TrigULTxp

Number of CS Inter-RAT Handover Attempts Based on UL Transmit Power of UE

WRFD-020309 Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS

Page 287: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-41

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

for Cell

73393923 VS.IRATHO.AttOutCS.TrigDLTxp

Number of CS Inter-RAT Handover Attempts Based on DL Code Power for Cell

WRFD-020309 Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS

73393924 VS.IRATHO.AttOutPS.TrigULTxp

Number of PS Inter-RAT Handover Attempts Based on UL Transmit Power of UE for Cell

WRFD-020309 Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS

73393925 VS.IRATHO.AttOutPS.TrigDLTxp

Number of PS Inter-RAT Handover Attempts Based on DL Code Power for Cell

WRFD-020309 Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS

73393926 VS.IRATHO.SuccOutCS.TrigRscp

Number of Successful CS Inter-RAT Handovers Based on RSCP for Cell

WRFD-020303 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

73393927 VS.IRATHO.SuccOutCS.TrigEcNo

Number of Successful CS Inter-RAT Handovers Based on EcNo for Cell

WRFD-020303 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

73393928 VS.IRATHO.SuccOutCS.TrigULTxp

Number of Successful CS Inter-RAT Handovers Based on UL Transmit Power of UE for Cell

WRFD-020309 Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS

73393929 VS.IRATHO.SuccOutCS.TrigDLTxp

Number of Successful CS Inter-RAT Handovers Based on DL Code Power for Cell

WRFD-020309 Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS

73393930 VS.IRATHO.SuccOutPS.TrigRscp

Number of Successful PS Inter-RAT Handovers Based on RSCP for Cell

WRFD-020303 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

73393931 VS.IRATHO.SuccOutPS.TrigEcNo

Number of Successful PS Inter-RAT Handovers Based on EcNo for Cell

WRFD-020303 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

73393932 VS.IRATHO.SuccOutPS.TrigULTxp

Number of Successful PS Inter-RAT Handovers Based on UL Transmit Power of UE for Cell

WRFD-020309 Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS

73393933 VS.IRATHO.SuccOutPS.TrigDLTxp

Number of Successful PS Inter-RAT Handovers Based on DL Code Power for Cell

WRFD-020309 Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS

Page 288: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-42

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

73393934 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.PS.UlBler

Number of PS Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts Based on UL BLER for Cell

WRFD-020304 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73393935 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.CS.UeTxPwr

Number of CS Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts Based on UE Transmit Power for Cell

WRFD-020304 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73393936 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.PS.UeTxPwr

Number of PS Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts Based on UE Transmit Power for Cell

WRFD-020304 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73393937 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.CS.Tcp

Number of CS Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts Based on DL Transmit Power for Cell

WRFD-020304 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73393938 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.PS.Tcp

Number of PS Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts Based on DL Transmit Power for Cell

WRFD-020304 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73393945 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.PS.UlBler

Number of Successful PS Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Based on UL BLER for Cell

WRFD-020304 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73393946 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.CS.UeTxPwr

Number of Successful CS Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Based on UE Transmit Power for Cell

WRFD-020304 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73393947 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.PS.UeTxPwr

Number of Successful PS Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Based on UE Transmit Power for Cell

WRFD-020304 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73393948 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.CS.Tcp

Number of Successful CS Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Based on DL Transmit Power for Cell

WRFD-020304 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

Page 289: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-43

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

73393949 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.PS.Tcp

Number of Successful PS Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Based on DL Transmit Power for Cell

WRFD-020304 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73393984 VS.HSUPA.TTI2to10.Att

Number of TTI Switch Attempts During RB Reconfiguration for Cell(2ms to 10ms)

WRFD-010690

WRFD-01061404

TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage

HSUPA 2ms/10ms TTI Handover

73393985 VS.HSUPA.TTI2to10.Succ

Number of Successful TTI Switches During RB Reconfiguration for Cell(2ms to 10ms)

WRFD-010690

WRFD-01061404

TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage

HSUPA 2ms/10ms TTI Handover

73393986 VS.HSUPA.TTI10to2.Att

Number of TTI Switch Attempts During RB Reconfiguration for Cell(10ms to 2ms)

WRFD-010690

WRFD-01061404

TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage

HSUPA 2ms/10ms TTI Handover

73393987 VS.HSUPA.TTI10to2.Succ

Number of Successful TTI Switches During RB Reconfiguration for Cell(10ms to 2ms)

WRFD-010690

WRFD-01061404

TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage

HSUPA 2ms/10ms TTI Handover

73393988 VS.HHO.AttOutIntraNodeB.CS.NCell

Number of CS Outgoing Intra-NodeB Inter-Cell Hard Handover Attempts

WRFD-020301

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Intra Frequency Hard Handover

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73393989 VS.HHO.SuccOutIntraNodeB.CS.NCell

Number of Successful CS Outgoing Intra-NodeB Inter-Cell Hard Handovers

WRFD-020301

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Intra Frequency Hard Handover

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover

Page 290: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-44

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

Based on DL QoS

73393990 VS.HHO.FailOutIntraNodeB.NoReply.CS.NCell

Number of Failed CS Outgoing Intra-NodeB Inter-Cell Hard Handovers (UE No Response)

WRFD-020301

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Intra Frequency Hard Handover

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73393991 VS.HHO.FailOutIntraNodeB.PhyChFail.CS.NCell

Number of Failed CS Outgoing Intra-NodeB Inter-Cell Hard Handovers (Physical Channel Failure)

WRFD-020301

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Intra Frequency Hard Handover

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73393992 VS.HHO.AttOutIntraNodeB.PS.NCell

Number of PS Outgoing Intra-NodeB Inter-Cell Hard Handover Attempts

WRFD-020301

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Intra Frequency Hard Handover

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73393993 VS.HHO.SuccOutIntraNodeB.PS.NCell

Number of Successful PS Outgoing Intra-NodeB Inter-Cell Hard Handovers

WRFD-020301

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Intra Frequency Hard Handover

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73393994 VS.HHO.FailOutIntraNodeB.NoReply.PS.NCell

Number of Failed PS Outgoing Intra-NodeB Inter-Cell Hard Handovers (UE No Response)

WRFD-020301

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Intra Frequency Hard Handover

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover

Page 291: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-45

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

Based on DL QoS

73393995 VS.HHO.FailOutIntraNodeB.PhyChFail.PS.NCell

Number of Failed PS Outgoing Intra-NodeB Inter-Cell Hard Handovers (Physical Channel Failure)

WRFD-020301

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Intra Frequency Hard Handover

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73393996 VS.HHO.AttOutInterNodeBIntraRNC.CS.NCell

Number of CS Outgoing Intra-RNC Inter-NodeB Inter-Cell Hard Handover Attempts

WRFD-020301

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Intra Frequency Hard Handover

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73393997 VS.HHO.SuccOutInterNodeBIntraRNC.CS.NCell

Number of Successful CS Outgoing Intra-RNC Inter-NodeB Inter-Cell Hard Handovers

WRFD-020301

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Intra Frequency Hard Handover

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73393998 VS.HHO.FailOutInterNodeBIntraRNC.NoReply.CS.NCell

Number of Failed CS Outgoing Intra-RNC Inter-NodeB Inter-Cell Hard Handovers (UE No Response)

WRFD-020301

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Intra Frequency Hard Handover

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73393999 VS.HHO.FailOutInterNodeBIntraRNC.PhyChFail.CS.NCell

Number of Failed CS Outgoing Intra-RNC Inter-NodeB Inter-Cell Hard Handovers (Physical Channel Failure)

WRFD-020301

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Intra Frequency Hard Handover

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover

Page 292: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-46

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

Based on DL QoS

73394000 VS.HHO.AttOutInterNodeBIntraRNC.PS.NCell

Number of PS Outgoing Intra-RNC Inter-NodeB Inter-Cell Hard Handover Attempts

WRFD-020301

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Intra Frequency Hard Handover

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73394001 VS.HHO.SuccOutInterNodeBIntraRNC.PS.NCell

Number of Successful PS Outgoing Intra-RNC Inter-NodeB Inter-Cell Hard Handovers

WRFD-020301

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Intra Frequency Hard Handover

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73394002 VS.HHO.FailOutInterNodeBIntraRNC.NoReply.PS.NCell

Number of Failed PS Outgoing Intra-RNC Inter-NodeB Inter-Cell Hard Handovers (UE No Response)

WRFD-020301

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Intra Frequency Hard Handover

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73394003 VS.HHO.FailOutInterNodeBIntraRNC.PhyChFail.PS.NCell

Number of Failed PS Outgoing Intra-RNC Inter-NodeB Inter-Cell Hard Handovers (Physical Channel Failure)

WRFD-020301

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Intra Frequency Hard Handover

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73394004 VS.HHO.AttOutInterRNCIur.CS.NCell

Number of CS Outgoing Inter-RNC Inter-Cell Hard Handover Attempts

WRFD-020301

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Intra Frequency Hard Handover

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover

Page 293: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-47

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

Based on DL QoS

73394005 VS.HHO.SuccOutInterRNCIur.CS.NCell

Number of Successful CS Outgoing Inter-RNC Inter-Cell Hard Handovers

WRFD-020301

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Intra Frequency Hard Handover

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73394006 VS.HHO.FailOutInterRNCIur.CfgUnsup.CS.NCell

Number of Failed CS Outgoing Inter-RNC Inter-Cell Hard Handovers (Configuration Unsupported)

WRFD-020301

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Intra Frequency Hard Handover

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73394007 VS.HHO.FailOutInterRNCIur.PhyChFail.CS.NCell

Number of Failed CS Outgoing Inter-RNC Inter-Cell Hard Handovers (Physical Channel Failure)

WRFD-020301

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Intra Frequency Hard Handover

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73394008 VS.HHO.AttOutInterRNCIur.PS.NCell

Number of PS Outgoing Inter-RNC Inter-Cell Hard Handover Attempts

WRFD-020301

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Intra Frequency Hard Handover

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73394009 VS.HHO.SuccOutInterRNCIur.PS.NCell

Number of Successful PS Outgoing Inter-RNC Inter-Cell Hard Handovers

WRFD-020301

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Intra Frequency Hard Handover

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover

Page 294: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-48

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

Based on DL QoS

73394010 VS.HHO.FailOutInterRNCIur.CfgUnsup.PS.NCell

Number of Failed PS Outgoing Inter-RNC Inter-Cell Hard Handovers (Configuration Unsupported)

WRFD-020301

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Intra Frequency Hard Handover

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73394011 VS.HHO.FailOutInterRNCIur.PhyChFail.PS.NCell

Number of Failed PS Outgoing Inter-RNC Inter-Cell Hard Handovers (Physical Channel Failure)

WRFD-020301

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Intra Frequency Hard Handover

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73394014 VS.IRATHO.AttInCS Number of CS Incoming Inter-RAT Handover Attempts for Cell

WRFD-02040002

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter System Direct Retry

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

73394015 VS.IRATHO.FailRelocPrepOutCS.Cancel

Number of Failed CS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover Preparations for Cell (Relocation Cancelled)

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

73394016 VS.IRATHO.FailRelocPrepOutCS.CNNoReply

Number of Failed CS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover Preparations for Cell (Relocation Command Wait Timeout)

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

Page 295: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-49

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

73394017 VS.IRATHO.FailRelocPrepInCS.Abort

Number of CS Incoming Inter-RAT Handover Preparation Failures for Cell (Iu RELEASE COMMAND Received)

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

73394018 VS.IRATHO.FailOutCS.Abort

Number of Abnormally Terminated CS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handovers for Cell

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

73394019 VS.IRATHO.FailRelocPrepOutCS.Abort

Number of CS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover Preparation Failures for Cell (Iu RELEASE COMMAND Received)

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

73394020 VS.IRATHO.FailRelocPrepOutCS.ReqInfoNotAvail

Number of Failed CS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover Preparations for Cell (Requested Information Not Available)

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

73394021 VS.IRATHO.FailOutPS

Number of Failed PS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handovers Initiated by the RNC for Cell

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

73394022 VS.IRATHO.FailOutPS.Abort

Number of Abnormally Terminated PS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handovers for Cell

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

Page 296: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-50

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

73394034 VS.IRATHO.AttRelocPrepOutCS.GCell

Number of CS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover Preparation Attempts

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

73394035 VS.IRATHO.AttRelocPrepOutCS.DR.GCell

Number of CS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover Preparation Attempts (Directed retry)

WRFD-02040002

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter System Direct Retry

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

73394036 VS.IRATHO.AttRelocPrepOutCS.RF.GCell

Number of Failed CS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover Preparations (Relocation desirable for radio reasons)

WRFD-020303 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

73394037 VS.IRATHO.SuccRelocPrepOutCS.GCell

Number of Successful CS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover Preparations

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

73394038 VS.IRATHO.FailRelocPrepOutCS.TAlExp.GCell

Number of Failed CS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover Preparations (TRELOCalloc expiry)

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

73394039 VS.IRATHO.FailRelocPrepOutCS.TgtFail.GCell

Number of Failed CS Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover Preparations (Relocation Failure in Target CN/RNC or Target System)

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

Page 297: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-51

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

73403766 VS.HSUPA.HHO.E2D.AttOutIur

Number of inter-RNC HSUPA Hard Handover Attempts for Cell(EDCH to DCH)

WRFD-01061204 HSUPA Mobility Management

73403767 VS.HSUPA.HHO.E2D.SuccOutIur

Number of Successful inter-RNC HSUPA Hard Handovers for Cell(EDCH to DCH)

WRFD-01061204 HSUPA Mobility Management

73403768 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqIn.CS

Number of Requests for CS Incoming Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers for Cell

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73403769 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqIn.PS

Number of Requests for PS Incoming Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers for Cell

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73403770 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.CS

Number of Requests for CS Outgoing Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers for Cell

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73403771 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.PS

Number of Requests for PS Outgoing Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers for Cell

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73403772 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqIn.CS

Number of Successful for CS Incoming Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers for Cell

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73403773 VS.HHO.SuccInterFre Number of Successful for PS Incoming Inter-Frequency

WRFD-020302 Inter Frequency Hard Handover

Page 298: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-52

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

qIn.PS Hard Handovers for Cell WRFD-020304 Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73403774 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.CS

Number of Successful for CS Outgoing Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers for Cell

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73403775 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.PS

Number of Successful for PS Outgoing Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers for Cell

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73403776 VS.HHO.InterFreqOut.CS.Drop

Number of CS Call Drops due to Unsuccessful Outgoing Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers for cell

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73403777 VS.HHO.InterFreqOut.PS.Drop

Number of PS Call Drops due to Unsuccessful Outgoing Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers for cell

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

73404081 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.CS.Rscp

Number of Successful CS Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Based on RSCP for Cell

WRFD-020302 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

73404082 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.CS.EcNo

Number of Successful CS Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Based on EcNo for Cell

WRFD-020302 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

73404083 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.PS.Rscp

Number of Successful PS Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Based on RSCP for Cell

WRFD-020302 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Page 299: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 14 Counters

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

14-53

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description Feature ID Feature Name

73404084 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.PS.EcNo

Number of Successful PS Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Based on EcNo for Cell

WRFD-020302 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

73423107 VS.IRATHO.FailOutPS.UEGen

Number of Failed Outgoing UMTS-to-GSM PS Handovers due to UE Reselection Back to a UTRAN Cell

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

73423288 VS.SRVCC.U2GERAN.AttRelocPrepOutPS

Number of Outgoing Inter-RAT PS Handover Preparation Attempts Triggered by SRVCC for VoIP Services for Cell

WRFD-02030802 PS Handover Between UMTS and GPRS

73423289 VS.SRVCC.U2GERAN.SuccRelocPrepOutPS

Number of Successful Outgoing Inter-RAT PS Handover Preparations Triggered by SRVCC for VoIP Services for Cell

WRFD-02030802 PS Handover Between UMTS and GPRS

73423290 VS.SRVCC.U2GERAN.SuccRelocOutPS

Number of Successful Outgoing Inter-RAT PS Handovers Triggered by SRVCC for VoIP Services for Cell

WRFD-02030802 PS Handover Between UMTS and GPRS

Page 300: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 15 Glossary

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

15-1

15 Glossary

For the acronyms, abbreviations, terms, and definitions, see the Glossary.

Page 301: Handover(RAN13.0 03)

WCDMA RAN

Handover 16 Reference Documents

Issue 03 (2012-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

16-1

16 Reference Documents

[1] 3GPP TS 23.122: Non Access Stratum functions related to Mobile Station (MS) in idle mode

[2] 3GPP TS 24.008: Mobile radio interface layer 3 specification; Core Network Protocols - Stage 3

[3] 3GPP TS 25.304: UE Procedures in Idle Mode and Procedures for Cell Reselection in Connected Mode

[4] 3GPP TS 25.331: RRC Protocol Specification

[5] 3GPP TS 23.060: General Packet Radio Service (GPRS); Service description

[6] 3GPP TS 25.931: UTRAN Functions, Examples on Signaling Procedures